Biologische Hochschulschriften (Goethe-Universität)
Refine
Year of publication
Document Type
- Doctoral Thesis (542)
- Article (6)
- Bachelor Thesis (1)
- Diploma Thesis (1)
Has Fulltext
- yes (550) (remove)
Is part of the Bibliography
- no (550)
Keywords
- Molekularbiologie (5)
- Computational chemistry (4)
- Elektrophysiologie (4)
- Metabolic Engineering (4)
- Altern (3)
- Apoptosis (3)
- Arzneimitteldesign (3)
- Biotechnologie (3)
- Carotinoide (3)
- Cochlea (3)
Institute
- Biowissenschaften (550) (remove)
As fossil resources are diminishing, environmental concerns arise and chemical synthesis often involves expensive catalysts or extensive extraction procedures, the demand for production of industrially relevant compounds from renewable resources increases. In this context, engineering microorganisms for production of specialty chemicals, such as 3-alkylphenols, presents an attractive, environmental-friendly approach. 3-alkylphenols have various applications: due to their antiseptic and stabilizing properties many 3-alkylphenols, including 3-methylphenol (3-MP), are utilized as additives in disinfectant reagents and biological products, while they can be also implemented as platform chemicals for production of lubricating oil additives or flavors. Some 3-akylphenols have potential for transmission control of the disease sleeping sickness that is transmitted by tsetse flies in sub-saharan Africa, since 3-ethylphenol (3-EP) and 3-propylphenol (3-PP) and to a lesser degree 3-MP were found to attract tsetse flies and improved catch rates in impregnated tsetse fly traps. Microbial fermentation of 3-alkylphenols would provide a simple and inexpensive way for local communities in Africa to produce these compounds and prepare their own tsetse fly traps.
Some molds synthesize 3-MP as an intermediate during biosynthesis of the mycotoxin patulin. However, the heterologous host Saccharomyces cerevisiae has advantageous traits for industrial application, since it is well characterized, robust, simple to handle and easily genetically accessible. In this thesis, genetical engineering approaches were utilized to establish the yeast S. cerevisiae for biotechnological production of 3-alkylphenols. As a proof of concept, the iterative polyketide synthase from Penicillium patulum, 6-methylsalicylic acid synthase (MSAS), and 6-methylsalicylic acid (6-MSA) decarboxylase PatG from Aspergillus clavatus were heterologously expressed in S. cerevisiae resulting in the first reported de novo biosynthesis of 3-MP via 6-MSA in yeast from sugars (Hitschler & Boles, 2019). It was shown that codon-optimization and genomic integration of heterologous genes, high initial cell densities and a balanced expression of PatG were beneficial for heterologous production of up to 589 mg/L 3-MP in S. cerevisiae. However, toxicity of 3-MP limited higher product accumulation.
Different in vivo detoxification strategies were implemented to face this bottleneck. Growth tests revealed that 3-methylanisole (3-MA) is less toxic to the yeast cells than 3-MP. Expression of an orcinol-O-methyltransferase from chinese rose hybrids (OOMT2) was combined with in situ extraction converting the toxic 3-MP product into the volatile 3-MA and accumulating up to 211 mg/L 3-MA in the dodecane phase. Alternatively, up to 533 mg/L 3-MP glucoside were synthesized by expression of a UDP-glycosyltransferase (UGT72B27) from Vitis vinifera in the 3-MP producing strain, revealing saccharose as beneficial carbon source and ethanol growth phase as essential for high 3-MP production, although 3-MP conversions were not yet complete. Both detoxification strategies allowed circumvention of the toxicity imposed limited product accumulation. This was demonstrated when both detoxification strategies were combined with redirection of the carbon flux through deletion of phosphoglucose isomerase gene PGI1 and feeding a mixture of fructose and glucose leading to majorly improved product formation, with up to 899 mg/L 3-MA/3-MP and 873 mg/L 3-MP/3-MP glucoside, compared to less than 313 mg/L product titers in the wild type controls (Hitschler & Boles, 2020).
For provision of the tsetse fly attractants 3-EP from propionyl-CoA and 3-PP from butyryl-CoA, the substrate promiscuities of MSAS and PatG were exploited. However, slower formation rates with the alternative substrates propionyl-CoA and butyryl-CoA suggested that competing formation of 6-MSA from the preferred priming unit acetyl-CoA was dominating in vivo. Indeed, 3-EP or 3-PP formation was not observed in 3-MP producing yeast strains. Assuming that intracellular levels of propionyl-CoA and butyryl-CoA were limiting 3-EP and 3-PP formation, different strategies were implemented to raise the supply of these alternative priming units and successfully compete with acetyl-CoA for MSAS priming.
Supplementation of propionate increased propionyl-CoA levels by endogenous pathways sufficiently to enable 3-EP formation in yeast mediated by MSAS and PatG. Deletion of the 2-methylcitrate synthases CIT2 and CIT3 revealed that degradation of propionyl-CoA was not limiting 3-EP formation at this stage. In order to raise propionyl-CoA levels further, a heterologous propionyl-CoA synthase (PrpE) was expressed in the 3-MP producing yeast strain leading to up to 12.5 mg/L 3-EP with propionate feeding and blockage of degradation. Moreover, PrpE enabled also 3-EP formation without propionate supplementation suggesting that an endogenous supply of propionate existed that was reactivated by PrpE. As threonine or 2-ketobutyrate feeding increased 3-EP titers in combination with PrpE, this indicated that threonine degradation via 2-ketobutyrate was responsible for the endogenous propionate supply. Moreover, expression of branched-chain ketoacid dehydrogenase complex from Pseudomonas putida combined with PrpE provided propionyl-CoA from endogenous 2-ketobutyrate and raised 3-EP titers up to 5.9 mg/L compared to 2.8 mg/L with only PrpE indicating a potential route for optimization of 3-EP titers independent of propionate or threonine feeding.
For 3-PP production from butyryl-CoA, a heterologous ‘reverse ß-oxidation’ pathway was introduced in the 3-MP producing yeast strain providing sufficient butyryl-CoA for biosynthesis of up to 2 mg/L 3-PP. Degradation of the precursor via ß-oxidation was slightly limiting, since deletion of fatty acyl-CoA oxidase POX1 increased 3-PP titers slightly to 2.6 mg/L.
As the concentrations of 3-alkylphenols are close to the concentrations implemented in tsetse fly traps, the engineered yeast strains have the potential for simple and inexpensive on-site production of 3-alkylphenols as tsetse fly attractants by local rural communities in Africa. In spite of this success, 3-MP remained the main product in the developed yeast strains. Since 3-EP and 3-PP are more efficient tsetse fly attractants, a shift in substrate specificities of MSAS and PatG is desirable for a more favorable 3-EP/3-MP and 3-PP/3-MP product ratio regarding tsetse fly attraction. During rational engineering of MSAS, the MSASQ625A/I752V mutant showed a beneficial shift of product ratios with up to 11 mg/L 3-EP/63 mg/L 3-MP and 4.5 mg/L 3-PP/116 mg/L 3-MP, compared to a higher proportion of 3-MP with up to 343 mg/L, 11 mg/L 3-EP and 1.5 mg/L 3-PP in the wild type controls. Further engineering of MSAS and PatG might majorly improve production of 3-EP and 3-PP.
In summary, this thesis successfully established the yeast S. cerevisiae as cell factory for production of different 3-alkylphenols optimizing expression of the heterologous production pathway, elucidating means to detoxify products and establishing different approaches to increase intracellular levels of acyl-CoA precursors. The engineered yeast strains can be potentially implemented for simple and inexpensive fermentation of tsetse fly attractants in Africa.
Diese Arbeit behandelt die Rolle der Proteinkinasen IKKe und TBK1 in der Progression von humanen malignene Melanomen und die Rolle von alpha-Synuclein in der Schmerzwahrnehmung von Mäusen.
In the past decades, the use and production of chemicals has been on the rise globally due to increasing industrialization and intensive agriculture; resulting in the occurrence and ecotoxicological risks of chemicals of emerging concern (CECs) in the aquatic compartments. Risks include changes in community structure resulting in the dominance of one species and ecosystem imbalance. When dominant disease-causing organisms are in the environment, the disease transmission is increased. For example, host snails for the schistosomiasis, a human trematode disease, are known to be tolerant to pesticide
exposure compared to the predators. This would therefore result in an increased abundance of snails which consequently increase the disease transmission in the human population.
Kenya, being a low income country faces a lot of challenges with provision of clean water, diseases and sanitation facilities, and increasing population which results in intensive agriculture coupled with pesticide use. Although a lot of research has been carried out on the environmental occurrence and risk of CECs (Chapter 1), most of these studies have been done in developed countries with limited information from Africa. Additionally, research in Africa focused on urban areas with limited number of compounds analyzed and mostly in the water phase, and inadequate information on the effects of CECs on the aquatic organisms. In order to reduce this knowledge gap, this dissertation focused on identification and quantification of CECs present in water, sediment and snails from western Kenya, and the contribution of pesticides to the transmission of schistosomiasis.
Chapter 2 gives a summary of the results and discussion of the dissertation. In Chapter 3, a comprehensive chemical analysis was carried out on 48 water samples to identify compounds, spatial patterns and associated risks for fish, crustacean and algae using toxic unit (TU) approach. A total of 78 compounds were detected with pesticides and biocides being the compounds most frequently detected. Spatial pattern analysis revealed limited compound grouping based on land use. Acute risk for crustaceans and algae were driven by one to three individual compounds. These compounds responsible for toxicity were prioritized as candidate compounds for monitoring and regulation in Kenya.
In Chapter 4, an extension of Chapter 3 was done to cover the CECs present in snails and sediment from the 48 sites. A total of 30 compounds were found in snails and 78 in sediments with 68 additional compounds being found which were not previously detected in water. Higher contaminant concentrations were found in agricultural sites than in areas without anthropogenic activities. The highest acute toxicity (TU 0.99) was determined for crustaceans based on compounds in sediment samples. The risk was driven by diazinon and pirimiphos-methyl. Acute and chronic risks to algae were driven by diuron whereas fish were found to be at low to no acute risk.
In Chapter 5, the effect of pesticide contamination on schistosomiasis transmission was evaluated by applying complimentary laboratory and field studies. In the field studies, the ecological mechanisms through which pesticides and physical chemical parameters affect host snails, predators and competitors were investigated. Pesticide data was obtained from the results in chapter 3. The overall distribution of grazers and predators was not affected by pesticide pollution. However, within the grazers, pesticide pollution increased dominance of host snails. On the contrary, the host-snail competitors were highly sensitive to pesticide exposure. For the laboratory studies, macroinvertebrates including Schistosoma-host snails, competitors and predators were exposed to 6 concentrations levels of imidacloprid and diazinon. Snails showed higher insecticide tolerance compared to competitors and predators. Finally, Chapter 6 summarizes the conclusions of this dissertation, placing it in a broader
context. In this dissertation, a comprehensive chemical characterization and risk assessment of CECs has been carried out in freshwater systems; together with the effects of pesticides on schistosomiasis transmission in rural western Kenya. Results of this dissertation showed that rural areas are contaminated posing a risk to aquatic organisms which contribute to schistosomiasis transmission. This shows the need for regular monitoring and policy formulation to reduce pollutant emissions which contributes negatively to both ecological and human health effects.
This manuscript-based thesis is divided into four chapters. Chapter one is an introduction to lichens and the Antarctic. It introduces the goal of the thesis and the problems related with lichen systematics and the lack of knowledge about Antarctic lichens. The Antarctic is one of the last wildernesses, isolated from the other continents by the Antarctic Circumpolar Current, the Subantarctic Front, the Antarctic Polar Front, and the Drake Passage. Terrestrial life in Antarctica is restricted to widely separated and small ice-free areas that cover only 0.3% of the continent. Colonization of the Antarctic is a challenge for many taxa and is related to their ability for long-range dispersal and their adaptation to the harsh climate. Antarctic terrestrial ecosystems are significantly threatened by climate change, invasive species, and their interactions. Glacial retreat caused by higher than average temperatures exposes new habitats that can be easily colonized from local biota, but non-native species can also be favored by the new climatic conditions. In addition, propagule movement mediated by humans can introduce new species or change the population structure of many taxa. The terrestrial biota is comprised almost exclusively by “lower organisms” (invertebrates, bryophytes, algae, lichenized fungi, and microorganisms). Lichens are the dominant component, and the most important primary producers. Lichens are symbiotic associations consisting of a fungus (mycobiont) and one or more photosynthetic (photobiont) partners. They can disperse sexually or vegetatively. There are several problems related to the symbiotic nature of lichens that do not facilitate easy identification; although molecular data offers additional evidence, species delimitation in lichens is still not straightforward. The true number of species is underestimated due to the presence of cryptic species and species pairs. Recommended universal fungal barcode sequences (e. g. ITS) sometimes fail to delimit species pairs. Thus, it is necessary to identify fast-evolving markers that allow for the delimitation of closely related species before proceeding with the analysis of lichen populations. The goal of this thesis is to elucidate the so far unknown genetic structure among Antarctic lichen populations because of the immediate consequences for conservation strategies. The thesis focuses not only on patterns of differentiation and gene flow, but also investigates the question of human-mediated propagule transfer into Antarctica and among Antarctic sites. This project provides data on the genetic structure of Antarctic lichens that is urgently needed to develop conservation strategies in the face of global warming and increased human activities in the region. Due to the fact that it is not possible to apply all of the unspecific fingerprinting methods to lichens, microsatellites or simple sequence repeats (SSRs) are one of the best tools to investigate the genetic structure of lichen populations. SSRs offer the possibility to discriminate the lichen partners, but species-specific microsatellites have been developed for only a few species. Regarding the Antarctic, only one species has been studied with SSRs.
The second chapter describes new methods and tools to delimit closely related species of lichens and provides fast evolving markers to characterize their genetic structure. The chapter introduces the lichen species analysed in this thesis and the problems related to their correct identification by morphological methods and molecular data. Chapter two explains the sampling methods for lichen populations and the localities from small areas in which the species pairs occur together. Then the methods used to generate and validate fungal specific microsatellites that cross-amplify species pairs are described. This chapter focuses on the species pair Usnea antarctica and U. aurantiacoatra because they are the most common lichens in the Maritime Antarctic. An internal transcribed spacer (ITS) marker do not discriminate between these species, and some authors have suggested to synonymize them. Unpublished results from another Antarctic species pair, Placopsis antarctica and P. contortuplicata, are included to confirm the capability of SSRs to discriminate closely related lichen species. This thesis is the first study to generate SSRs that cross amplify species pairs, using BLAST to compare one genome against the other to obtain markers with the same length in flanking regions. The de novo developed SSRs are able to discriminate the two closely related species, and can detect variability at the population level. In the end of the chapter, ITS sequences, microsatellites, and SNPs are used to delimit the species of Usnea antarctica and U. aurantiacoatra. The chapter exposes the importance of a correct species delimitation and the ability of SSRs and SNPs to delimit the Antarctic Usnea species pair compared with the recommended universal fungal barcode sequence ITS. ...
Freshwater is one of the most fundamental resources for life and is the habitat for a wide diversity of species. One of the most diverse aquatic insect taxa is Trichoptera Kirby, 1813, caddisflies. These semi-aquatic insects have aquatic larvae and terrestrial adults and are found all around the globe in freshwater habitats. Water is also one of the most important natural resources for the human population, but alarmingly, freshwaters are among the most threatened natural habitats. Thus, the monitoring and preservation of the quality of freshwater habitats should have a high priority. In order to track changes in the biota a baseline reference is necessary, but freshwater biodiversity is under-studied in many parts of the Earth such as the biodiversity hotspots of the Himalaya and the Hengduan Mountains. This thesis treats the trichopteran genus Himalopsyche Banks, 1940 (Rhyacophilidae) which has its diversity center in the Himalayas and the Hengduan Mountains. Himalopsyche larvae are large and conspicuous and only occur in clean, unpolluted streams. This makes Himalopsyche potentially suited as indicator organisms for freshwater quality monitoring, but taxonomic knowledge is yet insufficient. Based on samples from a field survey in the Hengduan Mountains targeting both larvae and adults I uncovered three new Himalopsyche species which are described in this thesis (Chapter II), and with the aid of molecular data I associated larvae of Himalopsyche to adult species (Chapter I). The molecular association enabled the first comparative morphological study of Himalopsyche species in the larval stage, and the morphological study in Chapter II revealed that there are four distinct larval types of Himalopsyche. However, no diagnostic characters to identify Himalopsyche larvae to species level were found. To understand Himalopsyche larval morphology from an evolutionary perspective, I reconstructed the first molecular phylogeny of the genus (Chapter III). This demonstrated that each larval type corresponds to a deep phylogenetic split, indicating that larval types evolved early in Himalopsyche evolution and remained constant since. Based on the phylogenetic results as well as larval and adult morphology, I re-defined five species groups of Himalopsyche: H. kuldschensis Group, H. lepcha Group, H. navasi Group, H. phryganea Group, and H. tibetana Group. The species groups differ with respect to their diversity centers. The monotypic H. lepcha Group resides in the Himalayas, and the monotypic H. phryganea Group inhabits Western Nearctic. The H. kuldschensis and H. tibetana Groups are geographically overlapping with distributions in the Himalayas, but the distribution of H. kuldschensis Group stretches more to the west to include the Tian Shan, and the H. tibetana Group is more concentrated around the eastern Himalayas and the Hengduan Mountains. The H. navasi Group has a more eastern distribution than most Himalopsyche including isolated areas such as Japan and Indonesia. The earliest split in Himalopsyche divides the H. navasi Group from remaining Himalopsyche, suggesting a more eastern area of origin of Himalopsyche than its current diversity center, with subsequent radiations in the Himalayas and Hengduan Mountains. In addition to the three chapters, in this thesis I discuss further aspects of Himalopsyche biology including genital evolution, species complexes, and Himalopsyche ecology.
Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus are bacterial genera that live in symbiosis with entomopathogenic nematodes of the genera Steinernema and Heterorhabditis, respectively. These nematodes infect insect larvae through the trachea and then enter the hemocoel. Once inside the hemocoel, the nematodes release the bacteria through their intestine. Thereafter, the bacteria become active and kill the larvae within 48 h. During this process, the immune system of the insect host is compromised by molecules produced and secreted by the bacteria. This illustrates that the bacteria possess not only a large arsenal of biological weaponry such as antibiotics and fungicides but also lipases, proteases, etc. Therefore, they are not only able to kill the insect but also protect the cadaver from other food competitors.
During the past decades, a large number of natural products have been identified from Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus. However, the targets and functions for many of these biological molecules are still unknown. Therefore, the goal of the doctoral thesis is to elucidate the modes of action of these natural products from Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus with the main focus on non-ribosomal peptides (NRPs). The work can be divided into two parts. Initially, it starts with the synthesis of natural compounds and various chemically modified derivatives. Besides that, a number of peptides were synthesized for other projects to either verify their structures or quantify the amount produced by the bacteria. Then, secondary analysis methods are applied and provide additional insight into the modes of action of these compounds.
During the thesis, I carried out peptide synthesis either manually or with an automatic synthesizer system from Biotage. Here, the Fmoc-protecting group strategy was preferred in most cases. Natural products, such as silathride, xenoautoxin, phenylethylamide, tryptamide, rhabdopeptide, 3-hydroxyoctanoic acid, and PAX, were produced during this process. Furthermore, new peptide derivatives derived from synthetic NRPS approaches using the XU concept or SYNZIP were generated as standards.
Most of these natural compounds were experimentally verified by MIC tests (broth microdilution, plate diffusion) to be biologically active. For example, silathride, phenylethylamide, and tryptamide showed quorum quenching effects when tested against Chromobacterium violaceum. Initial results from collaborators (PD Dr. Nadja Hellmann/Mainz) showed that tryptamide and phenylethylamide interact with membrane or membrane proteins.
(R)-3-hydroxyoctanoic acid was synthesized to verify the molecule structure of phototemtide A, a cyclic lipopeptide with antiprotozoal activity. The rhabdopeptides are another class, which showed remarkable antiprotozoal effects. However, their mode of action was unknown. These compounds are relatively short peptide sequences, which contain hydrophobic residues, such as valine, leucine, or phenylalanine. Moreover, they possess N methylation, resulting in a rod-shaped highly hydrophobic structure. In this work, I synthesized eight new derivatives of rhabdopeptides for photo-affinity labeling (PAL). These molecules should react covalently under UV-light irradiation with the biological target of the peptides. In addition, these derivatives can be enriched in a pull-down assay using click chemistry. Afterward, analytic methods such as mass detection (proteome analysis) can be applied to elucidate the protein targets.
The PAX peptides derivatives are well-known to have anti-microbial activities and believed to be secreted into the environment by the producing bacteria. However, I found that the majority of these peptides are located in the cell pellet fraction and not in the supernatant. This has been shown through quantification using HPLC MS. New PAX derivatives were synthesized, which carry a moiety suitable for covalent modification using click-chemistry, therefore being functionalizable with a fluorescence dye. In collaboration with Dr. Christoph Spahn (Prof. Dr. Mike Heilemann group), we used confocal, as well as super-resolution microscopy, in particular, single-molecule localization microscopy (SMLM) to investigate the spatial distribution of clickable PAX molecules and revealed that they localize at the bacterial membrane. Furthermore, bioactivity assays revealed that the promotor exchanged X. doucetiae PAX mutants, which do not produce PAX molecules without chemical induction (hereby termed as pax-), were more susceptible to several insect AMPs tested. Based on these findings, a new dual mechanism of action for PAX was proposed. Besides the previously shown antimicrobial activity, these molecules with a positive net charge of +5 (pH = 7) would bind to the negatively charged bacterial surface. Hereby, the surface charge (typically negative) would be inversed resulting in a protective effect for Xenorhabdus against other positively charged AMPs. Furthermore, PAX was investigated as AMP against E. coli to study its antimicrobial mechanism of action. Here, the results show that PAX can disrupt the E. coli membrane at higher concentrations (> 30 µg/ml), enter the cytosol, and lead to reorganization of subcellular structures, such as the nucleoid during this process.
Another aspect of secondary analysis is the application of proteomic analysis. Therefore, I induced X. nematophila, X. szentirmaii, and P. luminescens with insect lysate. These samples were analyzed using HPLC-MS/MS (Q Exactive) together with a database approach (Maxquant/Andromeda). The results showed that in all strains the lipid degradation and the glyoxylate pathway were induced. This is in line with the given insect lysate diet, which mostly contained lipids. Moreover, several interesting unknown peptides and proteins were also upregulated and might get into the focus of future research.
The genus Giraffa likely evolved around seven million years ago in Indo-Asia and spread over the Arabian-African land bridge into Eastern Africa. The oldest fossil of the African lineage was found in Kenya and dated to 7-5.4 Mya. Beside modern giraffe, four additional African species have likely existed (G. gracilis, G. pygmaea, G. stillei, and G. jumae). Based on their morphological similarities, G. gracilis is often considered to be the closest relative of the modern giraffe. Nevertheless, the phylogeny within the genus Giraffa is largely unresolved.
Modern giraffe (Giraffa sp.) have been neglected by the scientific community for a long time and still very little is known about their biology. Traditionally, present-day giraffe have been considered a single species (G. camelopardalis) which is divided into six to eleven subspecies, with nine subspecies being the most accepted classification. This classification was based on morphological differences and geographic ranges. However, recent genetic analyses found hidden diversity within Giraffa and proposed four genetically distinct giraffe species (G. camelopardalis, G. reticulata, G. tippelskirchi, G. giraffa) with presumably little gene flow among them.
Gene flow on a population level is the exchange of genetic information among populations facilitated by the migration of individuals between populations. Additionally, it is an important criterion to delineate species, because many species concepts, especially the Biological Species Concept, rely on the concept of reproductive isolation. Yet, new genetic methods are identifying an increasing number of species that show signs of introgressive hybridization or gene flow among them. Therefore, strict reproductive isolation cannot always be applied to delineate species, especially in young, probably still diverging, species such as giraffe.
Therefore, giraffe are ideal study organisms to investigate the level of gene flow in recently diverged species with adjacent or potentially overlapping ranges. Furthermore, their recent classification as “Vulnerable” by the IUCN and their unreliable distribution maps require the genetic evaluation of their population structure, distribution and conservation status.
In Publication 1 (Winter et al. (2018a), Ecological Genetics and Genomics, 7–8, 1–5), I studied the distribution and matrilineal population structure of Angolan giraffe (G. giraffa angolensis) using sequences from the cytochrome b gene (1,140 bp) and the mitochondrial control region for individuals from across their known range and beyond, and additionally including individuals from all known giraffe species and subspecies. The reconstruction of a phylogenetic tree and a mitochondrial haplotype network allowed to identify the most easterly known natural population of Angolan giraffe, a population that was previously assigned to their sister-subspecies South African giraffe (G. giraffa giraffa), indicating the limit of classification by morphology and geography. Furthermore, the analyses show that Namibia’s iconic desert-dwelling giraffe population is genetically distinct, even from the nearest population at Etosha National Park, suggesting very limited, if any, natural exchange of matrilines. Yet, no geographic barriers are known for this region that would prevent genetic exchange. Therefore, the two populations are likely on different evolutionary trajectories. Limited individuals with an Etosha haplotype further suggest that translocation of Etosha giraffe into the desert population had only a minor impact on the local population. Two separate haplogroups within Etosha National Park suggest an “out of Etosha” radiation of Angolan giraffe to the East followed by a later back-migration.
In Publication 2 (Winter et al. (2018b), Ecology and Evolution, 8(20), 10156–10165), I investigated the genetic population structure of giraffe across their range (n = 137) with focus on the amount of gene flow among the proposed giraffe species with a 3-fold increased set of nuclear introns (n = 21). Limited gene flow of less than one effective migrant per generation, even between the closely related northern (G. camelopardalis) and reticulated giraffe (G. reticulata) further supports the existence of four giraffe species by a different methodology, gene flow. This is significant because most species concepts build on reproductive isolation. Furthermore, this result is corroborated by four distinct major clades in a phylogenetic tree analysis, and distinct clusters in Principal Component Analysis and STRUCTURE analysis. All these analyses suggest a low level of genetic exchange among the four giraffe species and, therefore, a high degree of reproductive isolation in accordance with the Biological Species Concept (BSC). In Addition, only a single individual in 137 was identified as being potential of natural hybrid origin, which promotes the four-species concept further. ...
A novel role for mutant mRNA degradation in triggering transcriptional adaptation to mutations
(2020)
Robustness to mutations promotes organisms’ well-being and fitness. The increasing number of mutants in various model organisms, and humans, showing no obvious phenotype (Bouche and Bouchez, 2001; Chen et al., 2016b; Giaever et al., 2002; Kok et al., 2015) has renewed interest into how organisms adapt to gene loss. In the presence of deleterious mutations, genetic compensation by transcriptional upregulation of related gene(s) (also known as transcriptional adaptation) has been reported in numerous systems (El-Brolosy and Stainier, 2017; Rossi et al., 2015; Tondeleir et al., 2012); however, the molecular mechanisms underlying this response remained unclear. To investigate this phenomenon, I develop and study multiple models of transcriptional adaptation in zebrafish and mouse cell lines. I first show that transcriptional adaptation is not caused by loss of protein function, indicating that the trigger lies upstream, and find that the response involves enhanced transcription of the related gene(s). Furthermore, I observe a correlation between levels of mutant mRNA degradation and upregulation of related genes. To investigate the role of mutant mRNA degradation in triggering the response, I generate mutant alleles that do not transcribe the mutated gene and find that they fail to induce a transcriptional response and display stronger phenotypes. Transcriptome analysis of alleles displaying mutant mRNA degradation revealed upregulation of a significant proportion of genes displaying sequence similarity with the mutated gene’s mRNA, suggesting a model whereby mRNA degradation intermediates induce transcriptional adaptation via sequence similarity. Further mechanistic analyses suggested RNA-decay factors-dependent chromatin remodeling, and repression of antisense RNAs to be implicated in the response. These results identify a novel role for mutant mRNA degradation in buffering against mutations. Besides, they hold huge implications on understanding disease-causing mutations and shall help in designing mutations that lead to minimal transcriptional adaptation-induced compensation, facilitating studying gene function in model organisms.
Even one century after Santiago Ramón y Cajal’s groundbreaking contribu- tions to neuroscience, one of the most fundamental questions in the field is still largely open, namely understanding how the shape of a dendrite is adapted to its specific biological function. A systematic investigation of this problem is challenging both technically and conceptually because neurons have diverse genetic, molecular, morphological, connectional and functional properties.
In the light of the preceding, dendritic arborisation (da) neurons of the Drosophila melanogaster larva PNS have proven to be an excellent model system for the study of such growth and patterning processes. Structure and function in these cell classes are intimately intertwined, as class type-specific dendritic arbour differentiation processes are required to satisfy a given phys- iological need. Also, there is a remarkable genetic toolkit that enables one to selectively and reproducibly label, image and manipulate each one of these sensory neuron classes. In this thesis, I address the aforementioned open problem by linking single-cell patterning, information processing and wiring optimisation in sensory da neurons to behaviour in Drosophila larva.
In particular, I study Class I ventral peripherical dendritic arborisation (c1vpda) neurons. These are a class of proprioceptive neurons that relay information on the position of the larva’s body back to the CNS during crawling behaviour to assure proper locomotion. Their stereotypical comb- like shaped dendritic branches spread along the body-wall, and they get noticeably deformed during crawling behaviour. The bending of the den- dritic branches is hypothesised to be a possible mechanism to transduce the mechanosensory inputs arising from cuticle folding. Interestingly, c1vpda neurons do not necessarily satisfy optimal wiring constraints since they are required to pattern into a specific shape to fulfil their function. Therefore, I considered the da system to study how the specific functional requirements may be combined with optimal wiring constraints during development.
Although the molecular machinery of dendrite patterning in c1vpda neurons is well studied, the precise elaboration of the comb-like shaped dendrites of these cells remains elusive. Moreover, even though a lot of work has been put into the description and quantification of growth processes of the nervous system, there are still few solid and standardised models of arbour staging and patterning. Importantly, the defining parameters that determine the dendrite elaboration program that in turn is responsible for creating the final arbour morphology are still unknown. As a result, unraveling possible universal stages of dendrite elaboration shared between different model systems and cell types is challenging.
Thus, in order to understand the development of the fine regulation of branch outgrowth that leads to the observed terminal arbour morphology in the mature cell, I collected in vivo, long-term, non-invasive high temporal res- olution time-lapse recordings of dendritic trees during the differentiation process in the embryo and its maturation phase in the larva. For further analysis, I developed new algorithms that quantified the structural changes in dendrite morphology in the time-lapse videos. My approach provides a framework to analyse such developmental data, or any dataset comprising continuous morphological dynamical processes in an unbiased way. Using these newly developed methods, I examined the development of a sample of c1vpda cells and identified five stages of differentiation in these data: initial stem polarization, extension, pruning, stabilization, and isometric stretching during larval stages.
The beginning of the growth process is marked by the polarisation of the main stem. Subsequently, during the extension phase, branches emerge interstitially from the existing main stem. Later, higher-order branches sprout from pre-existing lateral branches, increasing arbour complexity. This is followed by a pruning stage where developmental intermediate dendritic branches are removed. This step leads to a spatial rearrangement of the dendritic tree. The end of the pruning step is followed by a stabilisation period where arbour morphology remains virtually unaltered in the embryo. After hatching, c1vpda dendrites experience an isometric scaling, with their branching complexity and pattern being invariant across all larval stages.
After dissecting the c1vpda dendrites spatiotemporal differentiation process, I established a link between dendritic shape and behaviour. I measured intra- cellular Ca++ activity in the dendrite branches of l1 larvae during forward locomotion, while simultaneously recording branch deformation using a dual genetic line. I reported that post-embryonic c1vpda dendrites Ca++ responses increased in freely crawling larvae. Furthermore, I showed strong correlations between Ca++ signal and deformation of the comb-like dendritic ranches during body-wall contractions.
Then, using a geometrical model, I provided evidence that the pruning stage could reorganise the dendrite morphology to maximise mechanosensory re- sponses during body wall contraction. I showed that the angle orientation of each side branch correlates with the bending curvature and thus with the me- chanical displacement of the cell membrane during locomotion. During the pruning phase, I observed a preferential reduction of less efficient branches with low bending curvature, influencing the mechanisms of dendritic sig- nal integration of c1vpda sensory neurons. I proceeded to quantify branch dynamics at single tip resolution during pruning, providing evidence that a simple random pruning mechanism is sufficient to remodel the tree structure compatible with the observed way.
I used these time-lapse data to constrain a new computational noisy growth model with random pruning based on optimal wiring principles. This model is able to generate highly realistic synthetic c1vpda morphologies. The model furthermore requires few parameters to generate highly accurate temporal development trajectories and morphologies at single-cell level. Utilising this data and model enabled me to investigate upon the hypothesis that a noisy dendrite growth and random pruning mechanism synergise to achieve den- dritic trees efficient in terms of both wiring and function. My findings show how single neurons can create functionally specialised dendrites while min- imising wiring costs, elucidating how general principles of self-organisation may be involved in the generation of these structures.
The growing number of infections with multi-resistant bacteria or the current COVID-19 pandemic put compounds with therapeutic properties into the public focus. Non-ribosomal peptides (NRPs) are natural products that are already marketed as antibiotics, cytotoxic agents or immunosuppressants. Their biological activities rely on the structural diversity including non-proteinogenic amino acids (AAs), heterocycles or modifications like methylation or acylation.
The biosynthesis of NRPs is carried out by non-ribosomal peptide synthetases (NRPSs). These multifunctional megaenzymes show a modular architecture like in an assembly-line. Each module is thereby responsible for the incorporation and modification of one AA and therefore contains different catalytic domains. The adenylation (A) domain recognizes and activates its specific substrate in an ATP-dependent manner which is transferred to a 4’-phosphopantetheine cofactor post-translationally attached to the thiolation (T) domain. Peptide bond formation between two T domain bound substrates catalysed by the condensation (C) domain transfers the growing peptide chain to the following module. Such a C-A-T module can be extended with optional domains to integrate structural diversity and a terminal thioesterase (TE) domain usually releases the peptide via hydrolysis or intramolecular attack of nucleophiles. Inspired by the modular architecture, NRPS engineering deals with the modification of NRPs in order to increase biological activities, circumvent bacterial resistances or create de novo peptides. This can be achieved by mutasynthesis or modification of the substrate binding pocket as well as single and multiple domain substitution. However, the few successful approaches led to impaired enzymes and did not establish a general applicable guideline. In the first publication as part of this work, the development of such a guideline comprising three rules is addressed. First, the A-T-C tridomain named exchange unit (XU) is seen as a catalytic unit instead of a module. When using them as building blocks, the C domain’s specificity for the AA of the following XU has to be considered as second rule. Third, a conserved WNATE motif within the C-A linker depicts the fusion point of the XUs. Upon heterologous expression of the cloned plasmids in E. coli and high performance liquid chromatography coupled mass spectrometry-based analysis of the extracts, the ambactin-producing NRPS from Xenorhabdus was reprogrammed with one and two XUs. This only leads to a moderate loss of production titre or an even higher one when the AA configuration was changed by introducing a dual condensation/epimerization (C/E) domain. The pentamodular GameXPeptide-producing NRPS was reconstructed using up to five XUs of four different NRPSs and even completely de novo synthetases were created. The second publication describes the exchange unit condensation domain (XUC) concept and relies on a fusion point between the two subdomains (N-terminal CDsub and C-terminal CAsub) of the C domain’s V-shaped pseudodimeric structure which generates A-T didomains with flanking CAsub and CDsub. These hybrid C domain-forming building blocks depict an improvement to the XU concept by avoiding the drawback of C domain specificity. This allows a more flexible NRPS engineering that can e.g. enable peptide library design. Furthermore, beside a combination of both concepts within one NRPS and a transfer to Bacillus NRPSs, the use of XUC with relaxed A domain specificity allowed further peptide modifications by introducing non-natural AAs. The third publication deals with aldehyde and alcohol-generating reductase (R) domains which depict an alternative for peptide release in NRPSs. A promoter exchange in X. indica identified a pyrazine-producing NRPS with a minimal architecture of an A, T and R domain and was therefore termed ATRed. R domains were additionally used in engineered NRPSs to produce pyrazinones and derivatives thereof by XU substitution although most constructs failed to show production. Beyond that, an R domain has been shown to replace a TE domain in wild type synthetases leading to slightly modified NRPs and the postulated biosynthesis was incidentally revised. Furthermore, an NRPS with terminal R domain was engineered to produce a free peptide aldehyde, which are known to be potent proteasome inhibitors. For the above mentioned ATReds, the presence of up to three coding regions was further identified in 20 different Xenorhabdus strains but only six of them were verified to produce pyrazines. All ATReds share variable sequence similarities among each other and were subsequently divided into three subtypes. One subtype is supposed to perform the pyrazine biosynthesis via a non-canonical catalytic triad.
Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus bacteria live in a highly specific symbiosis with nematodes that belong to the genus of Heterorhabditis and Steinernema, respectively. These cruiser type nematodes actively search for soil-dwelling insects and infect them via natural openings. Inside of the insect, the bacteria are released into the hemocoel where they start producing an array of secondary metabolites to bypass the insect immune system and kill the prey within 48 hours. Many of those natural products possess bioactivities against other bacteria, fungi, protozoa or insects, which makes them interesting candidates for pharmaceutical applications. Even though advanced molecular biological methods in combination with bioinformatics tools can now be used to predict biosynthetic gene clusters (BGCs) and their products, there are still many BGCs with unknown products. Even for the plethora of natural products that were successfully identified in the last couple of years, the exact ecological function often remains elusive, as laboratory conditions can vary considerably from the natural environment of the bacteria. Knowledge about the natural conditions that stimulate, or repress production of certain natural products and their underlying regulatory mechanisms yield new approaches for natural product research and enables possibilities for selective manipulations of the regulatory cascades.
The overarching goal of this work was to examine the regulatory networks in Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus strains. The first part of this work focused on the Hfq-dependent regulation of specialized metabolite production. In those genera, the RNA chaperone, Hfq, represses expression of hexA, which encodes for a global transcriptional regulator that acts as the master repressor for SM production. Multiple global approaches were used to identify the sRNA ArcZ, which targets a specific region in the 5’-untranslated region of the hexA mRNA and ultimately guides Hfq in order to repress its expression. It was shown that a deletion of arcZ led to a drastic reduction of SM production in Photorhabdus and Xenorhabdus, consistent with the phenotype of their respective hfq deletion mutants. Transcriptomic profiling revealed far-reaching effects on the transcriptome, with up to 735 coding sequences significantly affected in the arcZ deletion strain. Finally, it was shown that the resulting chemical background, devoid of SMs, in combination with targeted promotor exchange can be used to exclusively overproduce a desired natural product, representing an alternative route of genetic manipulation.
The second part of this work focused on the influence and identification of insect related compounds that affect SM production in P. laumondii, X. szentirmaii and X. nematophila. Insect homogenate was generated from G. mellonella larvae, a model host for these bacteria. Supplementation of the cultivation medium with homogenate induced considerable shifts in the SM profiles of those bacteria. A global effect on the transcriptional output was determined by transcriptomic profiling. The core response to the simulation of an insect environment consisted of ten CDS, eight of which are involved in the degradation of fatty acids or the import of maltose and maltodextrin into the cells. Two abundant components in the insect homogenate, trehalose and putrescin, were added to the cultivation medium of those strains and subsequent HPLC-MS analysis revealed a direct correlation of their concentration in the medium and the production titres of certain SMs. These results indicated that the bacteria sense the insect environment via different insect specific components in order to initiate a metabolic adjustment, which is probably required for adaptation to the insect host.
The last part of this work examined the influence of other, so far not directly related genes on SM production, based on the isolation of P. laumondii transposon-insertion mutants with clear phenotypic alterations. Re-sequencing and SM profiling of the mutant strains revealed that a transposon-insertion in the gene encoding for a putative DNA-adenine methyltransferase affected SM production. The phenotype was confirmed by deleting this gene. Based on Single-Molecule Real-Time sequencing, the complete methylome of the WT, deletion- and complementation mutant were analysed (experimental work performed by Sacha J. Pidot, Melbourne, Australia). No obvious alterations were detected in the methylation patterns of the strains, indicating that the dam gene product does not methylate the adenine in GATC-motifs, as it was described in literature for E. coli. This data raises the question what the function of the putative DNA-adenine methyltransferase is in P. laumondii and how it can influence the secondary metabolism. Even though there is currently no clear evidence, the potential role of epigenetic gene regulation mechanisms should be considered in further work.
Die CXCR4/CXCL12-Achse ist von entscheidender Bedeutung für die Entstehung und Aufrechterhaltung einer gesunden, reifen Hämatopoese. Erstmals beschrieben wurde der später als CXCR4 bezeichnete Rezeptor 1996 allerdings als Co-Rezeptor für den Eintritt humaner HI-Viren in Lymphozyten. Ein großes Interesse bestand daraufhin darin, sowohl natürliche Inhibitoren des G-Protein gekoppelten Rezeptors zu identifizieren, als auch synthetische herzustellen, um einen Eintritt des Virus in den menschlichen Organismus zu verhindern bzw. seine Ausbreitung zu unterbinden. Ein natürlich vorkommender CXCR4-Ligand, der 2015 von Zirafi und Kollegen erstmals beschrieben wurde, fand sich im Hämofiltrat von Dialysepatienten. Der im weiteren Verlauf als EPI-X4 bezeichnete CXCR4-Antagonist wurde als Spaltprodukt von Albumin identifiziert, welches über viele Spezies hochkonserviert ist. Diese Eigenschaft interpretieren wir als Hinweis auf eine relevante physiologische Funktion des Peptids. Da die Halbwertszeit von natürlich vorkommendem EPI-X4 beim Menschen vermutlich sehr kurz ist, sind in vivo- und darauffolgende in vitro-Analysen schwierig durchzuführen. In-vitro-Spike-Analysen von synthetischem EPI-X4 in humanem Plasma ergaben eine Halbwertszeit von nur 17 Minuten. Die geringen auftretenden Konzentrationen erschweren die Problematik zusätzlich. In dieser Arbeit sollen deshalb im Mausmodell in vivo-Analysen durchgeführt werden, um die Effekte von potentiell entstehendem EPI-X4 in verschiedenen experimentellen Ansätzen aufzudecken. Ein probates, hier verwendetes Mittel, ist die Analyse einer Knock-out (KO)-Maus. Die für die Bindung an CXCR4 entscheidende Aminosäure von EPI-X4, das am N-Terminus gelegene Leucin, wurde durch Alanin ersetzt, welches die Entstehung von EPI-X4 unterbindet und zusätzlich dessen Bindung an CXCR4 verhindert. Mit Hilfe zweier Mausmodelle können nun Analysen im EPI-X4-defizienten Modell durchgeführt werden, die im Umkehrschluss Informationen über die organismische Wirkung von EPI-X4 beinhalten. Zunächst wurde in beiden Modellen die physiologisch normale reife und unreife Hämatopoese charakterisiert. Hierbei zeigte sich kein signifikanter systematischer Einfluss von EPI-X4 auf reife Leukozyten (WBC), lediglich eine leichte Lymphozytose in der HR-Ala-Variante. Im weiteren Verlauf der homöostatischen Analyse der Hämatopoese der Ala-EPI-X4-Mäuse zeigten sich keine signifikanten Unterschiede zu wildtypischen Mäusen. Sowohl reife als auch unreife Zellen zeigten, außer in der T- und B-Zelllinie, keine zahlenmäßigen oder funktionalen Auffälligkeiten, weder im Blut, noch in der Milz oder im Knochenmark. Analysen der Zellzyklusaktivität unterschiedlicher Unreifestufen wiesen ebenfalls keine Auffälligkeiten auf. Diese Daten einer normalen, von einer C57Bl/6-Maus zu erwartenden Ergebnisse dienten als Grundlage zur Bewertung und Analyse von durchgeführten hämatopoetischen Stressmodellen. Hierfür wurden
zunächst hämatopoetische Stamm- und Vorläuferzellen (HSPC) mobilisiert. In den angewandten Mobilisierungsmodellen fanden sich lediglich unter G-CSF-Behandlung im Knochenmark eine größere Anzahl Granulozyten, was auf einen Einfluss von EPI-X4 auf HSPC schließen lässt. Um potentielle Auswirkungen von EPI-X4 im Knochenmark weiter zu untersuchen, wurde ein weiteres Stressmodell gewählt, welches ebenfalls mutmaßlich die Bedingungen zur EPI-X4-Generierung schafft: Subletale Bestrahlung der Mäuse sorgt für Schäden an allen Zellarten im Knochenmark, es wird ein steriles entzündliches Milieu kreiert. Unter diesen Umständen wurde die Regeneration von Blutzellen analysiert. Es zeigten sich keine nennenswerten Unterschiede sowohl in der akuten Phase des Schadens als auch in regelmäßigen Blutentnahmen während der Regenerierung.
Die Beschreibung von natürlich vorkommendem EPI-X4 in Vaginal- und Rektalschleimhaut zeigt seine Entstehung an Schleimhautbarrieren auf. Ala-EPI-X4-Muse werden deshalb auf deren Durchlässigkeit untersucht: LPS-Konzentrationen als Marker für eindringende pathogene Bakterien wurden im Plasma untersucht. Hierbei zeigten sich keine Unterschiede zwischen den Gruppen, eine Störung scheint hier nicht vorzuliegen. Zusätzlich wurde die Zusammensetzung des Mikrobioms im Darm untersucht, da beschrieben wurde, dass sich Mikrobiom und die Integrität der Darmschleimhaut gegenseitig beeinflussen. Im Falle der EPI-X4-defizienten Mäuse liegt zwar keine offensichtliche pathologische Veränderung vor, dennoch konnte in männlichen HR-Ala-Mäusen die Abwesenheit des Proteobakteriums Parasutterella nachgewiesen werden. Um eine mögliche Defizienz der Barrierefunktion weiter zu testen, wurden zwei Stressmodelle gewählt: Zunächst wurde den Mäusen eine akute, sterile Peritonitis zugefügt, woraufhin die Anzahl und Zusammensetzung der ins Peritoneum einströmenden Leukozyten analysiert wird. Die Reaktion auf diesen Entzündungsprozess war nicht verändert. Ähnliche Ergebnisse zeigten sich auch in einem akuten Colitis-Stressmodell.
Insgesamt konnte in dieser Arbeit mithilfe zweier KO-Mausmodelle die Rolle von EPI-X4 in der Hämatopoese und der Immunologie von Mäusen beginnend charakterisiert werden. Die homöostatische Hämatopoese scheint kaum von EPI-X4 abhängig zu sein, lediglich die Zahl der B- und T-Zellen, insbesondere der regulatorischen T-Zellen, scheint beeinflusst. Damit einhergehend konnten Veränderungen in Zytokinlevels bei inflammatorischen Ereignissen gezeigt werden. Experimente zur beeinflussten, eventuell gestörten Barrierefunktion von Ala-EPI-X4-Mäusen zeigten vielversprechende Ansätze und sollten in Zukunft weiter analysiert werden.
Das Gehirn weist in mehreren Bereichen anatomische Asymmetrien zwischen beiden Hemisphären auf, so auch in Bereichen der Hörrinde. Zudem ist bereits langjährig bekannt, dass menschliche Sprache vorrangig in der linken Gehirnhälfte, d.h. linksseitig lateralisiert, verarbeitet wird. Daraus folgend stellt sich die Frage, ob dies eine besondere Spezialisierung ist, oder ob es noch weitere lateralisierte Hirnfunktionen gibt. Viele akustische Signale haben dabei frequenzmodulierte (FM) Komponenten, die im Hörsystem für die Erkennung nach Parametern wie Richtung und Dauer der Modulation analysiert werden müssen. Ob die Analyse von FM-Komponenten oder einzelner Reizparameter im Gehirn lateralisiert stattfindet, wurde in der Literatur meist mit bildgebenden Verfahren untersucht.
Für das Erkennen und Unterscheiden der Modulationsrichtung weist eine Vielzahl von Studien auf eine erhöhte Aktivität in der rechten Hörrinde hin. Für die Analyse von Stimulusdauern ist es bisher allerdings noch unklar bzw. umstritten, ob diese lateralisiert erfolgt. Für die Untersuchung der Lateralisierung einfacher Sprachkomponenten werden häufig Konsonant-Vokal-Silben (CV-Silben) verwendet. In einer Vielzahl von Studien konnte eine linkslastige Lateralisierung, wie bei der Spracherkennung, gezeigt werden.
In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurde nun untersucht, ob ein eindeutigeres Muster von Lateralisierung zu finden ist, wenn diese in Wahrnehmungsexperimenten, untersucht wird. Dabei wurde ein zu untersuchender Teststimulus (FM-/CV-Stimulus) auf einem Ohr mit einem kontralateralen breitbandigen Rauschen auf dem anderen Ohr gleichzeitig präsentiert. Durch die Struktur der Hörbahn kann dabei davon ausgegangen werden, dass in einer Hemisphäre des Vorderhirns vorrangig Informationen aus dem kontralateralen Ohr verarbeitet und Informationen aus dem ipsilateralen Ohr unterdrückt werden und sich somit Rückschlüsse auf die Funktion/Beteiligung einer Hemishpäre ziehen lassen. Das Rauschen diente dabei zur unspezifischen Aktivierung der gegenüberliegenden Hemisphäre.
Die Lateralisierung wurde systematisch für unterschiedlich komplexe Reize untersucht. Dazu wurden in zwei Versuchsreihen Unterscheidungsexperimente durchgeführt, die sich in mehrere Messungen (mit mehreren Durchläufen) mit unterschiedlichen Parametereinstellungen gliederten. Pro Durchlauf musste sich die Versuchsperson immer zwischen zwei Antwortmöglichkeiten entscheiden (2-AFC-Verfahren). Der Schalldruckpegel des Rauschens war dabei für alle Messungen konstant. Der Schalldruckpegel der Teststimuli blieb zwar während einer Messung konstant, wurde jedoch innerhalb eines Experimentes von Messung zu Messung reduziert.
In einer gemeinsamen Analyse wurden jeweils die Fehlerraten und Reaktionszeiten beider Ohren, getrennt nach Seite und FM-/ CV-Stimulus, miteinander verglichen, um so auf eine mögliche Lateralisierung schließen zu können. Damit die Daten der Versuchspersonen bei vergleichbarer Schwierigkeit analysiert werden konnten, wurde als Vergleichswert zwischen allen Versuchspersonen der Schalldruckpegel der ersten Messung mit einer Fehlerrate von mindestens 15,0 % gewählt (15 %-Kriterium). Um auszuschließen, dass das Hörvermögen der Versuchspersonen Unterschiede zwischen beiden Ohren aufweist, wurde vor jeder Messung der „Punkt subjektiver Gleichheit“ für die Lautstärke-wahrnehmung zwischen linkem und rechten Ohr bestimmt.
In der ersten Versuchsreihe wurde dabei die Verarbeitung der Modulationsrichtung und der Stimulusdauer von FM-Stimuli untersucht. Es zeigte sich für beide Experimente, dass ein sinkender Schalldruckpegel des FM-Stimulus zu einer steigenden Fehlerrate führte. Unter Anwendung des 15 %-Kriteriums waren die Fehlerraten für die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtung signifikant geringer, wenn der FM-Stimulus auf dem linken Ohr präsentiert wurde. Dies ist ein deutlicher Hinweis für eine rechtslastige Lateralisierung.
Für die Unterscheidung der Stimulusdauer gab es dagegen keinen signifikanten Unterschied zwischen den Fehlerraten beider Ohren. Somit muss davon ausgegangen werden, dass beide Hemisphären für diese Aufgabe benötigt werden und eine bilaterale Verarbeitung stattfindet. In den Reaktionszeiten konnten in beiden Experimente keine signifikanten Unterschiede gezeigt werden. Die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtung wurde dabei von allen Versuchspersonen als einfacher eingestuft als die Unterscheidung der Stimulusdauer, was sich auch in niedrigeren Antwortschnelligkeit und Fehlerraten bei vergleichbaren Schalldruckpegeln zeigte.
In der zweiten Versuchsreihe wurde als Referenzmessung nochmals die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtungen von FM-Stimuli durchgeführt. Anschließend wurde die Unterscheidung von „da“ und „ga“ untersucht. Diese CV-Silben differieren ausschließlich in der FM-Komponente. Die Untercheidung von CV-Silben ohne Unterschied in der FM-Komponente wurde mittels „ta“ und „ka“ getestet. Für alle drei Experimente zeigte sich, dass ein geringerer Schalldruckpegel des FM- oder CV-Stimulus zu einer steigenden Fehlerrate führte. Unter Anwendung des 15 %-Kriteriums zeigte sich für die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtung ein Trend zu niedrigeren Fehlerraten bei der Präsentation des FM-Stimulus auf dem linken im Vergleich mit dem rechten Ohr. In den Reaktionszeiten konnten keine signifikanten Unterschiede gezeigt werden.
Für die Unterscheidung von „da“ und „ga“ ließ sich unter Anwendung des 15 %-Kriteriums in den Fehlerraten und Reaktionszeiten kein Vorteil eines Ohres nachweisen. Dagegen zeigten sich klare Unterschiede bei einzelnen Versuchspersonen. So waren die Fehlerraten für Versuchspersonen, die vorwiegend „da“ erkannt bzw. gehört hatten signifikant höher, wenn der CV-Stimulus auf dem rechten Ohr präsentiert wurde, für „ga“-Hörer war das Gegenteil der Fall. In den Reaktionszeiten konnte kein signifikanter Zusammenhang nachgewiesen werden. Somit ließ sich zeigen, dass je nach Strategie der Versuchsperson bzw. deren individueller Wahrnehmung der CV-Silben, Unterschiede in der Lateralisierung erreicht werden können.
Für die Unterscheidung von „ta“ und „ka“ zeigten sich unter Anwendung des 15 %-Kriteriums signifikant niedrigere Fehlerraten und Reaktionszeiten, wenn der CV-Stimulus auf dem linken Ohr präsentiert wurde. Dies weist deutlich auf eine rechtslastige Lateralisierung hin. Vergleicht man alle drei Experimente ließ sich zudem zeigen, dass die Unterscheidung der Modulationsrichtung einfacher war als die Unterscheidung verschiedener CV-Stimuli. Dabei war die Unterscheidung von „da“ und „ga“ für die Versuchspersonen schwieriger als die Unterscheidung von „ta“ und „ka“. Allerdings konnte in den Lateralisierungsdaten kein direkter Zusammenhang zwischen den FM- und „da“-/„ga“-Stimuli gezeigt werden.
Zusammenfassend konnte in allen fünf Experimenten eine verschieden stark lateralisierte Verarbeitung von akustischen Stimuli bei gleichzeitigem kontralateralen Rauschen gezeigt werden. Der Vorteil eines Ohres (bzw. einer Hemisphäre) war sowohl von der Aufgabe als auch vom Stimulustyp abhängig. Dabei gab es zum Teil starke Unterschiede in der Effektstärke und dem Grad der Lateralisierung zwischen den einzelnen Versuchspersonen. Insgesamt konnte gezeigt werden, dass sich die hier angewendete psychophysische Methode gut eignet, um Ergebnisse zur Lateralisierung von akustischen Stimuli zu gewinnen und somit die Verhaltensrelevanz von Ergebnissen aus Studien mit bildgebenden Verfahren zu überprüfen.
The application of natural products (NPs) as drugs and lead compounds has greatly improved human health over the past few decades. Despite their success, we still need to find new NPs that can be used as drugs to combat increasing drug resistance via new modes of action and to develop safer treatments with less side effects.
Entomopathogenic bacteria of Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus that live in mutualistic symbiosis with nematodes are considered as promising producers of NPs, since more than 6.5% of their genomes are assigned to biosynthetic gene clusters (BGCs) responsible for production of secondary metabolites. The investigation on NPs from Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus can not only provide new compounds for drug discovery but also help to understand the biochemical basis involved in mutualistic and pathogenic symbiosis of bacteria, nematode host and insect prey.
Nonribosomal peptides (NRPs) are a large class of NPs that are mainly found in bacteria and fungi. They are biosynthesized by nonribosomal peptide synthetases (NRPSs) and display diverse functions, representing more than 20 clinically used drugs. Although a large number of NRPs have been identified in Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus, the advanced genome sequencing and bioinformatic analysis indicate that these bacteria still have many unknown NRPS-encoding gene clusters for NRP production that are worth to explore. Therefore, this thesis focuses on the discovery, biosynthesis, structure identification, and biological functions of new NRPs from Xenorhabdus and Photorhabdus.
The first publication describes the isolation and structure elucidation of seven new rhabdopeptide/xenortide-like peptides (RXPs) from X. innexi, incorporating putrescine or ammonia as the C-terminal amines. Bioactivity testing of these RXPs revealed potent antiprotozoal activity against the causative agents of sleeping sickness (Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense) and malaria (Plasmodium falciparum), making them the most active RXP derivatives known to date. Biosynthetically, the initial NRPS module InxA might act iteratively with a flexible methyltransferase activity to catalyze the incorporation of the first five or six N-methylvaline/valine to these peptides.
The second publication focuses on the structure elucidation of seven unusual methionine-containing RXPs that were found as minor products in E. coli carrying the BGC kj12ABC from Xenorhabdus KJ12.1. To confirm the proposed structures from detailed HPLC-MS analysis, a solid-phase peptide synthesis (SPPS) method was developed for the synthesis of these partially methylated RXPs. These RXPs also exhibited good effects against T. brucei rhodesiense and P. falciparum, suggesting RXPs might play a role in protecting insect cadaver from soil-living protozoa to support the symbiosis with nematodes.
The third publication presents the identification of a new peptide library, named photohexapeptide library, which occurred after the biosynthetic gene phpS was activated in P. asymbiotica PB68.1 via promoter exchange. The chemical diversity of the photohexapeptides results from unusual promiscuous specificity of five out of six adenylation (A) domains being an excellent example of how to create compound libraries in nature. Furthermore, photohexapeptides enrich the family of the rare linear D-/L-peptide NPs.
The fourth publication concentrates on the structure elucidation of a new cyclohexapeptide, termed photoditritide, which was produced by P. temperata Meg1 after the biosynthetic gene pdtS was activated via promoter exchange. Photoditritide so far is the only example of a peptide from entomopathogenic bacteria that contains the uncommon amino acid homoarginine. The potent antimicrobial activity of photoditritide against Micrococcus luteus implies that photoditritide can protect the insect cadaver from food competitor bacteria in the complex life cycle of nematode and bacteria.
The last publication reports a new family of cyclic lipopeptides (CLPs), named phototemtides, which were obtained after the BGC pttABC from P. temperata Meg1 was heterologously expressed in E. coli. The gene pttA encodes an MbtH protein that was required for the biosynthesis of phototemtides in E. coli. To determine the absolute configurations of the hydroxy fatty acids, a total synthesis of the major compound phototemtide A was performed. Although the antimalarial activity of phototemtide A is only weak, it might be a starting point towards a selective P. falciparum compound, as it shows no activity against any other tested organisms.
Hypoxia is a condition in which cells are deprived of adequate oxygen supply and represents a main feature of solid tumours. Cells under hypoxic stress activate transcriptional responses driven by hypoxia-inducible factors (HIFs), which affect multiple cellular pathways, including angiogenesis, metabolic adaptation and cell proliferation. While the transcriptional changes induced in hypoxic tumours are well characterised, it is still poorly understood how hypoxia contributes to the aberrant post-transcriptional regulation observed in tumours. In this PhD thesis, I studied the RNA response to hypoxia in cancer, to provide novel insights into its regulation.
Using deep RNA-Sequencing (RNA-Seq), I investigated transcriptome changes of three human cell lines from lung, cervical and breast cancer under hypoxia, advancing our knowledge of post-transcriptional gene regulation in hypoxic cancer. I show that hypoxia induced consistent changes in transcript abundance in the three cancer types. This was coupled to divergent splicing responses, highlighting the cell type specificity of alternative splicing programs. While the mRNA levels of RNA-binding proteins were mainly reduced, hypoxia upregulated muscleblind-like protein 2 (MBNL2) in all three cell lines. Hypoxia control was specific for MBNL2, since it did not affect its paralogs MBNL1 and MBNL3. Via knockdown experiments of MBNL2 in hypoxic cells, I could show that MBNL2 induction promotes adaptation of cancer cells to low oxygen by regulating both transcript abundance and alternative splicing of hypoxia response genes. In addition, depletion of MBNL2 reduced the proliferation and migration of cancer cells, corroborating a function of MBNL2 as cancer driver.
In the last few years, a novel class of RNAs has gained attention, namely circular RNAs (circRNAs), which are produced by a particular splicing mechanism, known as back-splicing. CircRNAs have been reported to change their abundance in cancer and their high stability makes them promising candidates as diagnostic biomarkers. In this study, I took advantage of deep rRNA-depleted RNA-Seq data to comprehensively investigate the expression of circRNAs in human cancer cells and their changes in response to hypoxia. To reliably identify circRNAs, I established a pipeline that integrates two available tools. for circRNA detection with custom approaches for quantification and statistical analysis. Using this pipeline, I identified 12006 circRNAs in the three cancer cell lines. Their molecular features suggest an involvement of complementary RNA sequences as well as trans-acting factors in circRNA biogenesis, including the splicing factor HNRNPC. Remarkably, I detected 210 circRNAs that are more abundant than their linear counterparts. Upon hypoxic stress, 64 circRNAs were differentially expressed in cancer cells, in most cases in a cell type-specific manner. In summary, in this PhD thesis, I present a comparative transcriptome profiling in human cancer cell lines. It reveals MBNL2 as an important player in hypoxic cancer progression and provides novel insights into the biogenesis and regulation of circRNAs under hypoxic stress.
Cardiovascular diseases are still regarded as the main cause of death in the modern world. However, the generic term "cardiovascular diseases" is not uniformly defined. It essentially describes diseases of the cardiovascular system and includes diseases such as hypertension, arteriosclerosis, myocardial infarctions, heart failure, coronary heart diseases, rheumatic heart diseases and heart valve defects. In addition to the well-known risk factors such as obesity, smoking, hypercholesterolemia and lack of exercise, age is a further risk factor that plays an important role in the development of cardiovascular diseases. As the modern societies age; this becomes an increasing problem.
But why does the prevalence of cardiovascular diseases increase with age? In gen-eral, age-dependent changes at the cellular level are assumed to be responsible for the pathological changes in the cardiac and vascular tissues. Important mechanisms such as autophagy, oxidative stress, mitochondrial dysfunctions, genomic instability, cellular senescence and disturbances in signaling pathways of growth factors play a decisive role. In old age, myocardial hypertrophy occurs, which results in cardiac wall thickening and an altered geometry of the ventricle. Chronic inflammations, paracrine and age-dependent cell-intrinsic factors further lead to activation of cardiac fibro-blasts with increase cell proliferation, collagen secretion and matrix cross-linking. The consequences are interstitial and perivascular fibrosis, which stiffen the heart and blood vessels. Oxidative stress and inflammations additionally attack the blood ves-sels and impair endothelial function, which is further aggravated by possible pre-existing conditions such as diabetes mellitus and hypertension.
In the past decades, the main focus has therefore been on researching these age-dependent changes in the hope of better understanding cardiovascular ageing and developing possible regenerative interventions. By studying the repair mechanisms of other organs such as the lungs and the bone marrow, the endothelium in particular showed a high regenerative capacity, which influences the proliferation and cell func-tion of the surrounding cells.
For a long time, the general opinion was that the endothelium is only the internal lin-ing of blood and lymphatic vessels, as well as the heart chambers, which as a single-layer barrier guarantees the integrity of the blood vessels. However, endothelial cells are very heterogeneous, depending on the type of blood vessel and the type of tis-sue they serve. In addition to their barrier function, endothelial cells also regulate the exchange of substances between blood and tissue, stimulate the formation of new blood vessels and re-model existing vascular networks. They are also able to re-structure the extracellular matrix that surrounds them. They release not only matrix proteins, but also cytokines and growth factors into the extracellular space. On de-mand, these factors are then released and stimulate angiogenesis or cell prolifera-tion. In addition, the secretion of various matrix proteins not only stabilizes the cellu-lar neighborhood, but also regulates various cell functions.
By modelling the endothelial environment - the so-called vascular niche - endothelial cells are able to communicate with the surrounding cells. As a result, a regenerative effect of the vascular niche has already been described in various organs. In the liv-er, for example, it has been shown that increased concentrations of endothelial Ang2 and decreased endothelial activin A after partial hepatectomy stimulate the prolifera-tion of hepatocytes and thus liver regeneration. In the bone marrow, endothelial cells mobilize stem cells via nitric oxide and in the lungs, endothelial MMP14 releases growth factors from the extracellular matrix, which stimulate epithelial cell prolifera-tion after partial pneumectomy. Whether such a regenerative effect of the vascular niche also plays a role in the heart is largely unknown.
Since both the regenerative capacity of the heart and endothelial function decrease with age, the aim of this dissertation was to investigate the role of the vascular niche and endothelial cell communication in the aged heart. Human cell lines as well as mouse and artificial rat models were used for these investigations. Since this thesis is a cumulative dissertation with partially published papers, it is divided into three parts.
In the first part of this thesis, the transcriptional signature of secretory genes in the aged cardiac endothelium was studied. Perfused endothelial cells from hearts of young (12-week-old animals) and old mice (20-month-old animals) were isolated and used for bulk RNA sequencing. The two matrix proteins laminin β1 and β2 were among the top-regulated genes. While laminin β2 was particularly expressed in the young cardiac endothelium, laminin β1 was predominantly found in the old endotheli-um. This change in laminin expression was confirmed histologically at protein level and its autocrine function was investigated in vitro. To mimic the in vivo situation in vitro, cell culture dishes were coated with human recombinant laminin 421 or laminin 411 and sutured with human endothelial cells from the umbilical vein (HUVEC). Di-verse functional investigations showed that endothelial cells migrated and adhered poorly in the presence of laminin 411, while in Matrigel tube formation assays HU-VEC formed reduced endothelial networks when cultured on LM 411.
...
Die klimatische Nische beschreibt die klimatischen Bedingungen, unter denen eine Art eine stabile Population aufrechterhalten kann. Die Quantifizierung von Klimanischen ist ein wichtiges Werkzeug, um tiefergehende Einsichten in individuelle Art-Umwelt Beziehungen zu erlangen, um den Effekt des Klimawandels effektiv zu bewerten, und um Arten- und Naturschutz zu unterstützen. Ein makroökologischer Ansatz ist von Vorteil um Ökosysteme über ein breites taxonomisches, geographisches und zeitliches Spektrum zu untersuchen, und damit die klimatischen Nischen vieler Arten auf eine konsistente Art und Weise zu quantifizieren und vergleichen.
Im Kontext des aktuellen Klimawandels ist es wichtig zu verstehen, ob Arten in der Lage sind ihre Klima-nische anzupassen. Viele bisherige Vorhersagen über klimawandelbedingte Veränderungen von Artverbreitungen beruhen auf der Annahme, dass die klimatische Nische einer Art konstant ist. Allerdings ist bekannt, dass Arten ihre klimatischen Präferenzen auf unterschiedlichen Zeitskalen verändern - sowohl über kurze (ökologische) als auch evolutionäre Zeiträume. Dies ist ein wichtiger, aber oft missachteter Faktor für die Nischenquantifizierung. Ein gutes Beispiel für solche ökologische Dynamiken sind Zugvögel, die etwa 20% aller Vogelarten ausmachen. Sie stellen eine interessante, aber auch herausfordernde Artengruppe für die Untersuchung klimatischer Nischen dar. Des Weiteren ist es wichtig klimatische Nischen über evolutionäre Zeiträume zu untersuchen, um die Prozesse zu verstehen, die Evolution, Diversifikation und Extinktion unterliegen, da sich Klimanischen mit der Anpassung einzelner Arten an neue klimatische Gegebenheiten ebenfalls wandeln. Bislang hat ein Mangel an geographisch expliziten Daten über terrestrische Umwelt-bedingungen durch evolutionäre Zeiträume eine explizite Überprüfung dieser Zusammenhänge verhindert.
Das übergeordnete Ziel dieser Dissertation war es, die ökologische (d.h. saisonale) und evolutionäre Dynamik klimatischer Nischen von Vögeln zu untersuchen. Dazu wurde ein Ansatz gewählt der makroökologische, und evolutionsbiologische Methoden vereint, um ein breites taxonomisches und zeitliches Spektrum abzudecken. Das erste Kapitel bearbeitet die Frage wie klimatische Nischen am besten zu quantifizieren sind, wenn man die Dynamik des Vogelzuges in Betracht zieht. Dazu wurde eine Datenbank erstellt, die das Zugverhalten aller 10.443 lebenden Vogelarten katalogisiert. Des Weiteren wurde eine Übersicht über die Methoden zur Quantifizierung klimatischer Nischen in der makroökologischen Literatur erstellt. Das Ergebnis derselben ist, dass die überwiegende Mehrzahl der Veröffentlichungen saisonalen Zugbewegungen nicht ausreichend berücksichtigt. Zuletzt habe ich anhand der Avifauna Australiens die Vor- und Nachteile der Verwendung von Verbreitungskarten gegenüber Punktverbreitungsdaten zur Erfassung saisonaler geographischer Muster der Artenvielfalt bewertet. Damit bietet dieses Kapitel Rahmenempfehlungen für die Datenanforderungen und Methoden, die je nach Zugverhalten einer Art, und dem geographischen, bzw. zeitlichen Fokus einer Studie für eine optimale Nischenquantifizierung notwendig sind.
Im zweiten Kapitel untersuchte ich die saisonale Dynamik klimatischer Nischen von Zugvögeln. Dabei überprüfte ich die Hypothese, dass Zugvögel in ihrem Jahreszyklus durch die Zugbewegung eine gewisse Klimanische verfolgen. Zu diesem Zweck habe ich mit Brut- und Überwinterungsarealkarten saisonale Klima-nischen für 437 Zug- und Standvogelarten aus acht Kladen der Sperlingsvögel (Passeriformes) charakterisiert. Mit Ordinationsmethoden wurde dann der innerartliche saisonale Nischenüberlapp quantifiziert. Der Beweis für die Verfolgung einer klimatischen Nische in einer Art war von mehreren Faktoren, z.B. der geographischen Verortung des Brutareals und der Zugrichtung, abhängig. Dies lässt darauf schließen, dass sich die Ursachen für den Vogelzug sowohl geographisch als auch saisonal (d.h. abhängig von der Zugrichtung) unterscheiden.
Im dritten Kapitel untersuchte ich die evolutionäre Dynamik klimatischer Nischen in Steinschmätzern (Gattung Oenanthe), um explizit zu untersuchen ob es einen Zusammenhang zwischen den Raten klimatischer Nischen-evolution und den Veränderungen paläoklimatischer Bedingungen gibt. Methoden der Klimanischen-quantifizierung wurden mit datierten molekularen Phylogenien verknüpft, um die Raten klimatischer Nischen-evolution mit einem variablen Ratenmodell abzuschätzen. Paläoklimatische Umweltbedingungen wurden mit paläobiologischen Methoden aus dem Fossilbericht altweltlicher Säugetiere der vergangenen 20 Millionen Jahre erschlossen. Die Fallstudie konnte keinen Zusammenhang zwischen Nischenevolution und Umwelt-bedingungen feststellen. Dies legt nahe, dass Vögel als überaus mobile Organismen, auf Klimaveränderungen eher durch Arealverschiebungen reagieren, als durch eine Anpassung ihrer klimatischen Nische. Die Klimanischen der Steinschmätzer waren allerdings an sich nicht statisch, so dass andere Faktoren wie z.B. biologische Wechselbeziehungen für die Nischenevolution dieser Gattung verantwortlich sein müssen.
Meine Dissertation beleuchtet die zentrale Bedeutung zeitlicher Dynamiken für den Nischenraum, den Arten über ökologische (d.h. saisonale) und evolutionäre Zeiträume einnehmen. Aus ihr ergeben sich methodische Konsequenzen für zukünftige Studien klimatischer Nischen. Der Befund, dass die klimatischen Nischen von Zugvögeln nicht saisonal konstant sind, zeigt dass es für mobile Kladen wie Vögel notwendig ist die klimatischen Bedingungen über den gesamten Jahreszyklus und das gesamte Verbreitungsgebiet in Betracht zu nehmen, um die jeweiligen klimatischen Nischen voll charakterisieren zu können.
Über diese methodischen Innovationen hinaus, hat meine Arbeit auch wichtige theoretische und praktische Schlussfolgerungen produziert. Zum einen zeigt die Betrachtung saisonaler Klimanischen, dass Zugvögel entgegen gängiger Annahmen nicht denselben Umweltbedingungen in ihren Brut- und Überwinterungsarealen ausgesetzt sind. Zum anderen zeigt meine Betrachtung von Klimanischen über evolutionäre Zeiträume, dass die Nischenevolution nicht von klimatischen Bedingungen angetrieben wird. Zusammengenommen zeigen diese Ergebnisse auf unterschiedlichen Zeitskalen, dass das Klima nicht der alleinige Faktor ist, der die Artverbreitung von Vögeln bestimmt. Während dieser Befund Raum für Optimismus schafft, was die Auswirkungen des aktuellen Klimawandels auf Vögel angeht, zeigt er auch auf, dass Faktoren wie wechselseitige Artbeziehungen und das Mobilitätspotential von Arten einen wichtigen Einfluss auf Artverbreitungen ausüben. Diese Faktoren könnten jedoch an sich vom Klimawandel beeinflusst sein, und Untersuchungen dieses Zusammenspiels zwischen Klima und anderen Faktoren und die daraus resultierenden Einflüsse auf Artareale bieten ein vielversprechendes Arbeitsfeld für zukünftige Studien.
Light is one of the most important abiotic factors for plant physiological processes. In addition to light intensity, the spectral quality of light can also influence the plant morphology and the content of secondary metabolites. In the horticultural industry, artificial light is used in to enable year-round production of herbs, ornamental plants and vegetables in winter terms.
Until today, discharge lamps like high-pressure sodium (HPS) lamps, emitting predominantly orange and red light and high amounts of infrared radiation, are the most common lamp systems in greenhouses. In the last decades, light-emitting diodes (LEDs) emerged as an efficient alternative light source. LEDs have the advantage of distinct adjustments to the light spectrum. For a usage in horticultural industry LEDs are often too expensive. Furthermore, reduced plant growth can occur due to incorrectly adjusted light spectra and lower leaf temperatures caused by the lack of infrared radiation.
In a research project (LOEWE, funding no. 487/15-29) funded by the Hessen State Ministry of Higher Education, Research and Arts, Microwave plasma lamps (MPL) were tested as new light sources for horticultural industry and plant research. The electrodeless lamp systems emit light in similar properties like sun light. The aim of the study was to determine the influence of artificial sunlight of the MPL on the accumulation of secondary metabolites, plant architecture and plant physiology of three different species (coleus, basil and potted roses). The MPL was compared with other light systems such as commercial HPS lamps, LEDs or ceramic metal halide lamps (CDM). In addition to morphological parameters such as plant height, internode length or fresh and dry weight, the phenolic content of leaves grown under the respective light sources were examined.
Overall an increased far-red light content in the emission spectra of the MPL showed high influence on the plant architecture which was observed in all three plant species. Artificial sunlight from MPL induced stem elongation in coleus and basil plants, compared to the other tested light sources. In potted roses a reduced branching degree was observed under MPL light compared to HPS grown plants.
In addition to the impact of far-red light also the blue light content of the emission spectra was found to be a strong influencing factor for plant physiological processes. A positive correlation between blue light content and leaf thickness was determined in coleus cultivated under MPL, LED, HPS and CDM lamps. Low blue light content in HPS emission spectra resulted in shade-adapted leaves with low photosynthetic capacity and susceptibility to high irradiances. Blue light was assumed to increase phenolic metabolites in basil and rose leaves. Furthermore, the different light treatments resulted in an alteration of the composition of essential oils of basil.
Experiments with coleus plants demonstrated that besides light color also the infrared radiation, had an influence on secondary metabolites by causing different leaf temperatures. Coleus plants grown with MPL showed the lowest content of phenolic compounds such as rosmarinic acid per dry weight. Infrared radiation resulted in a faster plant development indicated by increased biomass production and higher leaf formation rate as observed in coleus and basil plants.
The results obtained in this study show that the influence of leaf temperature should always be considered when comparing different lamp systems. Especially when LEDs are compared to discharge lamps an overestimation of light color can be a consequence since also infrared radiation influences the content of phenolic compounds and plant growth.
The early-diverging oomycetes contain a large number of holocarpic obligate parasites of diatoms, algae, aquatic phycomycetes, and invertebrate animals. These organisms are diverse and widespread. However, taxonomic placement most of the early-diverging oomycetes remains provisional and unresolved, since many have not been sequenced and studied for molecular phylogeny. Here, we report the taxonomy and phylogeny of several holocarpic oomycetes that we have rediscovered and newly classified, including several new species combinations. Phylogenetic reconstructions revealed that the type species of genus Ectrogella (E. bacillariacearum) is a member of the early-diverging Saprolegniales, while the type species of Olpidiopsis (O. saprolegniae) and Pontisma (P. lagenidioides) grouped within the early-diverging lineage of oomycetes forming distinct clades. Since the monophyletic red-algae parasitoids are unrelated to the Olpidiopsis, these were reclassified to the genus Pontisma, while genus Diatomophthora was introduced to accommodate all the diatom parasitoids that were previously assigned to Olpidiopsis. In addition, four new oomycete parasitoids, Miracula helgolandica, Miracula moenusica, Diatomophthora drebesii and Olpidiopsis parthenogenetica and a single rediscovered species, Diatomophthora gillii, are also classified here, including eight new species combinations of red-algae parasites (Pontisma bostrychiae, P. heterosiphoniae, P. muelleri, P. palmariae, P. porphyrae, P. pyropiae) and diatom parasitoids (Diatomophthora drebesii, D. gillii). The results obtained in this study have further improved the resolution and expanded the knowledge on the phylogeny of the earlydiverging oomycetes, leading to the establishment of three new orders (Miraculales, Diatomophthorales, Pontismatales) and one order (Anisolpidiales) being reintroduced.
Alternative splicing (AS) is a co- or post-transcriptional process by which one gene gives rise to multiple isoforms. This ‘split and combine’ step multiplies eukaryotic proteome diversity several fold and is implicated in several diseases given its pervasive impact. Control of alternative splicing is brought about by cis-regulatory elements, such as RNA sequence and structure, which recruit trans-acting RNA-binding proteins (RBPs). Although several of these interactions are already described in detail, we lack a comprehensive understanding of the regulatory code that underlies a splicing decision.
Here, we have established a high-throughput screen to comprehensively identify and characterise cis-regulatory elements that control a specific splicing decision. A cancer-relevant splicing event in proto-oncogene RON was picked as a minigene prototype for initialising the screening approach. Then, we transfected a library of thousands of randomly mutagenised minigene variants as a pool into human cells, and subsequently quantified the spliced isoforms by RNA sequencing. Importantly, we used a barcode sequence to tag the minigene variants and thereby linked mutations to their corresponding spliced products. By using a linear regression-based modelling approach, we were able to determine the effects of single mutations on RON AS. In total, more than 700 mutations were found to significantly affect the splicing regulation of the RON alternative exon. In addition, mutation effects quantified from the screening approach correlate with RON alternative splicing in cancer patients. We discovered numerous previously unknown cis-regulatory elements in both introns and exons, and found that the RBP heterogeneous nuclear ribonucleoprotein H (HNRNPH) extensively regulates RON AS at multiple levels in both cell lines and cancer. Furthermore, the large number of RBPs involved in the process, point to a complex splicing regulatory network involved in the control of RON splicing. iCLIP and synergy analysis between mutations and HNRNPH knockdown data pinpointed the most relevant HNRNPH binding sites across RON. Finally, cooperative HNRNPH binding was shown to mediate a splicing switch of RON alternative exon. In summary, our results provide an unprecedented view on the complexity of splicing regulation of an alternative exon. The novel screening approach introduces a tool to study the relationship of RNA sequence variants along with trans-acting regulators to their impact on the splicing outcome, offering insights on alternative splicing regulation and the relevance of mutations in human disease.
Die Rheumatoide Arthritis (RA) ist die häufigste chronisch-entzündliche Gelenkerkrankung, die inadäquat therapiert zu Gelenkzerstörung und resultierender Invalidität führen kann. Genetische Risikofaktoren sowie Lebensstileinflüsse führen in präklinischen Erkrankungsstadien zu posttranslationalen Modifikationen körpereigener Strukturen, die die immunologische Selbst-Toleranz brechen und zur immunologischen Fehlerkennung von Gelenkstrukturen durch B- und T-Lymphozyten führen.
Das Ziel der hier vorliegenden Arbeit war die Aufklärung von Wirkmechanismen eines für die immunmodulatorische Therapie der RA entwickelten innovativen Ansatzes zur Rekonstitution der immunologischen Autotoleranz mittels rekombinant hergestellter MHC-Klasse-II/Peptidkomplexe durch Induktion regulatorischer T-Zellen. Im Mittelpunkt der in vitro Studien steht hierbei eine über Speziesbarrieren hinweg evolutionär konservierte, von T-Lymphozyten auf dem Kollagen Typ-II (CII) erkannte, durch Glykosylierung posttranslational modifizierte, autoantigene Strukturdeterminante. Dieses T-Zellepitop (CII-Peptid) stellt sowohl in der humanen RA als auch in der murinen Experimentalerkrankung der CIA (Collagen induced arthritis) eine immunodominante Struktur der arthritogenen Autoimmunität dar. Für die modellhaften in vitro Studien zur Aufklärung der Wirkweise rekombinanter MHC-II/Peptidkomplexe auf humane T-Zellen, standen über eine Kooperation mit Prof. Rikard Holmdahl (Karolinska Institut, Stockholm) T-Zell-Hydridome mit transgener Expression des humanen MHC-II/Moleküls DR4 (DRA1/DRB1*04:01) mit unterschiedlicher Epitopspezifität (T-Zell-Hybridom 3H8, Spezifität: unmodifiziertes CII-Peptid und mDR1.1, Spezifität: galaktosyliertes CII-Peptid an Position K264) zur Verfügung. Das aus einer α- und β-Kette bestehende MHC-II/Molekül DR4 ist durch das DRA1-Gen und allelische Varianten des DRB1-Locus (stärkste RA-Assoziation: DRB1*04:01) kodiert und bildet die Form seiner Bindungstasche für die Präsentation antigener Peptide an den T-Zell-Rezeptor (TCR) auf der Oberfläche antigenpräsentierender Zellen (APC). In den Studien zur Stimulation der Hybridomzellen konnte gezeigt werden, dass die T-Zellstimulation und die daraus resultierende Zytokinausschüttung (IL-2 und IL-10) kontextabhängig ist. Je nach Stimulationsart, ob festphasengebunden- oder löslich, erfolgt die Stimulusperzeption über differente TCR-Anordnungen in Mikrodomänen der Zelloberfläche und resultiert in entsprechend modulierten Signalstärken. So führt die Zellaktivierung über die festphasengebundene Stimulation mittels MHC-II/Peptidkomplexen zur Ausbildung einer hohen TCR-Dichte, die über hohe Signalstärken zu einer spezifischen IL-2 Sekretion als Antwort führen. Die Stimulation mit monomeren DR4/CII-Peptidkomplexen in gelöster Form adressiert dagegen die auf der gesamten Zelloberfläche verteilten T-Zell-Rezeptoren, was in einer geringeren Aktivierungsdichte und einer attenuierten Gesamtsignalstärke sowie der Sekretion des immunsupressiv wirkenden IL-10 resultiert. Für den angestrebten pharmakologischen Einsatz der DR4/CII-Peptidkomplexe ist bedeutsam, dass die aktivierende TCR-Bindung der gelösten monomeren Komplexe nur partiell agonistisch wirkt und die Induktion immunregulatorischer IL-10 Zytokinantworten begünstigt. Neben der direkten T-Zellinteraktion konnte auch die Möglichkeit einer indirekten Aktivierung unter Vermittlung von APCs nach Endozytose der DR4/CII-Peptidkomplexe, ihrer lysosomalen Prozessierung und Präsentation auf endogenen neusynthetisierten DR4/Molekülen experimentell u.a. unter Verwendung der HLA-DR4- exprimierenden murinen Makrophagenlinie BL25 als APC-Modell belegt werden. Im Hinblick auf die intendierte Weiterentwicklung zu therapeutischen Anwendungen der MHC-II/CII-Peptidkomplexe unter Gesichtspunkten der Arzneimittelsicherheit ist wichtig, dass der aufgezeigte indirekte Weg der T-Zellaktivierung nach vorausgehender Prozessierung durch APCs ineffizient ist. Dieser Weg erfordert nämlich sehr hohe Konzentrationen an MHC-II/Peptidkomplexen, welche weit oberhalb der in tierexperimentellen Studien unter therapeutisch wirksamen Dosierungen erreichten Gewebespiegel liegen.
Darüber hinaus ist es uns gelungen, methodisch den Nachweis CII-spezifischer T-Zellen, die im Gesamtrepertoire der CD4+ T-Zellen im peripheren Blut von RA-Patienten (HLA-DRB1*04:01) nur in sehr niedriger Frequenz vorkommen, mittels T-Zellaktivierung und spezifischer Tetramerbindung als phänotypischen Marker zu verbessern. Für die Tetramerbindung wurden Monomere mit dem galaktosylierten CII-Peptid (CIIgal259-273) beladenen DR4/Moleküle über einen aminoterminal konjugierten Biotinrest mittels eines Fluorochromgekoppelten Streptavidins tetramerisiert. Unter Einsatz dieser Methoden ist es gelungen, aus den durchflusszytometrisch sortierten CII-spezifischen Zellen, mittels Nukleotidsequenzierung, ihr TCR-Repertoire zu analysieren und hinsichtlich präferentieller V-Genverwendung zu charakterisieren. Für zwei humane DR4-restringiert gal264CII-spezifische T-Zell-Rezeptoren aus RA-Patienten konnte die Funktionalität und Epitopspezifität durch rekombinante Expression demonstriert werden. Auf Basis der gemeinsamen Vorarbeiten mit Prof. Rikard Holmdahl im murinen CIA-Modell und den bekannten Daten zur Induktion regulatorischer T-Zellen (Tr1-Zellen) durch MHC-II/CII-Peptidkomplexe, wurden in vitro Differenzierungsexperimente an humanen PBMCs DR4-positiver RA-Patienten unter dem Einfluss von DR4/gal264CII-Peptidkomplexen durchgeführt. Die Studien belegen, dass die Komplexe mit den antigenspezifischen T-Zellen interagieren und zur Induktion von Markern eines Tr1-Phänotyps, darunter PD-1 und IL-10 führen. Zukünftige Kristallstrukturanalysen eines TCR/DR4/gal264CII-Komplexes sollen dem verbesserten molekularen Verständnis der TCR-Erkennung von CII als Autoantigen insbesondere bzgl. des flexibleren Galaktoserestes für Arthritogenität und Tolerogenität dienen. Fernziel ist die Entwicklung einer wirksamen und sicheren immunmodulatorischen Therapie der RA durch Induktion regulatorischer T-Zellen.
The existence of all living organisms depends on their multidimensional adjustment to the conditions of the environment in which they live. Organisms must constantly deal with not only abiotic stress factors (such as water availability or extreme temperatures), but also with various biotic interactions (the competition between different organisms, both intraspecific and interspecies). When there is a consensus between an organism and the environment it means that this organism is well adjusted and increases its probability of survival.
Symbiotic organisms possess the ability to establish an intimate interaction with another species (symbiont) that provides benefits for survival. Organisms that are involved in obligate symbiosis may adapt to a new environment by switching to another symbiotic partner that is locally better adapted; or by reshuffling symbiont communities present in the holobiont. This ability potentially gives them the opportunity to flexibly react to changing environmental conditions.
In this thesis I studied the genetic diversity and geographic distribution of symbiont lineages in a lichen symbiosis to better understand environmental adaptation in symbiotic systems. Lichens are symbiotic associations of photobionts (one or several green-algal species or cyanobacteria), filamentous mycobionts (lichen-forming fungi) and co-inhabiting symbiotic microorganisms (lichen-associated bacteria, endolichenic fungi, and basidiomycete yeast). The coccoid green algae of the genus Trebouxia are the most common and the most studied lichen photobionts. However, the lack of formal Trebouxia taxonomy impedes our understanding of this photobiont diversity.
Different species of mycobionts may share the same photobionts and a single species of mycobiont may associate with multiple, genetically different photobionts. Interactions among symbionts are not random and are constrained by evolutionary and environmental processes. The ability to associate with specific symbiotic partner is considered as a lichen strategy to facilitate adaptation to the constantly changing environments.
The objectives of this thesis were to 1. Elucidate the intraspecific diversity of fungal and algal symbionts in the lichen Umbilicaria pustulata, given a range-wide (Europe-wide) sampling; 2. Evaluate species delimitation in trebouxioid photobionts based on molecular data, and 3. Quantify the climatic niches of photobiont lineages within U. pustulata, to establish whether the association with particular photobionts may modify the range and ecological niche of this lichen.
The main findings of this thesis are:
1. The genetic diversity within trebouxoid photobiont of U. pustulata is higher than within the mycobiont. The most variable photobiont loci are nrITS rDNA, psbJ-L, and COX2. RbcL is the least variable photobiont locus. The most variable mycobiont loci are MCM7 and TSR1. This study shows a lack of genetic variability in the mycobiont loci EF1, nrITS rDNA, RPB1, and RPB2.
2. U. pustulata shows a low level of selectivity and is associated with numerous (most likely six) putative algal species. All photobiont haplotypes found in U. pustulata are shared between other lichen-forming fungi species, showing different patterns of species-to-species and species-to-community interactions.
3. The geographic distribution of U. pustulata symbionts associations is strongly connected to changes in the climatic niches. The mycobiont-photobiont interactions change along latitudinal temperature gradients (cold-adapted hotspot) and in Mediterranean climate zones (warm-adapted hotspot). U. pustulata broadens its distribution range by switching between photobionts that posses specific environmental preferences.
Overall, this thesis contributes to the understanding of the symbiont diversity, fungal-algal association patterns and local adaptation linked to symbiont-mediated niche expansion in lichens. While identifying intraspecific diversity of both lichen symbionts is a key predisposition to understand symbiont interactions, population dynamics or co-evolution, my comparative study of the sequence-based molecular markers is relevant to reveal cryptic diversity in other lichen-forming fungi and their photobionts.
The determination of species boundaries in lichen symbionts is essential for the study of selectivity and specificity, co-distribution, and co-evolution. Whereas the phylogenetic relationships of Trebouxiophyceae are poorly understood, the application of a novel multifaceted approach based on phylogenetic relationships, coalescence methods and morphological traits presented in this thesis is a promising tool to address species boundaries within this heterogeneous genus.
This thesis provides evidence for symbiont-mediated niche expansion in lichens and highlights the preferential photobiont association from a niche-modeling perspective. My results shed light on symbiont polymorphism and partner switching as potential mechanisms of environmental adaptation in the lichen symbiosis. The spatial genetic pattern found in U. pustulata symbionts supports the concept of ecological fitting and is consistent with patterns found in other lichen studies. Results presented here relate also to findings in different symbiotic systems, like reef-building corals, where different latitudinal patterns and symbiont switching has been reported as an adaptive response to severe bleaching events. Furthermore, this study is timely in light of global warming, because the identification of interaction hotspots among symbionts helps to understand how lichens or other symbiotic organisms adjust to the ongoing climate change. This knowledge will, in turn, facilitate the proper conservation of the most vulnerable lichen populations. My doctoral thesis provides a conceptual framework for analyzing symbiont diversity, interaction patterns, and symbiont-mediated niche expansion that could be applied to other types of lichen species as well as other organisms involved in facultative or obligate symbiosis.
Downy mildew of common sage (Salvia officinalis), caused by Peronospora salviae-officinalis, has become a serious problem in sage production worldwide. The causal agent of the disease belongs to the Pe. belbahrii species complex and was described as a species of its own in 2009. Nevertheless, very little is known about its infection biology and epidemiology. The aims of the current study were therefore to unravel the life cycle of this downy mildew and gain deeper insights into the epidemiology of the disease, as well as to clarify the species boundaries in the Pe. belbahrii species complex.
Infection studies showed that temperatures between 15 and 20 °C were most favourable for infection and disease progress. At 5 °C Pe. salviae-officinalis is still able to infect sage plants, but sporulation was only observed at higher temperatures. Furthermore, Pe. salviae-officinalis needs two events of leaf wetness or high humidity, a first one of at least three hours for conidial germination and penetration of the host, and a second one for sporulation. Additionally, contamination of sage seeds by Pe. salviae-officinalis was proven by seed washing and by PCR and DNA sequence comparisons, suggesting that infested seeds might play a major role in the fast spread of sage downy mildew, which is an important finding for phytosanitary or quarantine measures.
A protocol for fluorescence staining and confocal laser scanning microscopy was established and the whole life cycle of Pe. salviae-officinalis was tracked including oospore formation. The method was also used to examine samples of Pe. lamii on Lamium purpureum and Pe. belbahrii on Ocimum basilicum demonstrating the usefulness of this method for studying the infection process of downy mildews in general.
Peronospora species parasitizing S. sclarea, S. pratensis, O. basilicum, and Plectranthus scutellarioides were studied using light microscopy and molecular phylogenetic analyses based on six loci (ITS rDNA, cox1, cox2, ef1a, hsp90 and β-tubulin). The downy mildew on S. pratensis was shown to be distinct from Pe. salviae-officinalis and closely related to Pe. glechomae, and is herein described as a new taxon, Peronospora salviae-pratensis. The downy mildew on S. sclarea was found to be caused by Peronospora salviae-officinalis. The multi-gene phylogeny revealed that the causal agent of downy mildew on coleus is distinct from Pe. belbahrii on basil, and is herein described as a new taxon, Pe. choii.
In the light of emerging resistances against common drugs, new drug leads are required. In the past natural sources have been more yielding in this respect than synthetic strategies. Fungi synthesize many natural products with biological activities and pharmacological relevance. However, only a fraction of the estimated fungal diversity has been evaluated for biological activity, and much of the Fungi’s natural chemical diversity awaits discovery. Especially promising in this context are lichenized fungi. Lichens are well known for their particularly rich and characteristic secondary chemistry which allows them to withstand intense UV radiation, protects them against herbivory, and prevents them from being overgrown. The slow growth rates of lichens and difficulties and infeasibility of large scale cultivations in the laboratory render lichens inaccessible for applied purposes. These experimental challenges have led to a poor understanding of the molecular mechanisms underlying the biosynthesis of characteristic lichen secondary metabolites. The recent development of improved sequencing techniques has enabled new strategies to address multi-species assemblages directly through metagenome sequencing and survey their biosynthetic potential through genome mining. However, whole genome sequencing of entire lichen thalli to metagenomically assess the lichen-forming fungus without the need of cultivation has not been evaluated for lichens before. This approach will enable the reconstruction of fungal genomes from mixed DNA from lichen thalli and allow the exploration of biosynthetic gene content.
My thesis was conducted in two parts: a methodological evaluation of a metagenomic strategy to reconstruct genomes and gene sets of lichen-forming fungi, and the exploration of biosynthetic gene content with the help of comparative genomics and phylogenetics. For the first part, I evaluated the quality of metagenome-derived genome assemblies and gene sets by direct comparison to culture-derived reference assemblies and gene sets of the same species. I showed that metagenome-derived fungal assemblies are comparable to culture-derived references genomes and have a similar total genome size and fungal genome completeness. The quality of assemblies was affected strongly by the choice of assembler, but not by the method of taxonomic assignment or inference of non-mycobiont DNA sequences. The fungal gene space is well covered in metagenome-derived and culture-derived fungal gene sets and overlaps to 88-90 %. Finally, the metagenome-derived assemblies reliably recover gene families of secondary metabolism. This shows the suitability of metagenomically derived genomes for mining biosynthetic genes, and potentially also other gene families. Overall, the method validation showed a high similarity between metagenome- and culture-derived genome assemblies.
For the second part of my thesis, I explored the biosynthetic gene content in two different systems: Between two sister-species with different ecological requirements but similar chemical profile, and between two species which are metabolite-rich and economically relevant in the perfume industry. I compared the diversity of biosynthetic gene clusters between the species and in the broader context of other lichenized and non-lichenized fungi. Overall, the whole genome mining revealed a large number of uncharacterised secondary metabolite gene clusters in fifteen genomes of lichen-forming fungi compared to other fungal classes. Their number highly outweighs the number of known synthesized metabolites and highlights the hidden biosynthetic potential in lichen-forming fungi. Many biosynthetic gene clusters in the ecological distinct sister-species showed a high homology in accordance with the high synteny in gene content and order in both genomes. These clusters represent ideal candidates for secondary metabolites synthesized by both species, while the remaining clusters may encode for metabolites relevant for the different ecological requirements of both species. The metabolite-rich species used in the perfume industry showed a particularly high number of biosynthetic gene clusters. An in-depth characterization of architecture and gene content of homologous gene clusters together with hints from phylogenetic relatedness to functional characterized metabolites provides promising insights into the biosynthetic gene content of these lichen-forming fungi.
In conclusion, I showed that metagenome sequencing of natural lichen thalli is a feasible approach to reconstruct the fungal mycobiont genome of lichens and circumvent time-consuming and in some cases impossible cultivation of individuals. The genome mining for secondary metabolite gene clusters in lichen-forming fungi revealed a high biosynthetic potential for the discovery of new natural products. One of the focal species, Evernia prunastri, contained the highest ever reported number (80) of biosynthetic clusters in lichenized fungi. The comprehensive cluster characterizations through annotation, comparative mapping and phylogenetics provide first valuable hints for linking metabolites to genes in these lichen-forming fungi. My results pave the way for biotechnological strategies to unlock the vast richness of natural products from lichens for applied purposes.
Derzeit breiten sich gebietsfremde Stechmücken (Diptera: Culicidae) aufgrund von Globalisierung und Klimawandel auf der ganzen Welt aus und bilden neue, stabile Populationen. Wegen ihrer hämatophagen Ernährungsweise sind sie Überträger von Pathogenen, die teilweise schwere bis tödliche Krankheiten beim Menschen, seinen Haustieren oder auch Wildtieren auslösen können. Mit den Stechmücken treten daher auch Infektionskrankheiten vermehrt in Gebieten auf, in denen sie vorher nicht vorkamen oder als bereits ausgerottet galten. Da die meisten im Menschen wirksamen Pathogene nicht durch Impfungen kontrolliert werden können, bleibt als eine der wenigen Möglichkeit der Krankheitsprävention die Dezimierung der Stechmückenpopulation. Daher sind Stechmücken momentan im Fokus von biologischer und epidemiologischer Forschung. Diese hat zum Ziel epidemische Krankheitsausbrüche vektorübertragener Krankheiten in der menschlichen Population zu verhindern. Eine Verringerung der lokalen Stechmückenpopulation bis hin zum Aussterben kann durch die Verwendung von Insektiziden, die Vernichtung von Bruthabitaten oder anderen Kontrollmaßnahmen erreicht werden. Jedoch sind diese Maßnahmen unterschiedlich effektiv, haben zum Teil unerwünsch-te ökologische und gesundheitsschädigende Folgen und sind unterschiedlich aufwendig und kostenintensiv in der Anwendung. Für die Entwicklung eines integrierten, effektiven, zielgerichteten und kostengünstigen Vektormanagements fehlen bislang jedoch die populationsbiologischen Grundlagen.
Ziel dieser Arbeit ist daher die Schaffung der Datengrundlage eines Integrierten Stechmückenmanagements für die Asiatische Buschmücke (Aedes japonicus japonicus THEOBALD 1901), die am weitesten verbreitete exotische Stechmücke in Deutschland. Schwerpunkte dafür wurden auf das zeitliche und räumliche Vorkommen, die Temperaturabhängigkeit des Lebenszyklus, sowie die Wirksamkeit von Kontrollmethoden gelegt.
Die Kenntnis der räumlichen Verbreitung und saisonalen Häufigkeit der Stechmücken ist notwendig, um befallene Standorte und Zeitpunkte des größten Populationszuwachses definieren zu können. Die Verbreitung und die Häufigkeit der endothermen Stechmücken sind stark von der Umgebungstemperatur abhängig, die beispielsweise deren Entwicklungsdauer und Sterblichkeit beeinflusst. Dabei entwickeln sich die verschiedenen Stadien (Ei, Larven, Puppe, Imago), die eine Stechmücke während ihres Lebens durchläuft, in Abhängigkeit von der Umgebungstemperatur unterschiedlich und haben jeweils andere Temperaturpräferenzen. Lebenszyklustabellen geben die Entwicklungsdauer und Mortalität pro Stadium in Abhängigkeit von der Temperatur an. Mit ihrer Hilfe können somit die räumlichen und zeitlichen Vorkommen und Häufigkeiten einer Stechmückenart berechnet werden. Dies ist insbesondere für Stechmücken in Gebieten mit jahreszeitlichen Temperaturveränderungen wichtig. Um Daten für eine solche Lebenszyklustabelle aufnehmen zu können, ist es notwendig Laborexperimente bei festgelegten Temperaturen durchzuführen. Die Voraussetzung dafür ist, dass die Stechmückenart im Labor optimale Bedingungen erhält, um ihren Lebenszyklus abschließen zu können. In dieser Arbeit wurde daher ein Laborprotokoll entwickelt, mithilfe dessen der Lebenszyklus der Asiatischen Buschmücke im Labor untersucht werden kann. Dazu wurden systematisch die Fütterung, die innerartliche Konkurrenz und das Wasservolumen des Brutge-fäßes für die aquatischen Stadien erprobt. Auf Basis dieses Protokolls wurden anschließend die Temperatureinflüsse auf die Entwicklung aller Stadien aufgenommen. Diese Daten dienten der Parametrisierung eines populationsdynamischen Modells. Dieses wurde verwendet, um Standorte mehrjähriger Populationen zu definieren, saisonale Häufigkeiten für Deutschland zu berechnen, durch Temperaturveränderungen hervorgerufene zukünftige Verbreitungsgebiete vorherzusagen, sowie Effekte von Kontrollmaßnahmen auf die Häufigkeit der Asiatischen Buschmücke zu modellieren.
Um eine dauerhafte Kontrolle der Stechmückenvektoren zu gewährleisten, ist weiterhin die permanente Neuentwicklung von wirksamen Kontrollmethoden notwendig. Dazu gehört die präventive Vermeidung von Bruthabitaten der aquatischen Stadien von Stechmücken. Die exotischen Stechmücken, die in Deutschland etabliert sind, gehören mehrheitlich der Gattung Aedes an und sind sogenannte Gefäßbrüter. Ihre bevorzugten Bruthabitate sind kleine Was-seransammlungen wie sie in Baumhöhlen, Gesteinsauswaschungen, Gießkannen, Regentonnen und Blumenuntersetzern vorkommen. In dieser Arbeit wurde untersucht, welche Farben und Volumina von Plastikbechern die Asiatische Buschmücke zur Eiablage bevorzugt, um präferierte Bruthabitate gezielt zu identifizieren und verringern zu können. Auch die Bereitstellung von Insektiziden wird durch in Stechmücken auftretende Insektizidresistenzen erschwert. Insektizide sollen dabei umweltfreundlich, spezifisch für den Zielorganismus und nicht gesundheitsschädlich für den Menschen sein. Weiterhin sind eine gute Anwendbarkeit, geringe Kosten und eine hohe Effizienz wünschenswert. Eine Quelle für potentielle Insektizide sind pflanzliche Stoffe, zum Beispiel ätherische Öle. Diese sind leicht erhältlich, natürlichen Ursprungs und wirksame Vergrämungsmittel gegen stechbereite Stechmückenweibchen. In dieser Arbeit wurde nach einer Literaturrecherche Nelkenöl ausgewählt und als Insektizid gegen Larven der Asiatischen Buschmücke getestet. Dafür wurden die akute toxische Wirkung von Nelkenöl bei drei Temperaturen untersucht und zusätzlich die Wirkung von Nelkenöl auf die Eiablage im Freiland. Nelkenöl zeigte dabei sowohl eine larvizide als auch eine eiablagehemmende Wirkung. Weiterhin wurde Kupfer in Form von kupferhaltigen Euromünzen als Larvizid untersucht. Kupfer ist ein wirksamer Stoff gegen die aquatischen Stadien von Stechmücken. Allerdings wurde der Stoff noch nicht in Form der einfach zu handhabenden, leicht erhältlichen Kupfermünzen getestet. Dazu wurden Vorexperimente durchgeführt, um herauszufinden, wieviel Kupferionen sich aus den Münzen lösen lassen. Anschließend wurde der akut toxische Effekt auf Larven der Asiatischen Buschmücke untersucht.
Ein Integriertes Stechmückenmanagement hat zum Ziel, die lokale Stechmückenpopulation zu kontrollieren, um so Stichen und daraus resultierender Krankheitsübertragung vorzubeugen. Dies erfolgt über die Aufklärung von Betroffenen, der Überwachung der Stechmückenpopulation, dem Testen auf Pathogenbefall und der direkten Kontrolle von Stechmücken. Diese Arbeit leistet einen Beitrag zu den Kenntnissen über die Laborhaltung einer exotischen Stechmückenart, zur Identifizierung von Bruthabitaten, zur zeitlichen und räumlichen Festlegung von Kontrollmaßnahmen und zur Anwendung von Larviziden und eines Vergrämungsmittels. Mit dieser Arbeit wurde die Grundlage eines faktenbasierten Integrativen Stechmückenmanagements für die Asiatische Buschmücke entwickelt, das eventuell auch auf weitere Aedes-Arten übertragbar ist, und als Handlungsempfehlung für politische Entscheidungstragende dienen kann.
Connectomic analysis of apical dendrite innervation in pyramidal neurons of mouse cerebral cortex
(2020)
The central goal of this study was to generate synapse-resolution maps of local and long-range innervation on apical dendrites (AD) in mouse cerebral cortex. We used three-dimensional electron microscopy (3D-EM) to first measure the cell-type specific balance in the excitatory and inhibitory input on ADs. Further, we found two inhibitory axon populations with preference for apical dendrites originating from layer 2 and 3/5. Additionally, we used a combination of large-scale volumetric light and electron microscopy to investigate the innervation preference of long-range cortical projections onto ADs. To generate such large-scale 3D-EM datasets, we also developed a software package to automate aberration adjustment.
The balance of excitation and inhibition defines the computational properties of neurons. We, therefore, generated 6 datasets and annotated 26,548 excitatory and inhibitory synapses to map the relative inhibitory strength on the AD of pyramidal neurons in layers 1 and 2 (L1 and 2) of the cortex. We found consistent and cell-type specific patterns of inhibitory strength along the apical dendrite of L2-5 pyramidal neurons in primary somatosensory (S1), secondary visual (V2), posterior parietal (PPC) and anterior cingulate (ACC) cortices. L2 and L5 pyramidal neurons had inhibitory hot-zones at their main bifurcation and distal apical dendrite tuft, respectively. In contrast, L3 neurons had a baseline (~10%) level of inhibition along their apical dendrite. As controls, we quantified the effect of synapse strength (size), dendrite diameter, AD classification and synapse identification methods on the cell-type specific synapse densities. To classify L5 pyramidal subtypes, we performed hierarchical clustering using morphological properties that were described to differentiate slender- and thick-tufted L5 neurons.
We also investigated the distance to soma as a predictor of fractional inhibition around the main bifurcation of apical dendrites. Interestingly, we found a strong exponential relationship that was absent in density of either synapse type. This suggests a distance dependent control mechanism designed specifically for the balance (in synapse numbers) of excitation and inhibition.
Next, we focused on the inhibitory innervation preference for apical dendrite of pyramidal neuron. We, therefore, annotated 5,448 output synapses of AD-targeting inhibitory axons and found two populations specific for either L2 or L3/5 apical dendrites. Together with previous findings on preferential innervation of sub-cellular structures by inhibitory axons, this suggests two distinct inhibitory circuits for control of AD activity in L2 vs. deep-layer pyramidal neurons. This innervation preference was surprisingly consistent across S1, V2, PPC and ACC cortices.
3D-EM data acquisition is a laborious process that is made easier and more popular everyday by technical progress in the laboratory and industrial settings. To make data acquisition robust using our custom-built 3D-EM microscopes, an automatic aberration software was implemented to adjust the objective lens and the stigmators of the electron microscope. This method was used in multiple month-long experiments across 2 microscopes and 10 datasets. The aberration adjustment used the reduction in image details (high-frequency elements) to estimate the level of deviation from optimal focus and stigmator parameters. However, large objects in EM micrographs such as blood vessel and nuclei cross-sections generated anomalous results. We, therefore, added image processing routines based on edge detection combined with morphological operations to exclude such large objects.
Finally, we performed a correlative three-dimensional (3D) light (LM) and electron (EM) microscopy experiment to map the long-range primary visual (V1) and secondary motor (M2) cortical input to ADs in layer 1 of PPC using the “FluoEM” approach. This method allows for identification of the long-range source of projection axons in EM volumes without the need for EM-dense label conversion or heat-induced markings. The long-range source of an axon in EM is identified based on the fluorescent protein that is expressed in its LM counterpart. In comparison to M2 input, Long-range axons from V1 had a higher tendency to target L3 pyramidal neurons in PPC according to our preliminary analysis. In combination with the difference observed in the synapse composition of L2 and L3 apical dendrites, this suggests the need for separate functional and structural analysis of L2 and 3 pyramidal neurons.
Durch natürliche Selektion werden Funktionen, die dem Überleben und dem Fortpflanzungserfolg eines Organismus dienen, optimiert. Da die Struktur eines Organs dessen Funktion und umgekehrt die Funktion eines Organs dessen Struktur bestimmt, kann durch das Studium der Morphologie die Funktionsweise von Organen verstanden werden. Trotz des umfangreichen Wissens über die Struktur von Nervensystemen sowohl auf mikro- als auch auf makroskopischer Ebene, ist es weiterhin unklar, wie Bewusstsein und ein kohärentes Abbild der Umwelt im Gehirn erzeugt werden. Der Grund hierfür ist vor allem die gewaltige Komplexität neuronaler Netzwerke, die unmöglich geistig erfasst werden können. Eine Möglichkeit, das Gehirn ohne das detaillierte Wissen über all seine Bestandteile zu verstehen, bietet das Studium von Optimierungsprinzipien und deren Anwendung in theoretischen Modellen. So wie eingangs erwähnt die Funktion von Organen durch natürliche Selektion optimiert wird, sollte auch die Funktion neuronaler Netzwerke optimiert werden und neuronale Netzwerke sollten entsprechend solcher Optimierungsprinzipien aufgebaut sein. Ein wichtiges Prinzip, das essenziell für die Effizienz neuronaler Netzwerke ist, ist die Minimierung der Verbindungslänge zwischen Neuronen. Basierend auf diesem Prinzip wurde im Rahmen dieser Dissertation eine algorithmische Methode etabliert, die es ermöglicht Vorhersagen der relativen Position von Neuronen anhand ihrer Verbindungen zu treffen. Diese neuronale Platzierungsmethode beruht darauf, dass Neuronen mit ähnlicher Verbindungsnachbarschaft näher zueinander platziert werden als zu Neuronen mit weniger ähnlichen Verbindungsnachbarn, wodurch die durchschnittliche Verbindungslänge minimiert wird. Nach der Etablierung dieser Methode, wurde diese benutzt um Modelle zu erstellen, die es ermöglichen die Entstehung neuronaler Karten und kortikaler Faltungen im Zusammenhang mit der Konnektivität und der Anzahl der Neuronen zu untersuchen.
Neuronale Karten sind geordnete Muster auf der Oberfläche des Kortex, die durch die präferierte Aktivität einzelner Neuronen in Antwort auf Stimuli einer Modalität beobachtet werden können. Im visuellen Kortex existieren sogar mehrere Karten, je nachdem welche Qualität visueller Stimuli man betrachtet. Abhängig von der Präferenz für einen Sehwinkel, ein stimuliertes Auge oder der Orientierung eines Balken-Stimulus, können retinotopische Karten, Karten mit streifenartigen Mustern oder Karten mit sogenannten „Pinwheel“-Strukturen beobachtet werden. Pinwheels sind periodische Strukturen, die sichtbar werden indem man die Orientierungspräferenz von Neuronen für die spezifische Orientierung eines Balken-Stimulus mit der entsprechenden Farbe des Farbkreises visualisiert. Da diese Strukturen eine Ähnlichkeit mit bunten Windrädern haben, werde sie als Pinwheels bezeichnet. Die in dieser Dissertation erstellten Modelle sagen vorher, dass die Entstehung strukturierter neuronaler Karten im Allgemeinen von der Anzahl der Neuronen abhängt. In der Tat könnte diese Abhängigkeit auch für neuronale Karten im Kortex gelten. Während strukturierte Karten im visuellen Kortex in verschiedenen Säugerordnungen wie Primaten, Karnivoren und Huftieren existieren, sind sie in kleinen Nagern mit weniger Neuronen nicht vorhanden, trotz ähnlicher Verbindungsspezifizität. Folglich müssen Unterschiede in der Struktur neuronaler Karten im Kortex nicht zwangsläufig mit einer unterschiedlichen Funktionsweise zusammenhängen, sondern könnten auch durch allgemeine Optimierungsprinzipien beim Aufbau neuronaler Netzwerke bedingt werden. Eine weitere Gemeinsamkeit zwischen verschiedenen Säugetierordnungen ist, dass die relative Dichte der Pinwheels ziemlich genau bei der Zahl Pi liegt. Entsprechend der Ergebnisse dieser Dissertation könnte dies dadurch erklärt werden, dass für neuronale Karten ähnlicher Struktur die Anzahl der Neuronen pro Pinwheel relativ konstant ist. Unterschiede in der räumlichen Dichte der Pinwheels könnten dann einfach durch Unterschiede in der Dichte der Neuronen erklärt werden.
Neben den Modellen für neuronale Karten wurde im Rahmen dieser Dissertation auch ein Modell kortikaler Faltungen mit derselben neuronalen Platzierungsmethode erstellt. Die Existenz kortikaler Faltungen wird gemeinhin damit erklärt, dass der Kortex ohne Faltungen wegen seiner verhältnismäßig großen Oberfläche nicht in den Schädel gepackt werden könnte. Allerdings haben Experimente gezeigt, dass die Faltungen nicht durch eine Restriktion des wachsenden Kortex an der Schädeloberfläche entstehen, da auch mit mehr Platz für die Expansion des Kortex die gleichen Faltungsmuster exprimiert werden. Interessanterweise entstehen die kortikalen Faltungen erst, wenn die Proliferation der Neuronen während der Entwicklung größtenteils abgeschlossen ist und die Neuronen anfangen ihre Verbindungen auszubilden. Um kortikale Faltungen basierend auf der Konnektivität zwischen Neuronen im Modell vorherzusagen, genügt es das allgemeine Muster einer starken lokalen, aber schwachen globalen Konnektivität zwischen Neuronen nachzubilden. Abhängig von Variationen dieser Konnektivität, der Anzahl der kortikalen Kolumnen und der Neuronenanzahl innerhalb dieser Kolumnen, können im Modell viele Eigenschaften kortikaler Faltungsmuster in Säugetieren vorhergesagt werden. Ähnlich wie in Säugetieren ist der Faltungsgrad der vom Modell vorhergesagt wird von dem Verhältnis zwischen Parametern, die die Größe und Dicke des Kortex beschreiben, abhängig. Dementsprechend werden mehr und mehr Faltungen mit steigender Anzahl der Kolumnen, aber gleicher Anzahl von Neuronen pro Kolumne vorhergesagt. Wie in Säugetieren entstehen dabei auch die größeren primären Faltungen zuerst bevor es innerhalb der größeren Faltungen zu kleineren Faltungen höherer Ordnung kommt. Neben der Abhängigkeit des Faltungsgrads von der Größe des Kortex können Variationen in der Konnektivität erklären, wie es einerseits zu stereotypischen Faltungsmustern kommen kann, aber andererseits auch warum der Faltungsgrad zwischen verschiedenen Säugerordnungen unterschiedlich mit der Größe des Kortex skaliert. Letztlich könnten pathologische Veränderungen der Konnektivität zu den entsprechenden Änderungen im Faltungsmuster führen.
Insgesamt wurde in dieser Arbeit gezeigt, dass mittels einfacher Prinzipien, die die Verbindung zwischen Neuronen und deren relative Position zueinander beschreiben, komplexe neuroanatomische Strukturen vorhergesagt werden können. Da mit derselben Methode zur neuronalen Platzierung sowohl neuronale Karten als auch kortikalen Faltungen, also sehr unterschiedliche Strukturen vorhergesagt werden konnten, stellt sich die Frage, ob diese Strukturen durch einen gemeinsamen biologischen Mechanismus entstehen. Neuronale Zugkräfte sind ein möglicher Mechanismus, der die Entstehung kortikaler Faltungen erklären könnte. Auch wenn es eher unwahrscheinlich ist, dass die Entstehung neuronaler Karten von Zugkräften zwischen Neuronen abhängt, kann es nicht vollständig ausgeschlossen werden. Ob solche Kräfte an der Selbstorganisation neuronaler Netzwerke beteiligt sein könnten, ist eine interessante Fragestellung für zukünftige empirische Studien.
Aufgrund des großen Potenzials der Nanotechnologie ist in Zukunft eine Zunahme der Produktion und Verwendung von Nanomaterialien zu erwarten, wodurch mit einer steigenden Freisetzung in der Umwelt zu rechnen ist. In der vorliegenden Dissertation werden daher Methoden zur Untersuchung von Nanomaterialien betrachtet und Effekte von NP auf Algen untersucht.
In Teil I wurden Silber-, Titandioxid- und Polystyrol-Nanopartikel sowie Kohlenstoffnano-röhrchen untersucht. Von jedem Nanomaterial standen eine unmodifizierte Form sowie zwei modifizierte Partikeltypen mit geladener Oberfläche und zusätzlich Polystyrol-Mikropartikel zur Verfügung. Zunächst erfolgte eine Charakterisierung der Materialien mittels Transmissions-elektronenmikroskopie, wobei die Größe der Objekte gemessen und das Verhalten beschrieben wurde. Zudem wurde im Fall der Polystyrol-Nanopartikel der Einfluss mehrerer Chemikalien getestet, welche im Zusammenhang mit der Probenvorbereitung für das Elektronen¬mikroskop zum Einsatz kamen. In einem nächsten Schritt erfolgte die Untersuchung von Nanomaterialien in umweltrelevanten Matrices. Hierbei wurden Boden- und Wasserproben sowie humane Körperflüssigkeiten und Fischgewebe elektronenmikroskopisch auf die Anwesenheit von synthetischen Nanomaterialien untersucht und Proben mit Nanomaterialien versetzte, um die Nachweisbarkeit mit dem Elektronenmikroskop bewerten zu können. Zusätzlich wurden verschiedene Zellkulturen und Gewebe auf morphologische Auffälligkeiten im Zusammenhang mit einer Exposition gegenüber Nanomaterialien untersucht.
Die durchgeführten Versuche zeigen, dass die Transmissionselektronenmikroskopie für viele Nanomaterialien ein sinnvolles Charakterisierungswerkzeug darstellt. Die Untersuchung besonders kleiner Partikel mit einem Durchmesser im einstelligen Nanobereich gestaltet sich jedoch schwierig bis unmöglich. Für den Nachweis von Nanomaterialien in Umweltmatrices und Zellen ist die Methode nur bedingt geeignet, wobei insbesondere niedrige Partikelkonzentrationen problematisch sind. Die Methode ist somit lediglich als Ergänzung zu anderen Nachweismethoden zu betrachten, kann jedoch hilfreiche Informationen zur Lokalisation von Nanoobjekten in Zellen und zu ihrem Verhalten in Umweltproben liefern.
In Teil II wurden die beiden Grünalgen Raphidocelis subcapitata und Chlamydomonas reinhardtii sowie die Diatomee Cyclotella meneghiniana gegenüber unterschiedlich modifizierten Silber-, Titandioxid- und Polystyrol-Nanopartikeln exponiert. Die Beurteilung der Toxizität wurde anhand der über die Absorption gemessenen Zellzahl, des Chlorophyll a Gehalts, der über die Chlorophyllfluoreszenz gemessenen Parameter Fv/Fm und NPQ sowie der transmissions¬elektronenmikroskopischen Untersuchung der Algenzellen vorgenommen. Zudem wurde der Einfluss der Beschattung von Algenzellen durch die Nanopartikel experimentell untersucht.
Die Untersuchungen zeigen, dass Nanomaterialien bei Absorptionsmessungen in Abhängigkeit von ihrem Grundmaterial, ihrer Oberflächenmodifikation und dem umgebenden Medium ein mehr oder weniger starkes Streuungsverhalten zeigen. Auch die Anwesenheit von Algen kann einen deutlichen Einfluss haben. Trotz der Beeinflussung der Lichtstreuung hat die Beschattung von Algen durch die Trübung des Mediums durch Nanomaterialien keinen Einfluss auf das Wachstum der Testorganismen. Die direkte Exposition der Algen gegenüber den Nanomaterialien zeigt, dass Silber-Nanopartikel die toxischste Wirkung haben. Die Abgabe von Silberionen durch die Partikel kann hierbei die auftretenden Effekte erklären. Auch Titandioxid-Nanopartikel führen zu negativen Effekten, wobei mögliche Gründe die Toxizität des Materials und die physikalische Isolierung der Zellen sind. Die Polystyrol-Nanopartikel haben eine stimulierende Wirkung auf die Algenzellen, welche auf einer Präferenz von adhäsivem Wachsen und dem Hormesis-Effekt beruhen kann. Die Oberflächenmodifikation der Nanomaterialien hat zwar einen Effekt auf die Toxizität, ihr Einfluss wird jedoch durch andere Faktoren überlagert. In Bezug auf die unterschiedlichen Methoden zum Nachweis der Toxizität, ist die Bestimmung des Chlorophyll a-Gehalts als besonders sensitiv zu bewerten und kann zudem auf alle Partikel angewandt werden. Hinsichtlich der Absorptionsmessung besteht teilweise ein Einfluss durch die Partikelstreuung. Die Messung der Chlorophyllfluoreszenz scheint einer starken Beeinflussung durch externe Faktoren und ggf. die Nanomaterialien selbst zu unterliegen. Die elektronenmikroskopische Untersuchung ist vergleichsweise wenig sensitiv, kann jedoch ergänzende Informationen bezüglich der Wirkweise von Nanomaterialien liefern. Der Vergleich der Testorganismen zeigt, dass Raphidocelis subcapitata empfindlicher reagiert als Chlamydomonas reinhardtii. Eine allgemeingültige Sensitivitätsabstufung zwischen den Grünalgen und der Diatomee ist nicht möglich, da die Reaktionen in Abhängigkeit von Medium bzw. Partikelgrundmaterial unterschiedlich ausfallen.
Humans and other primates are highly visual animals. Our daily visual activities such as recognizing familiar faces, interacting with objects, or reading, are supported by an extensive system of interacting brain areas. The interactions between the many individual nerve cells both within and between brain areas need to be coordinated. One possible solution to achieve flexible coordination between cells in the network is rhythmic activity, or oscillations. The focus of the thesis will be activity in the largest visual area, V1, in non-human primates. In V1, high-frequency activity, so-called gamma-band activity (“gamma”, ca. 30-90 Hz) can be frequently observed and has been suggested to play a role in coordinating activity in the visual system. In Chapter 1, the coordination problem, the primate visual system and gamma-band oscillations are introduced in detail. The following chapters explore the dependence of gamma on contextual influences. Does V1 use contextual information to optimize co-ordination? In the first part, the short-term consequences of repeated encounters with visual stimuli on V1 responses are explored (Chapters 2 and 3). Inspired by results from colored, naturalistic images in the first part, the second part tests the dependence of gamma on spatial and chromatic stimulus aspects (Chapters 4 and 5).
Stimulus repetition is a simple yet powerful way to tap into our brains’ ability to learn and adapt to our environment. Repeated presentation of a visual stimulus tends to decrease responses to this stimulus. Is this accompanied by changes in the coordination of brain activity? In Chapter 2, the stimulus-specificity of repetition effects on gamma was tested using naturalistic stimuli. V1 is most typically studied using black-and-white, artificial stimuli that are very familiar to the animals. Here, colored natural images were repeatedly presented that were initially novel to the animals, to provide a wider and more naturalistic range of stimulation. Both multi-unit spiking activity (MUA) and gamma showed stimulus-specific repetition effects. MUA responses de-creased most strongly for initial repetitions and less for later repetitions. In contrast, gamma could increase or decrease for initial repetitions, but tended to increase for later repetitions. This points to the operation of multiple plasticity mechanisms. One process may rapidly decrease MUA and gamma and be related to initial novelty or adaptation. The other increases gamma, is active for more repetitions, and could constitute a form of refinement of coordination over time. Moreover, based on the spacing of stimulus repetitions, stimulus memory in V1 persisted for tens of seconds.
In the following Chapter 3, the stimulus location specificity and persistence of the repetition effects for longer timescales were tested. To this end, the observation that the increase in gamma with repetition was strongest for the first tens of repetitions was used to test for location specificity and memory. Using simple artificial stimuli that were repeated many times at two alternating locations, both location specificity and memory on the order of minutes was observed. Due to the structure of the primate visual system, location specificity suggests that the repetition effects involve early to mid-level visual areas such as V1. Memory for previous stimulus presentations on the order of minutes has not been previously reported for V1 gamma. Taken together, these experiments demonstrate short-term plasticity of gamma that is stimulus- and location specific and persists on the timescale of minutes.
In Chapter 2, the average gamma-band response to the large, naturalistic stimuli was highly stimulus dependent. Relative increases in gamma-band activity scaled between tens and thousands of percent change depending on the stimulus. Particularly the color of the stimuli appeared to play a strong role, although the stimulus set was too limited and uncontrolled to draw strong conclusions. In Chapters 4 and 5, underlying mechanisms for the stimulus specificity of gamma were explored using more well-controlled, artificial stimuli that varied in color and spatial structure.
Much of vision relies on the analysis of spatial structure. Each nerve cell in V1 only responds to visual stimuli in a particular, small part of the visual field, its so-called “receptive field” (RF). Compared to isolated RF stimulation, nearby cells that are stimulated by a similar structure from different parts of visual space can show response decreases, commonly known as “surround suppression”, and may show coordinated activity in the gamma band. In Chapter 3, responses to large, uniformly colored disks are contrasted with responses to black or white (achromatic) disks. A first experiment showed that gamma-band responses were stronger for colored than achromatic stimuli, whereas MUA responses could decrease below baseline for colored stimuli. To test whether these phenomena were related to surround suppression, stimulus size was manipulated in a second experiment. When stimuli were of sufficient size to induce surround suppression, clear gamma-band responses emerged. Surround suppression and gamma were stronger for chromatic stimuli. However, the change of stimulus size could have changed not only surround suppression but also stimulus saliency. Therefore, in a third experiment, the overall size of the stimulus was kept constant, and the spatial structure of the stimulus was manipulated. In comparison to uniform, predictable stimulus structure, mismatches between the center of the stimulus and the surrounding visual space led to strong increases in MUA responses and strong de-creases in gamma-band activity. These effects were restricted to the recording sites with RFs at the mismatch location. These experiments underpin the strong role of both spatial structure and color for gamma in V1.
In Chapter 4, responses to different color hues are studied in more detail. Gamma response strength depended on hue, being strongest for red compared to blue and green stimuli when measured with a gray background. To better understand the underlying mechanisms of the differential responses, the spatio-temporal context in the form of the background color was manipulated. Background color had a strong influence on gamma strength. Using differently colored backgrounds, different parts of the color signaling pathways could be adapted. Response differences to different color hues could be explained well with a model that incorporates differences in adaptation between pathways involving long- compared to medium-wavelength cone signals.
Taken together, these experiments indicate a strong role of both spatial context (stimulus size and structure) and temporal context and drive (repetition, adaptation) for the generation of gamma-band activity in V1. Functional implications of these dependencies are considered in the final Chapter 6, and a role for gamma-band syn-chronization in a coding regime for visual inputs that generate strong drive and high predictability is suggested.
Ubiquitin and the ubiquitin-like protein ATG8 are covalently attached to their respective targets via a coordinated cascade involving E1 activating, E2 conjugating and E3 ligating enzymes. Whereas ubiquitin is conferred to proteins as mono- and/or polymer(s) to alter their stability, localization and/or activity, the ubiquitin-like modifier (UBL) ATG8 is conjugated to the phospholipid phosphatidylethanolamine (PE). The best understood function of ATG8 is during autophagy where ATG8-PE conjugates are incorporated into both layers of incipient autophagosomes and serve as multipurpose docking sites for autophagosomal cargo receptors as well as regulatory factors (termed adaptors) that drive formation and maturation of autophagosomes. Mammalian cells harbor six ATG8 family members that can be subclassified into the LC3- and GABARAP-family and that can all be lipidated. However, it is currently unclear to what extent these proteins are functionally redundant or fulfil unique roles.
Cullin-RING ligase complexes (CRLs) are modular E3 ubiquitin ligases that comprise a RING-finger protein that associates with the ubiquitin-charged E2 enzyme, a substrate recruiting module as well as a cullin scaffold as a linker between RING protein and substrate adaptor. Whereas SCF (SKP1-CUL1-F-box protein) complexes, the most studied CRLs, harbor cullin-1 (CUL1) as scaffold and F-box proteins as substrate binding modules, CUL3-containing CRL complexes employ cullin-3 (CUL3), RING-box protein 1 (RBX1) and BTB proteins as substrate adaptors. Here, the BTB domain serves as binding interface for CUL3 and is usually complemented by an additional protein-protein interaction domain such as MATH or Kelch that mediates binding to the substrate of the E3 ligase complex.
Besides ubiquitylation, guanine nucleotide binding is another common way to regulate protein activity and signaling in cells. Here, small Rho GTPases cycle between active and inactive states by binding of the guanine nucleotides GTP or GDP with the help of regulatory proteins. Whereas GTPase-activating proteins (GAP) render RAC1 inactive by facilitating GTP hydrolysis, guanine exchange factors (GEF) such as T-lymphoma invasion and metastasis-inducing protein 1 (TIAM1) activate RAC1 by stimulating the exchange of GDP to GTP. Local control of RAC1 activity is essential to allow a specific cellular response to stimuli such as growth factors or migratory impulses.
This study reports an unexpected link between the GABARAP subfamily of mammalian ATG8 proteins, the ubiquitin proteasome system and RAC1 through the ubiquitylation of the RAC1 GEF TIAM1. The Kelch repeat and BTB domain-containing proteins 6 (KBTBD6) and 7 (KBTBD7) were established as heterodimeric substrate adaptors for CUL3. Interestingly, a thorough proteomic analysis revealed a number of putative substrates but, out of 11 substrate candidates tested, only the RAC1 GEF TIAM1 appeared to be influenced by depletion of CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7. Binding studies showed that KBTBD7 binds TIAM1 via the Kelch repeats and that this binding was markedly enhanced when CUL3 activation was abolished upon treatment with the neddylation inhibitor MLN4924. Also, total TIAM1 abundance was increased upon CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7 depletion and accumulation of TIAM1 upon proteasome inhibition suggested that TIAM1 is degraded via the proteasome. In vivo ubiquitylation assays and denaturing immunoprecipitations as well as mass spectrometrical analysis confirmed that CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7 ubiquitylates TIAM1 at two distinct lysines (K1404 and K1420) close to its C-terminus.
Previously, KBTBD6 and KBTBD7 were found as interactors of several members of the human ATG8 family of proteins in a proteomic study analyzing the human autophagy network. This association was confirmed in the present work. Furthermore, peptide array technology and mutational analysis revealed that KBTBD6 and KBTBD7 employ a classical ATG8-family interacting motif (AIM; also referred to as LC3-interacting region or LIR) as binding interface. The AIMs of KBTBD6 (W-V-R-V) and KBTBD7 (W-V-Q-V) fulfil the consensus AIM sequence motif (F/W/Y1-X2-X3-I/L/V4) and are preceded by several acidic residues and serines. A series of structural and cell biological experiments revealed a binding preference for the GABARAP subfamily of human ATG8 proteins and most importantly, a requirement of the GABARAP-KBTBD6 and -KBTBD7 interaction for TIAM1 ubiquitylation. The finding that TIAM1 binding to KBTBD6 and KBTBD7 AIM mutants was diminished raised the possibility that GABARAP binding mediates the recruitment of CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7 to membranes where TIAM1 is localized. Interestingly, colocalization of KBTBD6, GABARAPL1 and TIAM1 in punctuate structures could be observed. Since only a very small fraction of GABARAPL1 colocalized with LC3B, and colocalization between KBTBD6 and LC3B was not observed, these vesicular structures are most likely distinct from autophagosomes. Furthermore, TIAM1 ubiquitylation was reduced when GABARAP, but not LC3B, was depleted or when lipidation of GABARAP was prevented.
Stabilization of TIAM1 upon KBTBD6 and/or KBTBD7 depletion led to elevated TIAM1-dependent RAC1 activity, altered actin morphology with increased cortical actin and loss of vinculin foci. Re-introduction of wild-type KBTBD6 or KBTBD7 but not AIM mutants reverted all these phenotypes. Moreover, depletion of KBTBD6 or KBTBD7 in human breast cancer cells massively increased their invasiveness, whereas TIAM1 knockdown had the opposite outcome. All physiological effects of KBTBD6 and KBTBD7 depletion were inhibited by additional depletion of TIAM1 or RAC1 confirming that the phenotypes observed are indeed mediated by the CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7-TIAM1-RAC1 signaling pathway. Intriguingly, KBTBD6 and KBTBD7 were not subject to autophagosomal degradation, thereby establishing a new function for GABARAP proteins beyond autophagosomal degradation in providing a signaling platform for recruitment of the E3 ligase CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7 in close proximity to its substrate TIAM1, enabling localized ubiquitylation.
Local restricted control of RAC1 activity by ubiquitylation has been described for TIAM1-RAC1 signaling previously. Examples are HECT, UBA and WWE domain-containing protein 1 (HUWE1)-mediated TIAM1 ubiquitylation that occurs predominantly at cell-cell-junctions in response to hepatocyte growth factor stimulation in MDCKII cells or inhibition of RAC1 activity by the RAC1 GAP protein BCR (breakpoint cluster region) at the leading edge of astrocytes through binding to the TIAM1-Par (polarity) complex. SCFBTRC mediates ubiquitylation of TIAM1 in response to mitogens or DNA damage, though it has not been explored whether this regulation is spatially restricted. Thus, this study adds a novel layer of complexity to the spatial regulation of RAC1 signaling by implicating membrane-bound human ATG8 proteins in this process.
Also, this study is the first report specifically implicating the GABARAP proteins in cellular signaling events. It will be interesting to explore whether the concept of localized signaling mediated by GABARAPs applies to other substrates of CUL3KBTBD6/KBTBD7 and membranerelated signaling processes in which GABARAP proteins are involved. Controlling RAC1 activity at GABARAP-decorated membranes might also be important for trafficking events or autophagy since it was described that RAC1 has an inhibitory function on autophagy. Therefore, spatial restricted ubiquitylation of TIAM1 resulting in specific deactivation of RAC1 could promote the autophagic process when locally needed. Although the catalytic mTOR inhibitor Torin1 and the lysosomal H+ ATPase inhibitor BafilomycinA1 promoted TIAM1 ubiquitylation by increasing the pool of membrane-conjugated GABARAP, but other signals that stimulate GABARAP-KBTBD6/KBTBD7 association and subsequent TIAM1 ubiquitylation are to be identified. Besides, determining the KBTBD6/KBTBD7 binding site in TIAM1 or uncovering a deubiquitylating enzyme (DUB) that locally counteracts the ubiquitylation of TIAM1 will enable a better comprehension of the complete localized signaling cascade.
Eine qualitative und quantitative Studie zum Einsatz der virtuellen Mikroskopie in der Schule
(2019)
Das Mikroskop stellt in der Alltagswelt ein Sinnbild für naturwissenschaftliches Arbeiten dar (Coleman 2009, Paulsen 2010). Im Bereich der Lehre eröffnet dieses Laborgerät das Eintauchen in die mikroskopische Dimension und besitzt eine wesentliche Rolle bei der damit verbundenen Erkenntnisgewinnung, insbesondere von funktionsmorphologischen Konzepten (Gropengießer & Kattmann 2008, Kremer 2002). Jedoch wird die Durchführung der klassischen Mikroskopie und damit die aktive Auseinandersetzung mit mikroskopischen Präparaten im schulischen (Biologie-)Unterricht durch verschiedene Faktoren erschwert. Zu den Limitierungen gehören beispielsweise die Verfügbarkeit geeigneter Mikroskope und Dauerpräparate, die aufwendige Vor- und Nachbereitungszeit sowie der zeitliche Aufwand bei der Herstellung hochwertiger mikroskopischer Frischpräparate. Die virtuelle Mikroskopie könnte diese Schwierigkeiten umgehen. Das virtuelle Mikroskop kann als eine Simulation verstanden werden, bei der die bildanalytischen Vorgehensweisen bei mikroskopischen Präparaten analog zur klassischen Mikroskopie nachvollzogen werden können (Gu & Oglivie 2005, Hentschel 2009). Hierbei umfasst das virtuelle Mikroskop ein Akquisitionssystem zum Einscannen und Digitalisieren mikroskopischer Präparate, einen Server zum Speichern und Bereitstellen der entstandenen virtuellen hochauflösenden Aufnahmen (WSI) sowie eine Bildbetrachtungssoftware auf einem Anwendungsrechner (Kalinski et al. 2006). Basierend auf einer Nutzerbefragung wurde eine Betrachtungssoftware programmiert, die hinsicht¬lich ihrer Benutzerfreundlichkeit und ihren Eigenschaften auf den schulischen Einsatz angepasst wurde. Um die Relevanz in diesem Anwendungsfeld zu testen, wurden die Untersuchungen der vorliegenden Arbeit sowohl im Schülerlabor Goethe BioLab als auch in der universitären Lehre der Abteilung für Didaktik der Biowissen¬schaften der Goethe–Universität Frankfurt am Main durchgeführt. Der Schülerlabortag „Blut und das virtuelle Mikroskop“ wurde entwickelt, um die computerbasierte virtuelle Mikroskopie mit Schülern ergänzend zur klassischen Mikroskopie in einem fachlichen Kontext anzuwenden und zu erforschen.
Beruhend auf der Vergleichbarkeit beider Mikroskopiemethoden (Paulsen et al. 2010) lagen die Forschungsschwerpunkte neben der Nutzung der Software durch Schülerinnen und Schülern auf einer gegenüberstellenden Beurteilung beider mikroskopischer Verfahren von Schülern und Lehramtsstudierenden. Es wurden in diesem Zusammenhang drei zentrale Forschungsfragen formuliert.
Die erste Forschungsfrage untersucht das Nutzerverhalten der Schüler (n = 123) bei der virtuellen Mikroskopie mittels automatisch generierter Datensätze während der Anwendung der Bildbetrachtungssoftware. Die Analyse der Anwendungsdaten zeigt, dass das mikroskopische Sehen, insbesondere das Fokussieren auf relevante Bildbereiche, im virtuellen Humanblutausstrich angewandt wurde.
Die zweite Forschungsfrage untersuchte das aktuelle Interesses bei Schülern (n = 293) im direkten Vergleich zwischen virtueller und klassischer Mikroskopie. Dabei wurde das aktuelle Interesse aufgrund des engen Zusammenhangs zum Lernen (vgl. Krapp 1992a) als Indikator der Lernwirksamkeit gewählt. Die Erhebung erfolgte mittels eines Fragebogens. Die Ergebnisse dieser Untersuchung zeigen, dass der Einsatz beider mikroskopischer Verfahren das aktuelle Interesse fördert, das emotionale und das wertbezogene Merkmal sich jedoch zugunsten der klassischen Mikroskopie signifikant unterscheiden.
Im Rahmen der dritten Forschungsfrage erfolgte eine Beurteilung der Vorteile virtueller Mikroskopie gegenüber der klassischen Mikroskopie von Schülern (n = 504) sowie Lehramtsstudierenden (n = 247). Hierbei diente ebenfalls ein Fragebogen als Grundlage der Erhebung. Die Auswertung zeigt, dass sowohl die Schüler als auch die Studierenden die Vorteile der virtuellen Mikroskopie klar erkennen. Es liegen jedoch signifikante Unterschiede zwischen den Versuchsgruppen vor. Die Schüler bewerten die Vorteile betreffend der Förderung von Lernprozessen, des Erkennens von Strukturen und des mikroskopischen Zeichnens höher.
Zusammenfassend bestärken die Ergebnisse dieser Studie die Ansicht, dass das virtuelle Mikroskop nicht als Ersatz, sondern als sinnvolle Ergänzung zu der klassischen Lichtmikroskopie angesehen werden sollte (Bloodgood et al. 2006, Berg et al. 2016, Braun & Kearns 2008, Hufnagl et al. 2012, Mione et al. 2013, Santiago 2018, Scoville & Buskirk 2007). Dabei sollte die vorliegende Arbeit als Einstieg verstanden werden, um bestehende Forschungslücken zu verkleinern, damit ein Transfer der virtuellen Mikroskopie in den schulischen Kontext möglichst lernwirksam erfolgen kann.
Die Neurowissenschaften sind in Forschungsarbeiten für Schüler und Studierende immer wieder als eines der schwierigsten Teilgebiete der Biologie angeführt. Die Inhalte werden überwiegend nicht verstanden. Als mögliche Ursache gelten die seltenen praktischen Zugänge für die Lernenden aufgrund limitierter Ressourcen. Diese Ursache konnte in der vorliegenden Arbeit durch eine Befragung der Lehrkräfte zu ihren Praxisumsetzungen bestätigt werden. 70 % der Lehrkräfte gaben an, dass sie keine Experimente in der Schule zum Thema Nervenzellen anbieten. Experimente zur Verhaltensbiologie führen 65 % der Lehrkräfte nicht durch.
Um Schülern die Möglichkeit zu geben, sich experimentell mit den Themenfeldern der Neuro- und Verhaltensbiologie auseinanderzusetzen, wurden im Rahmen der vorliegenden Arbeit Schülerlabortage auf dem Feld der Neurowissenschaften konzipiert. Die Konzepte wurden schülerorientiert umgesetzt und neurowissenschaftliche Forschung durch den eigenen Umgang mit modernen Forschungsapparaturen erfahrbar gemacht. Die drei Labortage für die Sekundarstufe II wurden wissenschaftlich begleitet: 1) Verhaltensbiologie, 2) systemische Ebene der Elektrophysiologie, 3) elektrophysiologische Forschungsmethoden. Um die Qualität und Wirksamkeit der Labortage beurteilen zu können, wurden sie mit Feedbackerhebungen begleitet. Die drei Labortage wurden sowohl von den Lehrkräften als auch von den Schülern bezüglich ihrer Qualität positiv bewertet. Für die Schüler konnte gezeigt werden, dass die Beurteilung weitgehend unabhängig von einem zugrunde liegenden Interesse an Biologie und Forschung ausfällt. Anhand einer retrospektiven Erhebung wird außerdem gezeigt, dass alle drei Labortage eine höchst signifikante, selbsteingeschätzte Steigerung des „Wissens“, der „Anwendungszuversicht“ und des „Interesses“ bewirken. Schüler mit niedrigen Ausgangswerten zeigen einen besonders hohen Anstieg. Für das Interesse kann weiter gezeigt werden, dass auch Schüler mit hohem Ausgangswert eine große Interessenssteigerung durch den Labortag aufweisen. Das Interesse für den verhaltensbiologischen Labortag liegt etwas niedriger – die Labortage mit elektrophysiologischen Inhalten zeigen dagegen für die Anwendungszuversicht etwas niedrigere Werte.
Der Fokus der fachdidaktischen Forschung lag auf der Betrachtung des experimentellen Zugangs zur Elektrophysiologie über ein entwickeltes „EPhys-Setup“. Dabei handelt es sich um einen quasi-realen Messaufbau. Die Umsetzung kombiniert dazu Komponenten eines realen Elektrophysiologie-Setups (Hands-on Komponenten) mit einer speziell entwickelten schülerfreundlichen Software (Neurosimulation) und einem virtuellen Nervensystem in Form einer Platine. Als Modellnervensystem werden für diese Umsetzung Ganglien von Hirudo medicinalis verwendet – der Neurosimulation liegen originale elektrophysiologische Messspuren des Ganglions zugrunde. Experimentelle Vermittlungsansätze für die Elektrophysiologie finden sich kaum für den Schulbereich. Dem Bedarf einer entsprechenden Beforschung wurde mit verschiedenen Testinstrumenten nachgegangen, um den Vermittlungsansatz mit dem EPhys-Setup bewerten zu können. Dafür fand eine Wirksamkeitsanalyse über die Erhebung der Motivation der Schüler statt (Lab Motivation Scale; Dohn et al. 2016). Von Bedeutung war auch, inwiefern gegenüber der Umsetzung eine Technologieakzeptanz vorliegt (Technology Acceptance Model; Davis 1989), die im Schulkontext ausgehend von der steigenden Einbindung von Technologien einen entsprechenden Forschungsbedarf aufweist. Weiter wurde untersucht, ob sich die Bewertung des EPhys-Setups von der Bewertung einer Kontrollgruppe unterscheidet. Für die Kontrollgruppe wurde die Neurosimulation von den Hands-on Komponenten gelöst und die Schüler arbeiteten ausschließlich PC-basiert. Die Ergebnisse zeigen, dass beide Umsetzungen die Motivation förderten und eine Technologieakzeptanz bei den Schülern aufwiesen. Der Unterschied der Untersuchungsgruppen fällt gering aus. Die Abhängigkeiten, die für die verwendete Simulationsumsetzung gefunden wurden, beziehen sich ausschließlich auf Komponenten der „Freude“. Somit wird der intrinsische Bereich von den Schülern die am EPhys-Setup gearbeitet haben höher bewertet. Zur weiteren Analyse der Testinstrumente wurde auch eine Abhängigkeit der Bewertung vom zugrunde liegenden Biologieinteresse sowie von den Computerfähigkeiten vergleichend betrachtet. Der Einfluss auf die Bewertungen der drei Testskalen ist in vielen Fällen höher als der Einfluss der verwendeten Simulation. Vom individuellen Biologieinteresse der Schüler zeigen alle untersuchten Komponenten eine Abhängigkeit. Die größeren Effekte beziehen sich auf die Komponenten der „Lernwirksamkeit“ oder der „Freude“. Von den individuellen Computerfähigkeiten der Schüler zeigen Komponenten zur „Zuversicht bezüglich der Methoden und der Inhalte“ eine Abhängigkeit.
Die Differenzierung zwischen Teilpopulationen hin zu unterschiedlichen Arten kann nur erfolgen, wenn zwischen diesen Teilpopulationen reproduktive Isolation besteht. Wie die unterschiedlichen Arten von reproduktiver Isolation zusammenwirken und welche Voraussetzungen bestehen müssen, um neue Arten zu bilden, muss in jedem Studiensystem untersucht werden. Ein idealer Ansatzpunkt sind Arten, die sich mehrfach an anspruchsvolle Habitate angepasst haben, deren Artbildung also von ökologischen Habitatparametern bestimmt wird. Dieser Vorgang wird als Ökologische Artbildung bezeichnet. Im Artkomplex Poecilia spec., der im Süden Mexikos mehrere schwefelangepasste Ökotypen ausgebildet hat, wurden erste Hinweise auf eine Korrelation zwischen der Selektionsstärke von natürlicher und sexueller Selektion gefunden, deren Einfluss zusammen die bestehenden reproduktiven Barrieren zwischen Klarwasser- und Schwefelökotyp formen. Wie diese Reproduktionsbarrieren beschaffen sind und wie die Umweltvariable Schwefel auf die Morphologie und das Verhalten der Poeciliiden Einfluss nimmt, wurde in der vorliegenden Arbeit anhand von fünf Fragestellungen untersucht. (1) Die Körperfärbung kann ein aussagekräftiges Signal für die Qualität des potentiellen Partners bei der Fortpflanzung sein. Wie beeinflusst die extreme Umweltvariable Schwefel die Ausbildung von Färbung? (2) Sind die gefundenen Anpassungen der Färbung erblich oder werden sie plastisch entsprechend des Nahrungsangebots ausgebildet? (3) In einem der untersuchten Flusssysteme konnte unvollständige reproduktive Isolation zwischen der Klarwasser- und Schwefelpopulation nachgewiesen werden. Sind in den Mischzonen zwischen diesen beiden Habitaten Hybriden genetisch nachweisbar und bilden diese die Färbungsanpassungen der Klarwasser-, der Schwefelpopulation oder eine intermediäre Form aus? (4) Die Gelbfärbung der Flossen bei Männchen scheint ein geeignetes Merkmal für die Anzeige der Qualität zu sein, da es möglicherweise unabhängig vom Nahrungsangebot ausgebildet wird. Besteht eine weibliche Präferenz für dieses Merkmal? (5) Auch die weibliche Partnerwahlpräferenz wird vom Habitat und dem eigenen Zustand beeinflusst. Wie verändert sich die Präferenz für Männchen mit gutem Ernährungszustand bei Weibchen, die hungrig sind?
Um diese Fragen zu beantworten, wurden in mehreren Jahren Männchen und Weibchen der Arten Poecilia mexicana und Poecilia sulphuraria aus sieben Populationen im Studiengebiet in Südmexiko gefangen und auf ihre Färbung untersucht sowie Laborpopulationen getestet. Es konnten generelle Anpassungen der Färbung an die Umweltvariable Schwefel nachgewiesen werden. Dazu gehören die Aufhellung der Körperregionen, die durch Tarnung (konkret: countershading und background matching) vor Entdeckung durch Prädatoren schützen, und die Reduktion von Gelb- und Rottönen. Diese Anpassung ist vermutlich auf das geringe Angebot an Karotinoiden in den schwefelbelasteten Extremhabitaten zurückzuführen. Außerdem konnten zahlreiche flusssystem¬spezifische Anpassungen beschrieben werden, deren Ursachen in den Unterschieden zwischen den Schwefelhabitaten untereinander begründet sind. Das Flusssystem des Río Tacotalpa stellt hier eine Besonderheit dar, da Männchen eine besonders starke Gelbfärbung der Flossen aufweisen. Wildgefangene und laborgeborene Männchen dieses Flusssystems wurden verglichen, um einen Hinweis auf den Einfluss des Nahrungsangebots auf dieses Merkmal zu untersuchen. Tatsächlich ist die Ausprägung dieses Merkmals, die Gelbfärbung der Flossen, unabhängig vom Angebot an Karotinoiden. Während die hier verwendeten genetischen Analysen nicht geeignet waren, Hybriden aus den Mischzonen zwischen Schwefel- und Klarwasserhabitat nachzuweisen, ergaben die Untersuchungen von Individuen aus den Mischzonen keine eindeutigen Ergebnisse über eine etwaige intermediäre Ausbildung der Färbung. Die Präsentation von Männchen, deren Gelbintensität an den Flossenspitzen künstlich verändert wurde, konnte bei Weibchen keine eindeutige Präferenz für stärker gefärbte Männchen aufzeigen. Vielmehr weist dieses Ergebnis auf eine starke Korrelation zwischen mehreren Merkmalen (z. B. weitere morphologische Merkmale, Verhalten) hin, die für die Beurteilung der männlichen Qualität herangezogen werden. Die weibliche Präferenz für konditionsabhängige Merkmale wird bei schwefelangepassten Weibchen leicht verstärkt, wenn diese hungrig sind. Eine solche flexible Präferenz sollte gerade in Habitaten mit starken Fluktuationen im Nährstoffangebot existieren. Dabei waren Weibchen, denen Videoaufnahmen präsentiert wurden, eher in der Lage, das qualitativ hochwertigere Männchen zu identifizieren, als Weibchen, denen animierte Bilder präsentiert wurden. Auch hier wird davon ausgegangen, dass die Reduktion auf eines oder wenige Merkmale, die für die Partnerwahl zur Verfügung stehen, keine ausreichend starke Reaktion auslösen können. Vielmehr ist der Zugriff auf alle Aspekte der männlichen Erscheinung wichtig, um die Qualität des potentiellen Partners zu beurteilen.
Färbung ist also generell geeignet, den Ökotyp eines Individuums zu bestimmen und ein solches Merkmal kann der Artbestimmung im ersten Schritt der Partnerwahl dienen. Dasjenige männliche Färbungsmerkmal, das über mehrere Generationen gleichbleibend ausgeprägt wurde – die Gelbfärbung der Flossen – reicht jedoch nicht aus, um bei der weiblichen Partnerwahl eine Reaktion auszulösen. Vielmehr deuten die Ergebnisse auf eine enge Korrelation der Färbung mit weiteren Merkmalen in Morphologie und Verhalten eines Individuums hin, die vom wählenden Weibchen stets gemeinsam entsprechend der Multiple-message-Theorie betrachtet werden. Auch der Vergleich zwischen Videoaufnahmen und animierten Fotografien als Stimuli bei der Partnerwahl ergab, dass der Aspekt Verhalten (nur verfügbar mit Videoaufnahmen) für eine Partnerwahlentscheidung von Bedeutung ist.
Meine Arbeit konnte den bestehenden Wissensschatz um die bestehenden reproduktiven Barrieren im Studiensystem um den Aspekt der Färbung erweitern. Meine Ergebnisse zeigen weitere spannende Fragestellungen auf. Je größer das Verständnis der vorliegenden Selektionskräfte und Mechanismen reproduktiver Isolation ist, desto besser kann die Wissenschaft verstehen, welche Umgebungsvariablen welchen Einfluss auf den Prozess der Artbildung haben.
Cardiovascular diseases are a leading cause of morbidity and mortality worldwide. Aging inflicts structural and molecular changes on the heart that oftentimes involve ischemic events, cardiomyocyte apoptosis and cardiac stiffening, which makes it a major risk factor for cardiovascular disease. After being disregarded as transcriptional noise for a long time, long non-coding RNAs have lately emerged as key regulators of many cellular processes in physiology and disease of virtually all tissues and organs, with some of them being differentially regulated during aging.
This study identified a long non-coding transcript antisense to the OXCT1 gene locus, Sarrah, to be downregulated in the heart during aging, after acute myocardial infarction and upon heart failure with preserved ejection fraction. Sarrah is expressed in several cardiac cell types with highest levels in cardiomyocytes, where it is predominantly localized in the nucleus. In mouse and human cardiomyocytes, Sarrah levels are reduced upon exposure to hypoxia or treatment with hypoxiamimetic agents in vitro.
Sarrah exerts an anti-apoptotic function in mouse and human cardiomyocytes as assessed from caspase activity and annexin V staining. Histological stainings of Sarrah-depleted human engineered heart tissue organoids and Sarrah overexpressing infarcted mouse hearts confirmed its anti-apoptotic function. Sarrah also plays a role in cardiomyocyte contractility, which is substantially impaired upon Sarrah silencing in human engineered heart tissue and neonatal rat cardiomyocytes. Additionally, cardiomyocytal Sarrah stimulates endothelial cell proliferation via paracrine effects as observed after Sarrah overexpression in mouse hearts as well as in co-culture settings with human endothelial cells and Sarrah-depleted or Sarrah overexpressing human cardiomyocytes. A microarray analysis revealed that silencing Sarrah in human cardiomyocytes induced apoptosisrelated gene expression. Mechanistically, Sarrah was predicted to form triplexes in human and mouse with promoters of genes downregulated, but not upregulated after Sarrah knockdown, suggesting that Sarrah interacts with target genes to activate their transcription. This interaction was confirmed in vitro using nucleic acid oligonucleotides containing the sequences of the Sarrah triplex motif and the Sarrah binding site of the exemplary target gene GPC6 of both human and mouse. RNA immunoprecipitation experiments in human cells demonstrated that Sarrah is associated with open chromatin, transcription factor CRIP2, transcriptional co-activator p300 and DNA-RNA hybrid structures that also occur in Sarrah target gene promoters, which indicated that Sarrah activates gene expression by triplex formation and recruitment of protein interaction partners. Deleting the triplex motif of endogenous Sarrah in mouse cardiomyocytes augmented apoptosis, showing that triplex formation is of functional relevance for Sarrah action.
Finally, overexpressing Sarrah in an acute myocardial infarction mouse model improved recovery of cardiac contractile function as assessed from ejection fraction, stroke volume, wall motion and wall thickness measured by echocardiography and magnetic resonance imaging. Infarct size was substantially reduced in Sarrah overexpressing mice compared with controls. This in vivo study implies that restoring Sarrah levels in the aged or infarcted heart bears significant therapeutic potential, which can be attributed to the combination of three Sarrah effects: increased cardiomyocytes survival, enhanced contractility of individual cardiomyocytes and paracrine stimulation of endothelial cell proliferation likely contributing to increased angiogenesis and tissue perfusion.
In summary, cardiac lncRNA Sarrah is evolutionary conserved with regard to its genomic locus, function and molecular mechanism. Via triplex formation with gene promoters, it is capable to activate a set of target genes that together mediate the anti-apoptotic and pro-contractile function of Sarrah in cardiomyocytes and that confer angiogenic effects to endothelial cells. A therapeutic utilization of Sarrah in the context of myocardial ischemia is conceivable in the future if Sarrah upregulation proves to be beneficial in further studies.
The overarching aim of this doctoral research was to examine and quantify the spatiotemporal variability in the movements of nomadic ungulates to better understand the possible drivers and characteristics of such movements as well as to examine the particular conservation challenges associated with nomadic movements.
Cerebellar ataxias are a group of neurodegenerative disorders primarily affecting the cerebellum. Although causative mutations in several genes have been identified there is currently no cure for ataxias.
The first part of this dissertation is focused on Spinocerebellar ataxia type 2 (SCA2). SCA2 is a dominant ataxia caused by repeat expansion mutations in the ATXN2 gene, which encodes the protein Ataxin2 (ATXN2). A polyglutamine (polyQ) tract consisting of CAG repeats interrupted by CAA was identified at exon 1 of ATXN2. Healthy individuals have between 22 and 23 glutamines, while expansions longer than 33 CAG repeats cause SCA2. The most noticeable symptom that SCA2 patients show is ataxic gait; however, they also show cerebellar dysarthria, dysdiadochokinesia, and ocular dysmetria caused by the progressive cerebellar degeneration.
To model the SCA2 disease, we generated a new mouse model where 100 CAG repeats were introduced in the mouse Atxn2 gene via homologous recombination. The characterization of this mouse model, Atxn2-CAG100-KIN, demonstrated that it reproduces the symptomatology observed in SCA2 patients. These animals showed significant loss of weight over time, brain atrophy, and motor deficits.
In addition, ATXN2 intermediate expansions have been linked to the pathology of Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) as a risk factor. ALS is a fatal neurodegenerative disease where the motor neurons in the brain and spinal cord degenerate. A hallmark of ALS is the presence of TDP43-positive inclusions in neurons and glia. Further studies of post mortem spinal cord samples from SCA2 patients showed severe and widespread neurodegeneration of the central somatosensory system. Therefore, it was of interest to further investigate the pathology affection of this tissue in the Atxn2-CAG100-KIN line and the relationship between ATXN2 and TDP43. The characterization of the spinal cord pathology via protein quantification, transcript quantification, and immunohistochemistry showed a preferential affection of RNA binding proteins (RBP) in the spinal cord rather than the cerebellum. The ALS-linked factors TDP43 and TIA1 showed time-dependent co-aggregation with ATXN2 in spinal cord sections together with an increase of CASP3 levels. Therefore, this mouse model can help develop new therapies and evaluate their effect in differently affected areas.
A transcriptome data set from Atxn2-CAG100-KIN spinal cord samples at the final disease stage of this mouse model showed a strong up-regulation of RNA toxicity-, immune- and lysosome-implicated factors. These data pointed to a pathological reactivation of the synaptic pruning and phagocytosis in microglia. ATXN2-positive aggregates were found in microglia from spinal cord sections of 14-month-old Atxn2-CAG100-KIN via immunohistochemistry. The characterization of microglial response and the potentially deleterious effects of the expanded ATXN2 in this cell type could lead to therapies to improve patients’ living standards or delay the symptoms’ onset.
The second part of this thesis was focused on an autosomal recessive form of cerebellar ataxia, Ataxia Telangiectasia (A-T), with childhood onset. A-T patients show severe cerebellar atrophy manifesting as ataxia when the child starts to walk. The genetic cause of A-T is loss-of-function-mutations in the Ataxia Telangiectasia Mutated gene (ATM). ATM is a kinase involved in DNA damage response, oxidative stress, insulin resistance, autophagy via mTOR signaling, and synaptic function.
Working with proteome data from cerebrospinal fluid of 12 A-T patients and 12 healthy controls, we aimed to define novel biomarkers that would allow following the neurodegeneration in extracellular fluid. Additional validation efforts with ~2-month-old Atm-knock-out (Atm-/-) cerebellar samples helped us to define a scenario were the deficit of vesicle-associated ATM alters the secretion of ApoB, reelin, and glutamate. As extracellular factors, apolipoproteins and their cargo such as vitamin E may be useful for neuroprotective interventions.
ADAM15, which belongs to the family of the disintegrin and metalloproteinases, is a multi-domain transmembrane protein. A strongly upregulated expression of ADAM15 is found in inflamed synovial membranes from articular joints affected by osteoarthritis and especially rheumatoid arthritis (RA). During the chronic inflammatory process in RA the synovial membrane gets hyperplastic, resulting eventually in the formation of a pannus tissue, which can invade into the adjacent cartilage and bone thereby destroying their integrity. Previously, the expression of ADAM15 in fibroblasts of the RA synovial membrane was found to confer a significant anti-apoptotic response upon triggering of the Fas receptor, which resulted in the activation of two survival kinases, focal adhesion kinase (FAK) and Src. The Fas receptor, also named CD95, belongs to the death receptor family of the tumor necrosis factor receptors and stimulation of Fas/CD95 by its ligand FasL results in the execution of apoptotic cell death in synovial membranes of RA patients. However, the occurrence of apoptotic cell death in vivo in RA synovial tissues is considerably low despite the presence of FasL at high concentrations in the chronically inflamed joint. Accordingly, a general apoptosis resistance is a characteristic of RA-synovial fibroblasts that contributes considerably to the formation the hyperplastic aggressive pannus tissue. The objective of this study was to investigate the mechanisms underlying the capability of ADAM15 to transform FasL-mediated death- inducing signals into pro-survival activation of Src and FAK in rheumatoid arthritis fibroblasts (RASFs).
In the present study, the down-regulation of ADAM15 by RNA interference resulted in a significant increase of caspase 3/7 activity upon stimulation of the Fas receptor in RASFs. Likewise, chondrocytes expressing a deletion mutant of ADAM15 (ΔC), lacking the cytoplasmic domain, revealed increased caspase activities upon Fas ligation in comparison to cells transfected with full-length ADAM15, clearly demonstrating the importance of the cytoplasmic domain for an increased apoptosis resistance. Furthermore, activation of the Fas receptor triggered the phosphorylation of Src at Y416, which results in the active conformation of Src, as well as the phosphorylation of FAK at Y576/577 and Y861 – the target tyrosines phosphorylated by Src - in full-length ADAM15-transfected chondrocytes. However, cells transfected with ADAM15 mutant (ΔC) or with vector control did not exhibit any activation of Src and FAK upon Fas ligation. This suggested the presence of an as yet unknown protein interaction mediating the Fas triggered activation of the two kinases.
In order to identify this mechanism, the application of signal transduction inhibitors interfering with Calcium signaling either by inhibiting calmodulin with trifluoperazine (TFP) or the Calcium release-activated channel (CRAC/Orai1) with BTP-2 efficiently inhibited the phosphorylation of FAK and Src, revealing a role of calmodulin, the major Ca2+ sensor in cells, in ADAM15-dependent and Fas-elicited activation of the two survival kinases. Also, a direct Ca2+ -dependent binding of calmodulin to ADAM15 could be demonstrated by pull-down assays using calmodulin-conjugated sepharose and by protein binding assays using the recombinant cytoplasmic domain of ADAM15 and calmodulin.
Furthermore, it could be demonstrated in living synovial fibroblasts by double immunofluorescence stainings that triggering the Fas receptor by its ligand FasL or a Fas-activating antibody resulted in the recruitment of calmodulin to ADAM15 as well as to the Fas receptor in patch-like structures at the cell membrane. Simultaneously, Src associated with calmodulin was shown to become engaged in an ADAM15 complex, also containing cytoplasmic-bound FAK, by co-immunoprecipitations.
Additional studies were performed to analyze the efficacy of TFP and BTP-2 on apoptosis induction in synovial fibroblasts from 10 RA patients. Using caspase 3/7 and annexin V stainings for determining apoptosis, it could be shown that both inhibitors did not possess any apoptosis inducing capacity. However, when co-incubated with FasL both compounds synergistically enhanced apoptosis rates in the RASFs. Moreover, an additional silencing of ADAM15 revealed a further significant rise in apoptosis rates upon incubation with FasL/TFP or FasL/BTP-2, providing unequivocal evidence for an involvement of ADAM15 in facilitating apoptosis resistance in RASFs.
Taken together, these results demonstrate that ADAM15 provides a scaffold for the formation of calmodulin-dependent pro-survival signaling complexes upon CRAC/Orai1 coactivation by Fas ligation, which provides a new potential therapeutic target to break the apoptosis resistance in RASFs that critically contributes to joint destruction in RA.
Understanding global biodiversity patterns is one of the main objectives of ecology. Spatial variation in species richness can be explained by several environmental factors. The relationships between species richness and environmental factors have been associated with latitudinal, longitudinal and elevational gradients. The number of species is determined by birth, death and migration rates of species in a given area. These rates are affected by abiotic and biotic factors acting at local and regional scales. Climatic seasonal variation may also influence biodiversity, directly through physiological limitations and indirectly through biotic interactions, vegetation structure and food availability. Climate and land use change are the main factors for landscape simplification and biotic homogenization. Thus, the study of community patterns across environmental gradients may help to predict the effect of projected environmental change.
I investigated how abiotic and biotic factors influence different facets of bird diversity across an elevational gradient. My study was conducted along an elevational gradient spanning 2000 m within and around Podocarpus National Park and San Francisco reserve on the southeastern slope of the Andes in Ecuador. The climate is humid tropical montane with a bimodal rain regime. The region is characterized by evergreen premontane forest at low elevations, evergreen lower montane forest at mid elevations and upper montane forest at high elevations. The elevational gradient has natural continuous forests within the protected reserves and fragmented forests surrounding the reserves in a matrix of cattle pastures. To monitor bird diversity, I placed nine 20-m radius point counts within 18 one-hectare plots, in continuous and fragmented forest at 1000, 2000 and 3000 m a.s.l. I recorded and identified all birds for 10 minutes within each point count. Bird communities were sampled eight times per plot, in the most humid season and in the least humid season of 2014 and 2015. To estimate flower and fruit availability, I recorded all plants with open flowers and ripe fruits within each point count. To obtain the relative invertebrate availability, I assessed understory invertebrate fresh biomass using a standardized sweep-netting design along 100-metre borders of each plot. Vertical vegetation heterogeneity was estimated at eight layers above the ground within each point count. Temperature for each plot was obtained using an air temperature regionalization tool and precipitation through remote sensing techniques and meteorological data.
In the first chapter of this thesis, I explored the effects of elevation, climate and vegetation structure on overall bird communities as well as on frugivorous and insectivorous birds. I found that elevation was mostly indirectly associated with bird diversity, jointly mediated via temperature, precipitation and vegetation structure. Additionally, elevation was directly and positively associated with both the overall bird community and with insectivores, but not with frugivores. My findings indicate a reduction of bird diversity due to climatic factors and vegetation structure with increasing elevation. However, the direct, positive effect of elevation suggests that bird diversity was higher than expected towards high elevations, probably due to spatial, biotic and evolutionary settings.
In the second chapter, I analysed the influence of climate and resource availability on temporal variation of bird communities. I found a higher bird diversity in the least humid season than in the most humid season. The seasonality of the bird communities was mainly driven by temperature and precipitation. While temperature had a significant positive effect at high elevations, precipitation had a significant negative effect at low elevations. Resource availability had no significant effect. My findings suggest that the temporal fluctuations in bird communities likely occur due to climate
constraints rather than due to resource limitations.
In the third chapter, I studied the effect of forest fragmentation on taxonomic and functional bird diversity. I found that taxonomic diversity was higher in fragmented compared to continuous forests, while functional diversity was negatively affected by fragmentation, but only at low elevations. The increase of taxonomic diversity in disturbed habitats suggests an increase of habitat generalists, which may compensate the loss of forest specialists. My findings suggest that taxonomic diversity can be uncoupled from functional diversity in diverse communities at low elevations.
My results show the effects of environmental factors on the spatio-temporal patterns of bird communities and the potentially uncoupled responses of taxonomic and functional diversity to forest fragmentation. My findings highlight that bird communities respond differently to abiotic and biotic factors across elevational gradients. Overall, my study helps to better understand the mechanisms that drive species communities in response to complex environmental conditions, which could be an essential contribution for the conservation of bird communities in the tropical Andes.
Investigating the influence of truffle´s microbiome and genotype on the aroma of truffle fungi
(2019)
Truffles (Tuber spp.) are belowground forming fungi that develop in association with roots of various host trees and shrubs. Their fruiting bodies are renowned for their enticing aromas which vary considerably, even within truffles of the same species. This aroma variability might be attributed to factors such as geographical origin, degree of fruiting body maturation, truffle genotype and microbiome (microbial communities that colonise truffle fruiting bodies) which often co-vary. Although the influence of specific factors is highlighted by several studies, discerning the contribution of each factor remains a challenge since it requires an appropriate experimental design. The primary purpose of this thesis was to gain insight into the influence of truffle’s genotype and microbiome on truffle aroma.
This doctoral thesis is comprised of four chapters. Chapter1 (Vahdatzadeh et al., 2018) aimed to exclusively elucidate the influence of truffle genotype on truffle aroma by investigating the aroma of nine mycelial strains of the white truffle Tuber borchii. We also assessed whether strain selection could be employed to improve the human- perceived truffle aroma. Quantitative differences in aroma profiles among strains could be observed upon feeding of amino acids. Considerable aroma variabilities among strains were attributed to important truffle volatiles, many of which might be derived from amino acid catabolism through the Ehrlich pathway. 13 C-labelling experiments confirmed the existence of the Ehrlich pathway in truffles for leucine, isoleucine, methionine, and phenylalanine. Sensory analyses further demonstrated that the human nose can differentiate among strains. Our results illustrated the influence of truffle genotype on truffle aroma and showed how strain selection could be used to improve the human-perceived truffle aroma.
In chapter 2 the existing knowledge on the composition of bacterial community of four truffle species was compiled using meta-analysis approach (Vahdatzadeh et al., 2015). We highlighted the endemic microbiome of truffle as well as similarities and differences in the composition of microbial community within species at various phases of their life cycle. Furthermore, the potential contribution of truffle microbiome in the formation of truffle odorants was studied. Our findings showed that truffle fruiting bodies harbour complex microbial community composed of bacteria, yeasts, filamentous fungi, and viruses with bacteria being the dominant group. Regardless of truffle species, the composition of endemic microbiome of fruiting bodies appeared very similar and was dominated by α-Proteobacteria class. However, striking differences were observed in the bacterial community composition at various stages of the life cycle of truffle.Our analyses further suggested that odorants common to many truffle species might be produced by both truffle fungi and microbes, whereas specific truffle odorants might be derived from microbes only. Nevertheless, disentangling the origin of truffle odorants is very challenging, since acquiring microbe-free fruiting bodies are currently not possible.
Chapter 3 (Splivallo et al., 2019) further characterises truffle-associated bacterial communities of fruiting bodies of the black truffle T. aestivum from two different orchards. It aimed at defining the native microbiome in this truffle species, evaluating the variability of their microbiome across orchards, and assessing factors that shape assemblages of the bacterial communities. The dominant bacterial communities in T. aestivum revealed to be similar in both orchards: although a large portion of fruiting bodies were dominated by the α-Proteobacteria class (Bradyrhizobium genus) similar to other so far-assessed truffle species, in few cases β-Proteobacteria (Polaromonas genus), or Sphingobacteria (Pedobacter genus) were found to be predominant classes. Moreover, factors shaping bacterial communities influenced the two orchards differently, with spatial location within the orchard being the main driver in Swiss orchard and collection season in the French one. Surprisingly, in contrast to other fungi, truffle genotype and the degree of fruiting body maturity seemed not to contribute in shaping the assembly of truffle microbiome. Altogether, our data highlighted the existence of heterogeneous bacterial communities in T. aestivum fruiting bodies which are dominated by either of the three bacterial classes and mainly by the α-Proteobacteria class, irrespective of geographical origin. They further illustrated that determinants driving the assembly of various bacterial communities within truffle fruiting bodies are site-specific. Truffles are highly perishable delicacies with a short shelf life (1-2 weeks), and their aroma changes profoundly upon storage. Since truffle aroma might be at least partially produced by the truffle microbiome, chapter 4 (Vahdatzadeh et al., 2019) focuses on assessing the influence of the truffle microbiome on aroma deterioration of T.aestivum during post harvest storage. Specifically, volatile profile and bacterial communities of fruiting bodies collected from four different regions (three in France and one in Switzerland) were studied over nine days of storage. Our findings demonstrated the gradual replacement of dominant bacterial classes in fresh truffles (α-Proteobacteria, β-Proteobacteria, and Sphingobacteria) by food spoilage bacteria (members of γ- Proteobacteria and Bacilli classes), regardless of the initial diversity of the bacterial classes. This shift in the bacterial community also correlated with changes in volatile profiles, and markers for truffle freshness and spoilage could be identified. Ultimately, network analysis illustrated possible links among those volatile markers and specific bacterial classes. Our data showed that storage deeply influenced the composition of bacterial community as well as aroma of truffle fruiting bodies. They also illustrated the correlation between the shift in truffle microbiome, from commensal to detrimental, and the change of aroma profile, possibly leading to the loss of fresh truffle aroma. Overall, the work undertaken in this thesis demonstrated that truffle genotype and microbiome had a stronger influence on truffle aroma than previously believed.
Role of npas4l and Hif pathway in endothelial cell specification and specialization in vertebrates
(2018)
Cardiovascular development requires two main steps, vasculogenesis and angiogenesis. During vasculogenesis, angioblasts, the precursors of endothelial cells (ECs), specify from the mesoderm and coalesce to form the axial vessels of the vertebrate embryo. Many questions regarding the transcriptional waves initiating and sustaining angioblast specification are still unanswered. The identity of cloche, a gene essential for EC differentiation in zebrafish, was only recently discovered by our group, and very little is known about its upstream regulators or its molecular mechanism of action. I described the molecular players involved in orchestrating npas4l expression, upstream of angioblast specification. By using genetic models and chemical treatments, I identified FGF-Erk axis and BMP signaling to be involved in npas4l regulation. I also showed that eomesa is a potent inducer of npas4l expression. In addition, in vitro experiments indicated that murine Eomes promotes EC specification, acting upstream of Etv2 and Tal1. Using a combination of gain-of-function and loss-of-function models for npas4l, I identified primary and secondary downstream effectors of npas4l. I showed that Npas4l binding sites are present in the promoter of genes involved in hematoendothelial specification, such as tal1, lmo2 and etv2. Importantly, I reported that npas4l is sufficient and necessary to promote the EC specification program. By performing a combined analysis of the developed datasets, I recovered putative genes with a potential role in EC specification. One of the most promising candidates was tspan18b. I generated a mutant allele for tspan18b and observed angiogenic defects in tspan18b-/- embryos, confirming a role for this gene in zebrafish cardiovascular development. I showed that Npas4l binds etv2 promoter in zebrafish. In mammalian embryonic stem cells, however, Etv2 promoter is bound by HIF-1α, a transcription factor homolog to Npas4l. Interestingly, Eomes knockdown in vitro lead to a significant reduction of Hif-1α expression. To test the function of Hif-1α in vivo, I took advantage of a murine loss-of-function model.
Hif-1α mouse mutant embryos exhibit a significant decrease in Etv2 expression, when compared with WT siblings. These data suggest a model where mammals lost npas4l during evolution and HIF-1α acquired a new function, replacing npas4l role in EC specification. I compared the phenotype of Hif-1α mouse mutant with zebrafish hif-1α loss-of- function models. Importantly, zebrafish hif-1α mutant did not show defects in vasculogenesis or EC specification, but in EC specialization, during HSC development. I showed that hypoxia is a potent inducer of HSC formation, and hif-1α as well as hif-2α act upstream of notch1, vegfaa and evi1 in hemogenic endothelial specification.
Conclusions
In this work, I explored the molecular mechanisms underlying EC specification in vertebrates, analyzing the role of bHLH-PAS transcription factors in this biological process. I identified the upstream regulators and the downstream effectors of npas4l, describing a novel role for tspan18b in zebrafish cardiovascular development. Npas4l is a transcription factor necessary and sufficient for angioblast differentiation in zebrafish, but the gene was lost in the mammalian lineage. hif-1α and hif-2α, paralogous genes of npas4l, are involved in the establishment of EC heterogeneity and specifically in the specification of hemogenic endothelium in zebrafish. Murine Hif-1α, however, is responsible for Etv2 regulation, indicating a role for hypoxia inducible factor in initiating the EC specification program in mouse, similarly to npas4l function in zebrafish.
Biodiversity is threatened worldwide because of ongoing habitat loss and fragmentation, overexploitation, pollution, biological invasions and a changing global climate. Due to the major importance of biological diversity for modern human living, efficient conservation and management strategies are required to protect endangered habitats and species. For this purpose, ambitious multilateral agreements on regional and global scale were declared to prevent biodiversity loss.
Efficient biomonitoring methods are required to adequately implement these biodiversity conventions. Species monitoring as a core activity in biodiversity research is an effective tool to assess the status of species and trends within habitats. Data collection can be obtained with visual, electronic or genetic surveys. Still, these monitoring programs can be expensive, laborious and inefficient for accurate species assessments. New techniques based on environmental DNA (eDNA) allows for the detection of DNA traces in environmental samples (soil, sediment, water and air samples) and open up new possibilities for species monitoring. The eDNA methodology enables detection of single species in a qualitative (presence/absence) or (semi-) quantitative way. eDNA metabarcoding approaches can be an effective community structure assessment method.
This thesis, located at the interface between experimental and applied research, illustrates the suitability of the eDNA methodology in applied biomonitoring using the example of the water-borne crayfish plague pathogen Aphanomyces astaci (Schikora 1906). The obtained results provide new insights into A. astaci sporulation dynamics in natural water courses. A. astaci sporulation is influenced by seasonal variation of water temperatures and life history traits (molting, activity, mating) of infected crayfish. The results also imply a high transmission risk of A. astaci spores during the complete year. This thesis compares two eDNA methods, which are successfully and consistently detecting A. astaci spores. Each approach is suitable for different biomonitoring tasks due to the method-specific requirements. The obtained results also reveal spatial variation in A. astaci occurance in the tested water bodies. A. astaci spore estimates are positively correlated with population density and pathogen loads of captured A. astaci- positive crayfish. eDNA results show a downstream zoospore transport of up to three kilometres distance from a distribution hot spot area of A. astaci-infected crayfish. The eDNA methodology is helpful in gaining reliable information on A. astaci occurrence in large water bodies. This information is urgently needed to initiate efficient management decisions for the conservation of European crayfish species.
eDNA-based methods such as for A. astaci detection are a useful complement for conventional monitoring and should have a strong impact on conservation policy. eDNA methodology will be helpful for the practical implementation of the main aims of key conservation agreements and thus will make important contributions to biodiversity protection.
Cardiac trabeculation is one of the essential processes required for the formation of a competent ventricular wall, whereby clusters of ventricular cardiomyocytes (CMs) from a single layer delaminate and expand into the cardiac jelly to form sheet-like projections in the developing heart (Samsa et al., 2013). Several congenital heart diseases are associated with defects in the formation of these trabeculae and lead to embryonic lethality (Jenni et al., 1999; Zhang et al., 2013, Jenni et al., 2001; Towbin 2010). It has been experimentally shown that lack of Nrg1/ErbB2/ErbB4, Angipoetin1/Tie2, EphrinB2/B4, BMP10, or any component of the Notch signaling pathway can cause defective trabeculation. Moreover, changes in blood flow and/or contractility can also affect trabeculation (Samsa et al., 2013). Together, these observations demonstrate that cardiac trabeculation is a highly dynamic and regulated process.
Trabeculation is a morphogenetic process that requires control over cell shape changes and rearrangements, similar to those observed during EMT. Epithelial cells within an epithelium are polarized and establish cell-cell junctions with the neighboring cells (Ikenouchi et al., 2003; Ferrer-vaquer et al., 2010), thus epithelial cell polarity is an important feature to maintain cell shape and tissue structure. During developmental processes such as cell migration and cell division or in disease states epithelial polarity might be disrupted. As a consequence of this alteration, cells lose their tight cell-cell adhesions, undergo cytoskeletal rearrangements, change their shape and gain migratory properties becoming mesenchymal cells (Micalizzi et al., 2010). In epithelial cells, apicobasal polarity is regulated by a conserved set of core complexes, including the PAR, Scribble and Crumbs complexes (Kemphues et al., 1988; Bilder and Perrimon, 2000; Teppas et al., 1984). The polarity proteins composing these complexes interact in a well organized and coordinated-manner creating molecular asymmetry along the apicobasal axis of the cell. In turn, this crosstalk regulates the maturation and stabilization of the junctions between cells and cytoskeleton in order to strengthen cell polarization (Roignot et al., 2013). Amongst the different polarity complex, Crumbs has been shown to be a key regulator of apicobasal polarity during development in both vertebrates and invertebrates (Tepass et al., 1990; Fan et al., 2004).
Here, taking advantage of zebrafish as a model organism, I study in vivo at single cell resolution changes in CM apicobasal polarity during cardiac trabeculation. Moreover, I show which factors regulate CM apicobasal polarity during this process. In addition, I dissect the role of the polarity complex Crumbs in regulating CM junctional rearrangements and the formation of the trabecular network.
In the 'Golden Age of Antibiotics', between 1940 and 1970, the global pharmaceutical companies discovered many antibiotics, such as cephalosporins, tetracyclines, aminoglycosides, glycopeptides, etc., as well as antifungal and antiparisitic agents. Due to several reasons, e.g. the steady re-discovery of already known NPs and the associated high costs, many pharmaceutical companies have significantly scaled back or totally abandoned their NP discovery programs since the late 20th century. Instead those companies started to focus on drug discovery based on combinatorial synthesis and thereby on the creation of enormous synthetic libraries containing small molecules. Unfortunately, this synthetic approach dealing with the optimization of existing NP or antibiotic has its limitations. As a result, leading pharmaceutical companies are re-conducting NPs research to discover new antimicrobials for the upcoming antimicrobial resistance threat. The Natural Product Center of Excellence, a collaboration between Sanofi-Aventis and Fraunhofer IME, is advancing in this context the discovery and development of novel antimicrobial agents for the treatment of infectious diseases through the testing of Sanofi's microbial extract library and strain collection. The aim of the present PhD thesis was the discovery and isolation of novel antimicrobial compounds with improved activities and/or novel MOAs as potential lead compound for a further drug discovery.
Transposable elements (TEs) are replicating genetic elementst hat comprise up to 50% of mammalian genomes. A specific class of TEs are retrotransposons that proliferate by transcription into a RNA intermediate, followed by genomic reintegration into another locus (so called “copy & paste” mechanism). Due to the lack of removal mechanisms and very rare parallel insertions, the presence of TE insertions at ortholgous genomic loci in multiple taxa provides a virtually homoplasy free phylogenetic marker. So far, developing phylogenetically informative markers from TE insertions has been a tedious work of testing hundreds of putative candidate loci in a trial-and error approach with low success rate. Hence, phylogenetic studies using TE insertions were often limited to a few dozen markers.
Recently, genome sequencing of multiple species using reference-mapping allowed the identification of genome-scale datasets of TE insertions. and made the ad-hoc development of phylogenetic informative markers possible. However, genome scale TE detection methods have rarely been applied to non model organisms in which data availability and quality is comparably limited. In this thesis, I developed the TeddyPi pipeline (TE detection and discovery for phylogenetic inference), a software tool that made it possible to obtain reliable genome-scale TE insertion data from low-coverage genomes. This was achieved by integrating the data from multiple TE and structural variation callers as well as applying a stringent filtering pipeline to exclude low-quality insertion calls. Whole-genome sequencing datasets of bears (Ursidae) and baleen whales (Mysticeti) were used to apply TE based phylogenetic inference and evaluate the method in comparison to sequence-based phylogenomic analyses.
In the bear genomes, TeddyPi identified 150,513 high-quality transposable element (TE) insertions, which allowed me to reconstruct the evolutionary history of bears despite extensive phylogenetic conflict (Lammers et al., 2017). The large number of detected TE insertions made also detailed network analyses possible that visualize the phylogenetic conflict. Experimental polymerase chain reaction (PCR) assays validated up to 93 % of the computationally identified TE loci and demonstrated the high accuracy of the dataset underlying the phylogenetic analyses.
Second, I present the initial genome sequencing of six baleen whales and a detailed investigation of their evolutionary history using TE insertions and established sequence-based phylogenomic methods. The taxon sampling of baleen whales included iconic species like the blue whale (Balaneoptera musculus) or the humpback whale (Megaptera novaengliae) (Árnason et al., 2018). A sequence-based reconstruction of the baleen whale species tree solved the long-debated phylogenetic position of the gray whale (Echrichtius robustus) within rorquals (Balaneopteridae) for the first time with high statistical support. Furthermore, the genome data made it possible to identify large extent of phylogenetic conflict for divergences during the radiation of rorquals that occurred 7-10 million years ago (Ma).
The phylogenomic analyses of 91,589 TE insertions in the whale genomes confirmed the sequence-based topology (Lammers et al., 2019). The quantification of phylogenetic signals obtained from the TE insertions revealed a high degree of discordance for the divergence of the gray whale and rorquals. Despite the large genome-scale dataset, statistical tests showed only marginal support for a bifurcating divergence of gray whales and the rorqual species. The limited statistical support for a strictly bifurcating tree obtained from genome-scale datasets of thousands of markers demonstrates the importance for including phylogenetic networks for displaying evolutionary divergences.
In conclusion, this thesis shows that identification of TE insertions from whole-genome resequencing provides plentiful and accurate phylogenomic markers. For the application in non model organisms, I provide a easy-to-use software to integrate multiple datasets from TE and structural variation callers in order to obtain reliable and ascertainment-bias free datasets. Detecting genome-scale datasets of TE insertions in two case studies demonstrates the applicability of this marker system for phylogenetic reconstruction and inferring phylogenetic conflict.
Der DNA-Translokator von T. thermophilus HB27, ebenso wie Typ-IV-Pili (T4P), sind Multiproteinkomplexe, die die Membranen und das Periplasma durchspannen. Sie sind ähnlich aufgebaut und enthalten identische Proteine. Der DNA-Translokator vermittelt Transport von DNA in das Zellinnere während der natürlichen Transformation. T4P sind filamentöse Zellorganellen, die an der inneren Membran assembliert werden und bis zu mehrere Mikrometer aus der Zelle hinausragen. Sie dienen der Anhaftung und Fortbewegung der Zellen auf Oberflächen.
Das Ziel dieser Arbeit war es, die Funktionen einzelner Komponenten der Komplexe und ihrer Proteindomänen bei der natürlichen Transformation, der T4P-Assemblierung und den durch T4P vermittelten Funktionen Adhäsion und „twitching motility“ aufzuklären.
Es sind neun Proteine bekannt, die eine duale Rolle als Komponenten des DNA-Translokators und des T4P spielen. Eines dieser Proteine ist die Assemblierungs-ATPase PilF, die Hexamere bildet. Diese cytoplasmatischen ATPase-Komplexe stellen die Energie für die Assemblierung der T4P bereit, ebenso wie für die Aufnahme freier DNA. Es ist jedoch bisher nicht geklärt, wie die durch PilF bereitgestellte Energie auf die anderen Komponenten des DNA-Translokators/T4P übertragen wird.
In dieser Arbeit konnte gezeigt werden, dass PilF an das cytoplasmatische Protein PilM des T4P und DNA-Translokators bindet. Zudem konnten Proteinkomplexe bestehend aus den Proteinen PilM, PilN und PilO heterolog produziert und aus Zellmembranen koisoliert werden. PilF interagierte mit diesen PilMNO-Komplexen via PilM. Diese Interaktionen führt zur Stimulierung der ATPase-Aktivität von PilF. Dies deutet an, dass PilM ein Kupplungsprotein ist, welches die Assemblierungs-ATPase PilF physisch und funktionell mit dem T4P/DNA-Translokator über den PilMNO-Komplex verbindet.
Neben PilF standen Präpiline von T. thermophilus im Fokus dieser Arbeit. Präpiline sind Vorläuferproteine, die zu Pilinen prozessiert werden und als solche dann die Untereinheiten der Pilus-Strukturen bilden.
Zusammenfassend konnten die Rollen einzelner Präpilin-ähnlicher Proteine bei T4P-assoziierten Funktionen geklärt werden und es konnten erste Analysen zur Charakterisierung des weitestgehend unbekannten Proteins ComZ durchgeführt werden. Desweiteren liefert diese Arbeit Hinweise darauf, dass die membranassoziierten Proteine PilM, PilN und PilO Kupplungsproteine sind, die PilF mit den periplasmatischen Komponenten des T4P/DNA-Translokators verbinden und dadurch die ATPase-Aktivität von PilF stimulieren. Die Rollen einzelner Proteindomänen von PilF und PilM bei der Protein-Protein-Interaktion und der Bindung von Liganden wurden aufgeklärt, sowie ihre Funktionen bei den T4P-vermittelten Funktionen und der natürlichen Transformation.
Autophagy, meaning “self-eating”, is an important cellular waste disposal mechanism. Thereby, damaged proteins, lipids and organelles are enclosed by autophagosomes and subsequently transported to the lysosomes for degradation into basic, cellular building blocks. Under basal conditions autophagy prevents the accumulation of defective and harmful material and generally promotes cell survival. However, several studies reported that hyperactivated autophagy, e.g. during developmental processes in lower eukaryotes, or during chemotherapeutic treatment of cancer cells, can also trigger cell death.
In recent years, autophagic cell death (ACD) has been considered as an alternative cell death pathway for tumor therapy, especially for solid tumors with high apoptosis resistance such as glioblastoma. Glioblastoma (GBM) is a very aggressive, malignant primary brain tumor with a median survival of ~ 15 months despite surgery and chemoradiotherapy. Accordingly, there is a great interest in improving GBM therapy through alternative cell death mechanisms. Interestingly, it has been shown that various substances, e.g. AT 101, cannabinoids and the combination of imipramine and ticlopidine (IM+TIC), induce ACD in GBM cells.
The aim of this project was to identify the underlying mechanisms of stress- and drug-induced ACD and its therapeutic potential for glioblastoma treatment. For detailed investigation of ACD, a CRISPR/Cas9-based approach was used to generate ATG5 and ATG7 knockouts as genetic models of autophagy deficiency. In a previous study of our lab it was demonstrated that administration of AT 101 triggers ACD in glioblastoma cells, which was associated with early mitochondrial fragmentation but no signs of apoptosis. Since mitochondrial fragmentation often precedes mitophagy, the first part of this thesis explored the potential role of mitophagy in AT 101-induced cell death.
ATG5-depleted cells confirmed that AT 101 induces ACD. In addition, treatment with AT 101 resulted in a pronounced mitochondrial depolarization, which was at least partly caused by the opening of the mitochondrial permeability pore. Global proteome analysis of AT 101-treated GBM cells revealed a robust decrease in mitochondrial protein clusters as well as a strong increase in the enzyme heme oxygenase-1 (HMOX1). Subsequent experiments for detailed investigation of mitophagy following AT 101 treatment (western blot, flow cytometric MTG and mt-mKeima, qRT-PCR of mitochondrial vs nuclear DNA) consistently indicated strong mitophagy induction by AT 101, which could be reduced by genetic or pharmacological inhibition of autophagy. Furthermore, siRNA-mediated knockdown experiments revealed that the selective mitophagy receptors BNIP3 and BNIP3L and the HMOX1 enzyme play an essential role in AT 101-induced mitophagy and subsequent cell death. Taken together, these data demonstrate that AT 101-induced mitochondrial dysfunction and HMOX1 induction synergize to promote excessive mitophagy with a lethal outcome in glioma cells.
The second part of this thesis focused on the identification of new substances that cause ACD and the investigation of the underlying cell death pathways. Using a cell death screen of the ENZO Screen-Well™ autophagy library in MZ-54 wild-type vs ATG5 and ATG7-depleted cells, loperamide, pimozide, and STF-62247 were identified as ACD-inducing agents. The increase of the autophagic flux and the induction of ACD by these substances was confirmed by using different ATG5 and ATG7 knockout cell lines and the already established positive control IM+TIC.
In contrast to AT 101, IM+TIC, STF-62247, loperamide and pimozide produced neither mitochondrial dysfunction nor mitophagy. Interestingly, it has been described that imipramine, loperamide and pimozide inhibit the lysosomal enzyme acid sphingomyelinase, which is associated with impaired lipid transport. Global proteome analysis and cholesterol staining confirmed that all four substances, but especially loperamide and pimozide, inhibit cellular lipid transport, leading to massive lipid accumulation in the lysosomes. In the further course of the experiments, the connection between defective lipid transport and autophagy was investigated in more detail. On the one hand, the defective lipid transport contributed to the induction of autophagy, on the other hand the massive accumulation of lipids led to lysosomal membrane damage, inhibition of lysosomal degradation at later time points and finally to a lysosomal cell death. Remarkably, it has been shown that hyperactivated autophagy by IM+TIC, loperamide and pimozide massively promotes lysosomal membrane damage. This result highlights the difficulties of a clear distinction between autophagic and lysosomal cell death.
In summary, two new signaling pathways that induce autophagic cell death in GBM cells and may be relevant for glioblastoma therapy were investigated in this study.
Structured illumination microscopy (SIM) is part of the super-resolution methods developed at the beginning of this century. To produce a super-resolution image SIM requires three things: 1) illumination of the sample with a periodic pattern, 2) acquisition of multiple images per plane under different pattern’s phases and orientations and 3) the processing of these images has to be carried with a reconstruction algorithm. The result of the reconstruction is an image with a resolution gain that is proportional to the frequency of the pattern (po). The typical SIM set-up uses an epi-fluorescence configuration, thus the interference angle of the beams that create the pattern is restricted by the angular aperture of the objective. Under this restriction the maximum value of po is given by the cut-off frequency of the objective lens and sets at 2 the maximum resolution gain of SIM under linear illumination.
In the first part of this thesis we present the implementation and characterization of the 2D-SIM set-up designed by Dr. Bo-Jui Chang (B-J. Chang et al., PNAS 2017), this design exploits the concept introduced by light-sheet microscopy, i.e. separation of illumination and detection paths to obtain resolution gains larger than the usual two-fold (Chapter 3). The set-up is named coherent structured illumination light-sheet based fluorescence microscopy (csiLSFM) and it consists of a triangular array of three objectives, such that two are used for illumination and one for detection. With the independent illumination arms is possible to interfere two coherent light-sheets at angles beyond the angular aperture of the detection lens, attaining the maximum interference angle of 180° when the light-sheets counter-propagate. This condition delivers a pattern with a po 1.4 times larger than the cut-off frequency (ωo), hence our set-up provides generic resolution gains of 2.4.
The extraction of the high spatial frequencies that produce the resolution gain in the csiLSFM is a challenge due to a low pattern modulation. The low modulation inherently arises because the frequency associated to the pattern period lies beyond the cut-off frequency of the detection lens. To overcome this challenge we developed a filtering strategy that facilitates the withdrawal of information from a SIM data set, simultaneously the proposed filtering process optimizes the reconstruction algorithm by reducing the periodic artifacts that are recurrent in SIM images. In this same chapter we also performed an spectral analysis of the artifacts and determined that they originate from irregularities in the power spectrum that occur due to the partial or total lack of certain spatial frequencies (fig.4.2 and 4.3), our reconstruction reduces this information drops and diminishes the artifact occurrence. The relevance of our reconstruction pipeline is that it delivers a standardized process to enhance the SIM image in a current context in which the commonly used reconstruction algorithms employ empirical tuning to improve it (fig.4.13). Moreover, the pipeline is applicable to the csiLSFM data and also to images acquired with any other 2D-/3D-SIM set-up (fig.4.10 and 4.11).
The processing of various image data sets acquired with the csiLSFM exposed us to the question of how low the modulation of the illumination pattern can be before no super-resolution frequencies can be extracted. Answering this question is important to guarantee that the SIM data contains enough spatial frequencies to provide significant resolution gains. Thus in chapter 5 we developed a quantitative metric to indirectly determine the pattern modulation from the SIM data and find its critical value to use it as evaluation criterion. We called this metric the quality factor (Q-factor) and it represents the normalized strength (amplitude) of the extracted frequencies respect to the Gaussian noise contained in the images. Through simulations we estimated that Q=0.11 is a critical value and a SIM data set requires this as minimum value is to deliver a significant resolution gain. Q works then as an assessment tool for classifying SIM data as optimal or sub-optimal, i.e. Q≥0.11 or Q<0.11. We demonstrated such application with data acquired in various SIM commercial set-ups to prove its feasibility in the field (fig.5.6-5.11)
As mentioned at the beginning of this abstract SIM requires a specialized set-up and a processing algorithm to produce super-resolution images. This thesis contributes to these two areas in the following aspects: first, in its linear version a structured illumination microscope is highly associated to a 2-fold resolution gain. Here we demonstrated the possibility of extending this gain to 2.4 using our custom set-up the csiLSFM. Second, a reconstructed SIM image is prone to artifacts due to the mathematical process it undergoes, here we analyzed the artifact sources and identified them with drops of spatial information in the reconstructed spectrum, based on these conclusions we designed a processing pipeline to facilitate the extraction of spatial frequencies and directly reduce artifacts. A third and final outcome of this thesis is the development and practical implementation of a quantitative index to evaluate the quality of SIM data in terms of its relevant information content (Q-factor). Accordingly, the overall contributions of this work were done in the areas of SIM set-up, SIM reconstruction procedure and SIM data evaluation.
BACKGROUND: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) is one of the most common neurodevelopmental disorders worldwide. As described in the DSM-5, ADHD is clinically heterogeneous with three main subtypes; predominant hyperactive, predominant attention deficit and combined. The severity of symptoms widely differs among the patients and interferes with the person functioning, negatively impacting social and occupational activities (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Despite the many efforts, the etiology of the disorder is still unclear. Therefore, there is an increasing demand of models that would help elucidating the causative mechanisms of the disorder and, in parallel, would be valuable tools to discover new and effective treatments. The main goal of the study is the identification of disease specific cellular phenotypes related to Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) in cellular models from patients carrying rare copy number variants (CNVs) in the PARK2 locus that have been previously associated with ADHD (Elia et al., 2010; Jarick et al., 2014).
METHODS: Human dermal fibroblast (HDF) cultures were obtained from skin punches and reprogrammed into human induced pluripotent stem cells (HiPSC) and successively induced to differentiate into HiPSC-derived dopaminergic neurons. Both HiPSC and HiPSC-derived neurons, were proven to be bona fide models by morphological analysis, RT-PCR, RT-qPCR, immunofluorescence, embryoid body assay, molecular karyotyping and dopamine level quantification. A total of six donors were selected for HiPSC and dopaminergic neuron generation: 3 adult ADHD PARK2 CNV risk carriers (1 duplication and 2 deletion carriers, 1 ADHD non-risk CNV variant carrier and 2 healthy controls).
We conducted stress-response experiments (nutrient deprivation and CCCP administration) that are well known to increase PARK2 expression, on both fibroblasts and HiPSC. After assessing PARK2 gene and protein expression levels, we evaluated the gene expression of genes that are involved with different processes orchestrated by PARK2. We then performed a series of assays with a special focus on mitochondrial function and energy metabolism (ATP production, basal oxygen consumption rates, ROS abundance) and evaluated changing in the mitochondrial network morphology.
To evaluate the effect of nicotine exposure, one of the best replicated prenatal risk factors for having a child later on diagnosed with ADHD, we treated HiPSC-derived dopaminergic neurons with smoking-relevant nicotine concentrations and evaluated PARK2 protein expression after treatment and gene expression by RNA sequencing.
RESULTS: The cell models created in this study passed all the characterization tests required to assess whether the lines can be considered bona fide models without underling genotype differences. The evaluation of patho-phenotypes connected with ADHD/PARK2 CNVs in HDF and HIPSC showed that, although PARK2 gene expression was unchanged, ADHD/PARK2 CNV carriers show different PARK2 protein levels possibly implying the presence of different post-transcriptional processes. ADHD/PARK2 CNV carriers show lower levels of ATP production and basal oxygen consumption rates compared to controls, a result in line with what was already reported in ADHD cybrids cells model (Verma et al., 2016). Our experiments indicate that both the amount of reactive oxygen species (ROS) and the mitochondrial network morphology is influenced by the treatment but not by the genotype. The evaluation of nicotine effects on HiPSC-derived dopaminergic neuron from aADHD patients showed no effects on PARK2 protein levels and gene expression. ADHD/PARK2 CNVs carriers show gene ontology enrichment in modules connected with the regulation of cell growth after nicotine acute treatment. Additionally, genes connected with energy production & oxidative stress response and extracellular matrix & cell adhesion were significantly differentially expressed after nicotine treatments.
CONCLUSIONS: This study points out the presence of impairment of mitochondrial energetics in cellular models derived from adult ADHD patients carrying rare CNVs within the PARK2 locus. In the last years, several studies have linked mitochondrial impairments to the etiology of psychiatric and neurodevelopmental disorders (McCann & Ross, 2018) and reported an overall increase of oxidative stress or insufficient response to oxidative damage both in children and adults with ADHD (Joseph, Zhang-James, Perl, & Faraone, 2015; Lopresti, 2015). Additionally, different groups have underlined an abnormal brain connectivity in ADHD patients in their work (Gehricke et al., 2017). Our preliminary investigation of the effects of a well-known prenatal risk factor for ADHD, nicotine gestation exposure, point out a susceptibility of the PARK2 CNVs carriers in processes involved in regulation of cell growth and in proteins connected with extracellular matrix composition and cell-adhesion molecules, all factors necessary for neuronal maturation and formation of proper neural connections (Washbourne et al., 2004). In conclusion, this study presents novel and fully validated cellular model systems to study the etiopathogenesis of ADHD based on rare CNVs in the PARK2 locus. Moreover, the identification of disease-relevant phenotypes in the model might be helpful in the future for testing new alternative medications.
Die Analyse von DNA-Sequenzen steht spätestens seit der Feststellung ihrer tragenden Rolle in der Vererbung organismischer Eigenschaften im Fokus biologischer Fragestellungen. Seit Kurzem wird mit modernsten Methoden die Untersuchung von kompletten Genomen ermöglicht. Dies eröffnet den Zugang zu genomweiten Informationen gegenüber begrenzt aussagekräftigen markerbasierten Analysen. Eine Genomsequenz ist die ultimative Quelle an organismischer Information. Allerdings sind diese Informationen oft aufgrund technischer und biologischer Gründe komplex und werfen meist mehr Fragen auf, als sie beantworten.
Die Rekonstruktion einer bislang unbekannten Genomsequenz aus kurzen Sequenzen stellt eine technische Herausforderung dar, die mit grundlegenden, aber in der Realität nicht zwingend zutreffenden Annahmen verbunden ist. Außerdem können biologische Faktoren, wie Repeatgehalt oder Heterozygotie, die Fehlerrate einer Assemblierung stark beeinflussen. Die Beurteilung der Qualität einer de novo Assemblierung ist herausfordernd, aber zugleich äußerst notwendig. Anschließend ist eine strukturelle und funktionale Annotation von Genen, kodierenden Bereichen und repeats nötig, um umfangreiche biologische Fragestellungen beantworten zu können. Ein qualitativ hochwertiges und annotiertes assembly ermöglicht genomweite Analysen von Individuen und Populationen. Diese Arbeit beinhaltet die Assemblierung und Annotation des Genoms der Süßwasserschnecke Radix auricularia und eine Studie vergleichender Genomik von fünf Individuen aus verschiedenen molekularen Gruppen (MOTUs).
Mollusken beherbergen nach den Insekten die größte Artenvielfalt innerhalb der Tierstämme und besiedeln verschiedenste, teils extreme, Habitate. Trotz der großen Bedeutung für die Biodiversitätsforschung sind verhältnismäßig wenige genomische Daten öffentlich verfügbar. Zudem sind Arten der Gattung Radix auch aufgrund ihrer großen geografischen Verbreitung in diversen biologischen Disziplinen als Modellorganismen etabliert. Eine annotierte Genomsequenz ermöglicht über bereits untersuchte Felder hinaus die Forschung an grundlegenden biologischen Fragestellungen, wie z.B. die Funktionsweise von Hybridisierung und Artbildung. Durch Assemblierung und scaffolding von sechs whole genome shotgun Bibliotheken verschiedener insert sizes und einem transkriptbasiertem scaffolding konnte trotz des hohen Repeatgehalts ein vergleichsweise kontinuierliches assembly erhalten werden. Die erhebliche Differenz zwischen der Gesamtlänge der Assemblierung und der geschätzten Genomgröße konnte zum Großteil auf kollabierte repeats zurückgeführt werden.
Die strukturelle Annotation basierend auf Transkriptomen, Proteinen einer Datenbank und artspezifisch trainierten Genvorhersagemodellen resultierte in 17.338 proteinkodierenden Genen, die etwa 12,5% der geschätzten Genomgröße abdecken. Der Annotation wird u.a. aufgrund beinhaltender Kernrthologen, konservierter Proteindomänenarrangements und der Übereinstimmung mit de novo sequenzierten Peptiden eine hohe Qualität zugesprochen.
Das mapping der Sequenzen von fünf Radix MOTUs gegen die R. auricularia Assemblierung zeigte stark verringerte coverage außerhalb kodierender Bereiche der nicht-Referenz MOTUs aufgrund hoher Nukleotiddiversität. Für 16.039 Gene konnten Topologien berechnet werden und ein Test auf positive Selektion ausgeführt werden. Insgesamt konnte über alle MOTUs hinweg in 678 verschiedenen Genen positive Selektion detektiert werden, wobei jede MOTU ein nahezu einzigartiges Set positiv selektierter Gene beinhaltet. Von allen 16.039 untersuchten Genen konnten 56,4% funktional annotiert werden. Diese niedrige Rate wird vermutlich durch Mangel an genomischer Information in Mollusken verursacht. Anschließende Analysen auf Anreicherungen von Funktionen sind deshalb nur bedingt repräsentativ.
Neben den biologischen Ergebnissen wurden Methoden und Optimierungen genomischer Analysen von Nichtmodellorganismen entwickelt. Dazu zählen eigens angefertigte Skripte, um beispielsweise Transkriptomalignments zu filtern, Trainings eines Genvorhersagemodells automatisiert und parallelisiert auszuführen und Orthogruppen bestimmter Arten aus einer Orthologievorhersage zu extrahieren. Zusätzlich wurden Abläufe entwickelt, um möglichst viele vorhandene Daten in die Assemblierung und Annotation zu integrieren. Etwa wurde ein zusätzliches scaffolding mit eigens assemblierten Transkripten mehrerer MOTUs sequenziell und phylogenetisch begründet ausgeführt.
Insgesamt wird eine umfassende und qualitativ hochwertige Genomsequenz eines Süßwassermollusken präsentiert, welche eine Grundlage für zukünftige Forschungsprojekte z.B. im Bereich der Biodiversität, Populationsgenomik und molekularen Ökologie bietet. Die Ergebnisse dieser Arbeit stellen einen Wissenszuwachs in der Genomik von Mollusken dar, welche bisher trotz ihrer Artenvielfalt deutlich unterrepräsentiert bezüglich assemblierter und annotierter Genome auffallen.
In times of a growing world population and the associated demand for high crop yield, the understanding and improvement of plant reproduction is of central importance. One key step of plant reproduction is the development of the male gametophyte, which is better known as pollen. In addition, the development of pollen was shown to be very sensitive to abiotic stresses, such as heat, which can cause crop damage and yield loss. To obtain new insights in the development and heat stress response of pollen, a combined transcriptome and proteome analysis was performed for three pollen developmental stages of non- and heat-stressed tomato plants.
The analysis of the transcriptomes of non-stressed pollen developmental stages enabled the determination of mRNAs accumulated in certain developmental stages. The functional analysis of these mRNAs led to the identification of protein families and functional processes that are important at different times of pollen development. A subsequent comparison of the transcriptomes of non- and heat-stressed pollen revealed a core set of 49 mRNAs, which are upregulated in all three developmental stages. The encoded proteins include among other things different heat stress transcription factors and heat shock proteins, which are known key players of the plant heat stress response.
Furthermore, 793 potential miRNAs could be identified in the transcriptome of non- and heat-stressed pollen. Interestingly, 38 out of the 793 miRNAs have already been identified in plants. For more than half of these miRNAs potential target mRNAs were identified and the interactions between miRNAs and mRNAs linked to the development and heat stress response of pollen. In total, 207 developmentally relevant interactions could be determined, out of which 34 have an effect on transcriptional-networks. In addition, 24 of the interactions contribute the heat stress response of pollen, whereby this mainly affects post-meiotic pollen.
An initial correlation of the proteome and transcriptome of the developmental stages revealed that transcriptome analyses are not sufficient to draw exact conclusions about the state of the proteome. A closer look on the relationship of the transcriptome and proteome during pollen development revealed two translational modes that are active during the development of pollen. One mode leads to a direct translation of mRNAs, while the second mode leads a delayed translation at a later point in time. Regarding the delayed translation, it could be shown that this is likely due to a short-term storage of mRNAs in so-called EPPs. The comparison of the proteome and transcriptome response to heat stress revealed that the proteome reacts much stronger and that the reaction is mainly independent from the transcriptome. Finally, the comparison of the proteome of non- and heat-stressed pollen provided first indications for changes in the ribosome composition in response to heat stress, as 57 ribosomal proteins are differentially regulated in at least one developmental stage.
Heat stress transcription factors (Hsfs) have an essential role in heat stress response (HSR) and thermotolerance by controlling the expression of hundreds of genes including heat shock proteins (Hsps) with molecular chaperone functions. Hsf family in plants shows a striking multiplicity, with more than 20 members in many species. In Solanum lycopersicum HsfA1a was reported to act as the master regulator of the onset of HSR and therefore is essential for basal thermotolerance. Evidence for this was provided by the analysis of HsfA1a co-suppression (A1CS) transgenic plants, which exhibited hypersensitivity upon exposure to heat stress (HS) due to the inability of the plants to induce the expression of many HS-genes including HsfA2, HsfB1 and several Hsps. Completion of tomato genome sequencing allowed the completion of the Hsf inventory, which is consisted of 27 members, including another three HsfA1 genes, namely HsfA1b, HsfA1c and HsfA1e.
Consequently, the suppression effect of the short interference RNA in A1CS lin e was re-evaluated for all HsfA1 genes. We found that expression of all HsfA1 proteins was suppressed in A1CS protoplasts. This result suggested that the model of single master regulator needs to be re-examined.
Expression analysis revealed that HsfA1a is constitutively expressed in different tissues and in response to HS, while HsfA1c and HsfA1e are minimally expressed in general, and show an induction during fruit ripening and a weak upregulation in late HSR. Instead HsfA1b shows preferential expression in specific tissues and is strongly and rapidly induced in response to HS. At the protein level HsfA1b and HsfA1e are rapidly degraded while HsfA1a and HsfA1c show a higher stability. In addition, HsfA1a and HsfA1c show a nucleocytosolic distribution, while HsfA1b and HsfA1e a strong nuclear retention.
A major property of a master regulator in HSR is thought to be its ability to cause a strong transactivation of a wide range of genes required for the initial activation of protective mechanisms. GUS reporter assays as well as analysis of transcript levels of several endogenous transcripts in protoplasts transiently expressing HsfA1 proteins revealed that HsfA1a can stimulate the transcription of many genes, while the other Hsfs have weaker activity and only on limited set of target genes. The low activity of HsfA1c and HsfA1e can be attributed to the lower DNA capacity of the two factors as judged by a GUS reporter repressor assay.
HsfA1a has been shown to have synergistic activity with the stress induced HsfA2 and HsfB1. The formation of such complexes is considered as important for stimulation of transcription and long term stress adaptation. All HsfA1 members show synergistic activity with HsfA2, while only HsfA1a act as co-activator of HsfB1 and HsfA7. Interestingly, HsfA1b shows an exceptional synergistic activity with HsfA3, suggesting that different Hsf complexes might regulate different HS-related gene networks. Altogether these results suggest that HsfA1a has unique characteristics within HsfA1 subfamily. This result is interesting considering the very high sequencing similarity among HsfA1s, and particularly among HsfA1a and HsfA1c.
To understand the molecular basis of this discrepancy, a series of domain swapping mutants between HsfA1a and HsfA1c were generated. Oligomerization domain and C-terminal swaps did not affect the basal activity or co-activity of the proteins. Remarkably, an HsfA1a mutant harbouring the N-terminus of HsfA1c shows reduced activity and co-activity, while the reciprocal HsfA1c with the N-terminus of HsfA1a cause a gain of activity and enhanced DNA binding capacity.
Sequence analysis of the DBD of HsfA1 proteins revealed a divergence in the highly conserved C-terminus of the turn of β3-β4 sheet. As the vast majority of HsfA1 proteins, HsfA1a at this position comprises an Arg residue (R107), while HsfA1c a Leu and HsfA1e a Cys. An HsfA1a-R107L mutant has reduced DNA binding capacity and consequently activity. Therefore, the results presented here point to the essential function of this amino acid residue for DNA binding function. Interestingly, the mutation did not affect the activity of the protein on Hsp70-1, suggesting that the functionality of the DBD and consequently the transcription factor on different promoters with variable heat stress element number and architecture is dependent on structural peculiarities of the DBD.
In conclusion, the unique properties including expression pattern, transcriptional activities, stability, DBD-peculiarities are likely responsible for the dominant function of HsfA1a as a master regulator of HSR in tomato. Instead, other HsfA1-members are only participating in HSR or developmental regulations by regulating a specific set of genes. Furthermore, HsfA1b and HsfA1e are likely function as stress primers in specific tissues while HsfA1c as a co-regulator in mild HSR. Thereby, tomato subclass A1 presents another example of function diversity not only within the Hsf family but also within the Hsf-subfamily of closely related members. The diversification based on DBD peculiarities is likely to occur in potato as well. Therefore this might have eliminated the functional redundancy observed in other species such as Arabidopsis thaliana but has probably allowed the more refined regulation of Hsf networks possibly under different stress regimes, tissues and cell types.
Smut fungi (Ustilaginomycotina) were previously defined as plant parasites that produced blackish or brownish masses of teliospores in or on various organs of plants. Each teliospore germinates to form a single basidium with usually four basidiospores that subsequently grow as a saprobic, yeast-like, haploid stage. The Ustilaginomycotina are a highly diverse group with about 1,700 species in 115 different genera. All of the species were united in a single order, the Ustilaginales, in late 19th century. These teliospore producing fungi are now considered the classic smut fungi. Towards the end of the 20th century, new ideas were brought into this classification system. Most notable was the comparative work regarding the ultrastructure of septal pores and the anatomy of the interaction zones between host and parasite. This work changed the whole concept of smut fungi and their evolutionary relationships. These results were subsequently supported by molecular phylogenetic studies. Both lines of investigation led to the classification of the smut fungi into four different classes, Ustilaginomycetes, Exobasidiomycetes, Malasseziomycetes and Moniliellomycetes (see chapter 1.3).
A reliable taxonomy that reflects phylogenies needed in order to estimate the diversity and the relationships between the diverse groups of smut fungi. In the last 20 years, molecular investigations based mostly on rDNA loci, e.g. ITS (internal transcribed spacer) or LSU (large subunit), have revealed the evolutionary relationships between many taxa of smut fungi. However, there are few phylogenetic studies available for smut fungi (see chapter 1.5.1), and much work is needed to develop backbone phylogenetic trees and to resolve species complexes of many smut fungi.
This thesis reports the results of six different studies that aimed to develop new and improved tools for the phylogenetic analyses of smut fungi, and then apply these methods to selected groups of smut fungi. The first study (Kruse et al. 2017a, Chapter 3) developed a method to improve the amplification of ITS sequences of some smut fungi. Due to its high discrimination value, the ITS gene region is widely used as a barcoding locus for species delimitation of fungi. For this purpose, the general ITS primers ITS1 and ITS4 or more specific modifications, e.g. ITS1F for Ascomycota, ITS4B for Basidiomycota or M-ITS1 for smut fungi, were used. As these primer combinations often yielded unsatisfactory results, due to coamplification of other (contaminant) fungi or the host plant DNA, improvement of the amplification of the ITS region was needed. In order to design new smut specific primers for the ITS region, a representative set of several sequences of the flanking regions of the ITS region (LSU and SSU) of smut fungi, plants and other fungi were downloaded from GenBank. A set of primers was designed on this dataset. These primers were tested on a representative set of about 70 different smut genera under different PCR conditions. Finally, three different primers, one forward primer, smITS-F, and two reverse primers, smITS-R1 and -R2, were selected as the best ones. The following tests with different combinations of these primers, and also under inclusion of the M-ITS1 primer, showed only slight differences in the number of different genera that successfully amplified. But there were some differences regarding the genera that amplified. A broader test on 205 samples in 39 genera showed that the PCR efficiency of the newly designed primers was much better than the primer set ITS4/M-ITS1. With the primers designed in this study almost no non-target ITS was amplified, giving new opportunities especially for amplifying ancient DNA or DNA from older herbarium samples. However, many species groups remain unresolved by only one gene region.
The second study (Kruse et al. 2017c, Chapter 4) found new loci and suitable primers that better resolved multi-locus trees. To date, the most frequently used loci for making multi-locus trees are SSU (small subunit), LSU (large subunit) and ITS (internal transcribed spacer). While the LSU is not always sufficient to distinguish between closely related species, it is highly discriminative above the species level. In an effort to increase the phylogenetic resolution of smut phylogenies, some protein-coding genes were used, including rpb1, rpb2, and atp6 with varying success (see Chapter 2.1.2). As most of these loci are seldom used or sometimes only work on pure cultures because of their low specifity, new protein-coding loci were identified that produced reliable phylogenetic trees. Based on five available genomes, potential gene loci were filtered for possible primers. Initially, 40 different primer combinations for 14 gene loci were tested on a set of twelve different genera of smut fungi. The best candidates were selected and optimized during further tests. Finally, 22 different forward primers and 17 different reverse primers for nine different gene regions were developed, with each differentiating at least one genus of smut fungi (preferably for Ustilaginomycetes). The different primers showed varying discriminative power for different smut genera. They worked best for the Ustilaginaceae, based on the primer designed from Ustilaginomycetes genomes. These new primer sets and loci have the potential to resolve different species groups within the smut fungi and furthermore to produce reliable phylogenetic trees with high resolution. To prove their applicability, three species complexes were investigated in-depth, two from the Ustilaginomycetes and one from the Exobasidiomycetes.
...
The objectives of this thesis were to understand how distinct classes of cell types interact to shape oscillatory activity in cortical circuits of the turtle. We chose the turtle cortex as a model system for cortical computations for two reasons. One is that the phylogenetic position of turtles makes their cortex functionally and anatomically particularly interesting. The second is that reptilian brains present several unique experimental advantages. Turtles have a three-layered cortex that forms the dorsalmost part of their pallium and receives direct input from visual thalamus. Thus turtle cortex, while sharing several features with mammalian cortices, constitutes a simpler system for studying cortical computations and dynamics. Freshwater turtles are semiaquatic species, that dive for hours and hibernate for months without breathing. Their brains are adapted to these behaviors so that they can operate under severe anoxia. This property allows for ex vivo wholebrain and whole-cortex (”cortical slab”) preparations in vitro, enabling the use of many sophisticated techniques for monitoring activity in parallel.
I thus set out to utilize the advantages of our model system, by using optogenetic methods to reliably evoke oscillations in an ex vivo whole-cortex preparation while observing activity in parallel with planar multi-electrode arrays (MEA), linear silicon depth-electrodes and patch-clamp recording techniques. This required several technical aspects to be solved. Prior work in turtle cortex (Prechtl, 1994; Prechtl et al., 1997; Senseman and Robbins, 2002) indicated that visual stimuli evoke complex activity patterns (e. g. wave patterns) in dorsal cortex. The goal was to examine these dynamics in detail and to provide mechanistic explanations for them whenever possible. The recent advent of optogenetics, the development of microelectrode arrays, and the possibility to combine these techniques with classical electrophysiological approaches on a resistant, accessible and stable preparation led me to explore a number of technical avenues.
First I had to establish gene delivery methods in reptiles. I settled on recombinant viruses, and show results from several serotypes of adeno-associated virus (AAV), i lentivirus and rabies virus. I report successful gene expression of genes of interest with several subtypes of AAV, including the commonly used AAV2/1 and AAV2/5 serotypes. Second I had to find promoters enabling global and cell-type specific gene expression in reptiles. Ubiquitous high-yield promoters such as CAG/CB7 or CMV drive high levels of expression in turtles; cell-type specific promoters such as hSyn (expression limited to neurons) and CaMKIIa (expression limited exclusively o mostly to excitatory neurons) appear similarly biased in turtles. Other cell-type specific promoters reported in the literature (fNPY, fPV, fSST) failed to express in turtles.
A second major aspect of my work focused on electrophysiological recordings using microelectrode arrays and the interpretation of extracellular signals recorded from cortex in ex vivo preparations. We observed that spike signals produced by pyramidal and inhibitory neurons were very often followed by a slower potential. We identified these slower potentials as reflections of synaptic currents, and thus of the axonal projections of the neurons, at least within the deep layers of cortex. This also resulted in a means to classify neurons as excitatory or inhibitory with much higher reliability than classical methods (e. g. spike width). The final aspect of my work concerns the use of optogenetics to dissect the mechanisms of cortical oscillations and wave propagation. I show that oscillations can be induced by light in turtle cortex after transfection with AAV2/1 carrying the gene for channelrhodopsin 2 (ChR2). By using the CaMKIIa promoter, ChR2 induced currents are limited to LII/III excitatory cells; we can therefore control excitatory drive to cortical networks. If this drive is strong enough, layer III inhibitory interneurons are recruited and fire in a concerted fashion, silencing the excitatory population. The visually evoked 20 Hz oscillations observed in chronically recorded animals (Schneider, 2015) or in anaesthetized animals (Fournier et al., in press) thus appear to result from a feedback loop between E and I cells within layers II & III. Details of these interactions are being investigated but - layer I interneurons, by contrast, do not seem to be involved. By pulsing light I could control the frequency of the oscillations within a range of several Hz around the natural oscillation frequency. Above this range, cortex could only follow the stimulus at a fraction (1/2, 1/3,...) of the light pulse frequency. Using a digital micromirror device, I limited activation of the cortical networks spatially, enabling the study of wave propagation in this system.
Reptilian cortex offers a relatively simple model system for a reductionist and comparative strategy on understanding cortical computations and dynamics. Turtle dorsal cortex could thus give fundamental insights to the primordial organization tional, computational and functional principles of cortical networks. These insights are relevant to our understanding of mammalian brains and may prove valuable to decipher fundamental questions of modern neuroscience.
To date, chemicals are used ubiquitous in everyday life and an increasing consumption of pharmaceuticals and personal care products and industrial chemicals results in an increased water pollution. Conventional wastewater treatment plants are not able to completely remove the variety of (polar) organic compounds from today’s wastewater and thus serve as constant key point sources for the unintentional release of (micro-)pollutants into the aquatic environment. Anthropogenic micropollutants are detectable in very low concentrations in almost every aquatic compartment and may cause adverse effects on aquatic organisms. Considering the current situation of water pollution and to enhance water quality with regard to environmental and human health, the implementation of advanced wastewater treatment technologies, such as ozonation and activated carbon filtration was extensively discussed and investigated in recent years. Yet, besides their advantages regarding the efficient removal of a variety of recalcitrant, organic compounds as well as pathogens from the wastewater, it is known that especially the treatment with ozone may lead to the formation of largely unknown ozonation by-products with often unknown toxicity and unknown threats to human and the environment. To address these topics the joint research project TransRisk aimed at the “characterization, communication and minimization of risks originating from emerging contaminants and pathogens in the water cycle”. Within this research project the present thesis focuses on the ecotoxicological investigation of emerging waterborne contaminants, including their potential transformation products (TPs). Additionally, focus was laid on the investigation of combined effects of anthropogenic contaminants and pathogens with effects especially on aquatic invertebrate organisms.
The potential ecotoxicological effects of the antiviral drug acyclovir and two of its structurally identified TPs, were investigated on three aquatic organisms (Raphidocelis subcapitata, Daphnia magna and embryos of Danio rerio). While the parent compound acyclovir caused no acute toxicity up to a tested concentration of 100 mg/l on any of the investigated organisms, both TPs were shown to exhibit an increased aquatic toxicity. Carboxy-acyclovir, the biodegradation product of acyclovir, significantly reduced reproduction of D. magna by 40% at 102 mg/l, and the ozonation product COFA significantly inhibited growth of green algae R. subcapitata (EC10 = 14.1 mg/l). In the present case, advanced wastewater treatment was shown to lead to the formation of TPs, that reveal a higher toxicity towards investigated organisms, than the parent compound. Results highlight the necessity of further research related to the topic of identification and characterization of TPs, formed during advanced wastewater treatment processes.
To investigate the potential reduction or enhancement of toxic effects of nine differently treated wastewater effluents, selected bioassays with Daphnia magna, Lumbriculus variegatus and Lemna minor were conducted in flow-through test systems on a pilot treatment plant. The different treatment processes included ozonation of conventional biological treatment, with subsequent filtration processes as well as membrane bioreactor treatment in combination with ozonation. While exposure to the conventionally treated wastewater did not result in significant impairing effects on D. magna and L. minor, a reduced abundance of L. variegatus (by up to 46%) was observed compared to the medium control. Subsequent ozonation and additional filtration of the wastewater enhanced water quality, visible in an improved performance of L. variegatus. In general, direct evidence for the formation of toxic TPs due to the advanced wastewater treatments was not found, at least not in concentrations high enough to cause measurable effects in the investigated test systems. Additionally, no evidence for immunotoxic effects of the investigated wastewater effluents were observed. Yet, study-site- and species-specific effects hindered the definite interpretation of results. That underline the importance of a suitable test battery consisting of representatives of different taxonomic groups and trophic levels, to ensure a comprehensive evaluation of the complex matrix of wastewater and to avoid false-negative or false-positive results.
With aim to improve knowledge regarding immunotoxicity in invertebrates, the potential immunotoxic effects of the immunosuppressive pharmaceutical cyclosporine A (CsA) were investigated by applying the host-parasite model system Daphnia magna – Pasteuria ramosa in an adapted host resistance assay. Co-exposure to CsA and Pasteuria synergistically affected long-term survival of D. magna. Additionally, the enhanced virulence of the pathogen upon chemical co-exposure was expressed in synergistically increased infection rates and an increased speed of Pasteuria-induced host sterilization. In conclusion, results provide evidence for a suppressed disease resistance in a chemically stressed invertebrate host, highlighting the importance of investigating the conjunction of environmental pollutants and pathogens in the environmental risk assessment of anthropogenic pollutants.
Die Analyse früher Entwicklungsstadien von Säugetierembryonen und daraus gewonnener Stammzelllinien kann entscheidende Erkenntnisse im Bereich der Reproduktionsbiologie und der regenerativen Medizin hervorbringen. Dabei spielt die Maus, als geeignetes Modellsystem für die Übertragbarkeit auf den Menschen eine wichtige Rolle, in erster Linie weil die Blastozysten der Maus verglichen mit menschliche Blastozysten eine morphologische Ähnlichkeit aufweisen. Humane embryonale Stammzelllinien haben großes Potential für die Anwendung in der regenerativen Medizin und vergleichend dazu wurde Gen-Targeting in embryonalen Stammzellen verwendet, um tausende neuer Mausstämme zu generieren. Die Gewinnung embryonaler Stammzellen erfolgt im Blastozystenstadium, diese können dann nach Injektion in eine andere Blastozyste zur Entwicklung aller Gewebearten, einschließlich der Keimbahngewebe, beitragen (Martin, 1981; Evans and Kaufman 1981).
Ursache einer Fehlgeburt können vor allem Defekte in der Entwicklung des Trophoblasten und des primitive Entoderms (PrE) sein, dabei sind ca. 5 % der Paare betroffen die versuchen ein Kind zu bekommen (Stephenson and Kutteh, 2007). Eine Untersuchung dieser Zelllinien im Mausmodell könnte weitere Erkenntnisse für die Gründe einer Fehlentwicklung liefern. Trophoblasten Stammzelllinien können aus den Blastozysten der Maus und dem extraembryonalen Ektoderm von bereits implantieren Embryonen gewonnen werden (Tanaka et al., 1998). Diese Zelllinien geben Aufschluss über die Entwicklung des Trophoblasten, fördern die Entwicklung der Plazenta und sind gleichzeitig ein gutes Modellsystem um die Implantation des Embryos im Uterus näher zu untersuchen. Zellen des primitive Entoderms (PrE) beeinflussen das im Dottersack vorhandene extraembryonale Entoderm, welches dort als “frühe Plazenta” fungiert und für die Versorgung des Embryos mit Nährstoffen zuständig ist (Cross et al., 1994). Des Weiteren besitzt das Entoderm einen induktiven Einfluss auf die Bildung von anterioren Strukturen und die Bildung von Endothelzellen sowie Blutinseln (Byrd et al., 2002).
Extraembryonale Endodermstammzellen (XEN Zellen) können aus Blastozysten gewonnen und in embryonale Stammzellen (ES-Zellen) umgewandelt werden (Fujikura et al., 2002; Kunath et al., 2005). Es war jedoch nicht bekannt, ob XEN-Zellen auch aus Postimplantations-Embryonen gewonnen werden können. XEN-Zellen tragen in vivo zur Entwicklung des Darmendoderms bei (Kwon et al., 2008; Viotti et al., 2014) und könnten als alternative, selbsterneuernde Quelle für extraembryonale Endoderm-abgeleitete Zellen dienen, die zur Herstellung von Geweben für die regenerative Medizin verwendet werden könnten (Niakan et al., 2013).
In der Embryogenese der Maus zeigt sich an Tag E3.0 eine kompakte Morula die sich allmählich in das Trophektoderm (TE) differenziert, welches wiederum den Embryonalknoten (“innere Zellmasse”) umschließt (Johnson and Ziomek, 1981). Ein wichtiger Schritt im Rahmen der Entwicklung findet an Tag E3.5 statt, in diesem Zeitraum gehen aus dem Embryonalknoten der pluripotente Epiblast und das primitive Entoderm hervor. Im späten Blastozystenstadium an Tag E4.5 liegt das PrE als Zellschicht entlang der Oberfläche der Blastocoel-Höhle. Aus dem Epiblast entwickeln sich im weiteren Verlauf der Embryo, das Amnion und das extraembryonale Mesoderm des Dottersacks. Die Zellen des Trophektoderm führen zur Entwicklung der Plazenta. Das PrE differenziert sich im Zuge der Weiterentwicklung in das viszerale Entoderm (VE) und das parietale Entoderm (PE) des Dottersacks (Chazaud et al., 2006; Gardner and Rossant, 1979; Plusa et al., 2008). VE umgibt den Epiblast und extraembryonisches Ektoderm (ExE). PE-Zellen wandern entlang der inneren Oberfläche von TE und sezernieren zusammen mit Trophoblasten-Riesenzellen Basalmembranproteine, um die Reichert-Membran zu bilden (Hogan et al., 1980). Die Reichert-Membran besteht aus Basalmembranproteinen, einschließlich Kollagenen und Lamininen, die zwischen den parietalen Endoderm- und Trophoblastzellen liegen. Diese Membran wirkt als ein Filter, der dem Embryo den Zugang zu Nährstoffen ermöglicht, während er eine Barriere zu den Zellen der Mutter bildet (Gardner, 1983).
...
Angesichts heutiger Umweltprobleme ist die Stärkung positiver Mensch-Natur-Beziehungen wichtiger denn je. Zeitgenössische Umweltbildung zielt darauf ab, Motivation und Einstellungen zu fördern sowie eine grundlegende Wissensbasis zu schaffen (IUCN, UNEP, & WWF, 1991; Potter, 2010), um einen selbstbestimmten, verantwortungsvollen Umgang mit der Natur zu ermöglichen. Positiver Naturbezug und Umwelteinstellungen gelten als Basis für aktiven Umweltschutz. Direkte Naturerfahrungen gelten dabei als didaktische Möglichkeit, die Motivation für Umweltschutz zu festigen (Kaiser, Roczen, & Bogner, 2008). Einstellungen verändern sich im Laufe des Lebens und so kann das Alter eine wichtige Rolle bezüglich der Effektivität von Umweltbildungsprogrammen spielen (Ernst & Theimer, 2011). Auch Umweltwissen gilt als Grundlage von Umwelthandeln. Denn sinnliche Erfahrungen allein führen nicht zum Verständnis ökologischer Zusammenhänge (Frick, Kaiser, & Wilson, 2004; Liefländer, Bogner, Kibbe, & Kaiser, 2015). Die biologiedidaktische Forschung sieht Fakten-, Handlungs- und Effektivitäts-wissen als zentral für die Genese von Umwelthandeln (Frick, Kaiser, & Wilson, 2004). Isoliertes Fachwissen wiederum führt nach aktueller Erkenntnis auch nicht zur Entwicklung von Haltungen und Wertvorstellungen, welche unser Handeln beeinflussen (Barr, 2003; Finger, 2010; Leiserowitz, Kates, & Parris, 2005).
Bis heute sind altersbasierte Unterschiede bei Schülerinnen und Schülern bezüglich ihrer Naturverbundenheit und Umwelteinstellungen nicht hinreichend untersucht. Auch ist die nötige Dauer der Naturerfahrungen noch nicht nachgewiesen. Es gibt bislang keine Studie, die Umwelteinstellungen, -wissen und –handeln von Kindern verschiedener Regionen der Erde untersucht und Daten auf internationaler Ebene erhoben und ausgewertet hat. Die gezielte Integration der drei Umweltwissensarten in ein solch globales Umweltbildungsprojekt stellt eine zusätzliche bislang nicht angegangene Aufgabe dar. Die vorliegende Arbeit schließt diese Forschungslücken, indem sie auf internationaler Ebene jene Variablen mit einbezieht, die einen nahezu vollständigen Eindruck der Effektivität von Umweltbildung in verschiedenen Regionen, Sozialisationen und Altersklassen zulässt. So wird der Einfluss eines umfassenden Umweltbildungsprogramms auf Naturverbundenheit, Umwelteinstellungen und -wissen der verschiedenen Typen untersucht und ein Bezug zur eventuellen Veränderung des Umwelthandelns hergestellt. Dabei stehen sowohl traditionelle als noch unerforschte mögliche Einflussfaktoren im Fokus. Die Studie umfasst insgesamt 1454 Schülerinnen und Schüler aus Bangladesch, Malaysia, Deutschland und Singapur, die alle an dem Umweltbildungsprojekt „Global denken, lokal handeln – wir schützen unsere Umwelt!“ bzw. “Think global, act local – we protect our environment!“ teilgenommen haben.
Zur Messung der Naturverbundenheit diente Schulz’ INS-Skala (Inclusion of Nature in Self) (2002). Umwelteinstellungen wurden mit dem 2-MEV-Modell (Two Major Environmental Values) gemessen (Johnson & Manoli, 2011). Eine Skala zur Erhebung von Umweltwissen wurde eigens erstellt und hinsichtlich der drei Wissenstypen nochmals modelliert. Eine Skala zur Ermittlung von Umwelthandeln wurde auf Grundlage von Bögeholz (1999) erstellt. Alle Skalen waren Teil eines Fragebogens, welcher in Form eines Pre-, Post- und Follow-up-Test eingesetzt wurde. Kinder aus Parallelklassen, die nicht am Projekt teilnahmen, aber Klassenunterricht zu den jeweiligen Themen erhielten, dienten als Kontrollgruppen.
Die Ergebnisse bestätigen einen positiven Effekt außerschulischer Umweltbildung bezüglich der Entwicklung der untersuchten Variablen. So wurde nach der Teilnahme am eintägigen und auch nach dem fünftägigen Umweltbildungsprogramm eine signifikante Verstärkung des Naturbezugs gemessen, wohingegen die Kontrollgruppen keine messbare Veränderung zeigten. Jedoch nur die fünftägige Intervention führte auch zu nachhaltigen Veränderungen. Hierbei am stärksten beeinflusst wurden Kinder zwischen sieben und neun Jahren.
Bei der Untersuchung demographischer Einflussfaktoren auf Umwelteinstellung, -wissen und –handeln stellten sich das Wohnsitzland sowie die städtische bzw. ländliche Prägung der Wohngegend als entscheidend heraus. So waren dies die einflussreichsten Determinanten zur Vorhersage des Grundvorhandenseins sowie Veränderungen der untersuchten Variablen in Folge der Bildungsmaßnahme. Einzig bei der Entwicklung des Umwelthandelns schien die direkte Naturerfahrung unwesentlich, zeigten die Kontrollgruppen ähnlichen Wandel in ihrem aktiven Einsatz für die Umwelt. Im internationalen Vergleich scheint die komplexe Verkettung diverser einflussnehmender Faktoren, wie der Wohlstand des jeweiligen Staates, das generelle politische System sowie spezifische bildungspolitische Begebenheiten, den Erfolg von Umweltbildungsprogrammen mit zu bestimmen.
Die Daten zeigen, dass Faktenwissen Grundlage für Handlungs- und Effektivitätswissen ist. Alle Dimensionen wurden durch die Intervention signifikant gesteigert. Effektivitätswissen wuchs am stärksten. Auch das Umweltverhalten wurde positiv verstärkt. Jedoch ließen sich nur schwache Korrelationen zwischen den einzelnen Wissenstypen und Handeln feststellen. Zusammenfassend war das durchgeführte Bildungsprojekt erfolgreich in der Förderung von Naturverbundenheit sowie Umwelteinstellungen, -wissen und- handeln. Die Ergebnisse werden im Rahmen dieser Arbeit im Hinblick auf ihre Bedeutung für die schulische Umweltbildung sowie die didaktische Forschung erörtert.
Polyploidie in Prokaryoten
(2018)
Diese Arbeit teilt sich in drei Teile auf, die sich mit der Regulation der Polyploidie sowie mit der Genkonversion als evolutionären Vorteil von Polyploidie in Haloferax volcanii beschäftigen.
Im ersten Teil dieser Arbeit, wurde der Einfluss der DNA-Replikationsinitiatorproteine Orc1/Cdc6 auf das Ploidielevel untersucht. Hierbei konnte anhand von Deletionsmutanten zunächst gezeigt werden, dass lediglich drei der 16 Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine in H. volcanii essentiell sind. Bestimmung des Ploidielevels mittels qPCR-Analyse ergab, dass jedes der 12 untersuchten Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine das Ploidielevel mindestens eines Replikons beeinflusst und dementsprechend sowohl die mit einem Replikationsursprung assoziierten als auch die „verwaisten“ Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine eine Funktion haben. Die mit einem Replikationsursprung assoziierten Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine hatten hierbei keinen größeren Einfluss auf das Ploidielevel als die „verwaisten“. Zusätzlich konnte durch Wachstumsanalysen in Mikrotiterplatten gezeigt werden, dass die meisten Deletionsmutanten unter allen getesteten Bedingungen ein mit dem Wildtyp vergleichbares oder besseres Wachstum zeigen. Eine Deletionsmutante eines Orc1/Cdc6-Proteins hingegen zeigte nur verbessertes Wachstum bei Glukose als Kohlenstoffquelle, was ein Hinweis auf die Verwendung verschiedener Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine unter verschiedenen Bedingungen sein könnte. Zusätzlich wurden zwei mit dem Replikationsursprung assoziierte Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine überexprimiert und via ihres N-terminalen His-Tag im Western-Blot nachgewiesen, sodass diese nun für Co-Affinitätsaufreinigungen zur weiteren Charakterisierung des komplexen Zusammenspiels der Orc1/Cdc6-Proteine zur Verfügung stehen.
Im Rahme des zweiten Teils der Arbeit wurde der Einfluss der in der 5‘-Region der der Replikationsursprünge ori1 und ori2 kodierten Proteine auf Wachstum und die Kopienzahl des Hauptchromosoms bestimmt. Zunächst wurde die Expression der drei in Haloarchaea hoch-konservierten oap-Gene upstream von ori1 mittels Nothern-Blot untersucht und es konnte gezeigt werden, dass das oap-Operon tatsächlich als Operon abgelesen wird. Um alle Gene in den 5‘-Regionen von ori1 und ori2 genauer zu charakterisieren, wurden induzierbare Überexpressionsmutanten im Wildtyp-Hintergrund angefertigt. Es konnte mittels Wachstumsversuchen in Mikrotiterplatten gezeigt werden, dass bei Induktion von Beginn an die Überexpression der Hef-Helikase und des oapB-Proteins zu einem starken Wachstumsdefekt führen, die von oapC und HVO_1724 zu einem moderaten Wachstumsdefekt, wohingegen für die Überexpressionsmutante von oapA vergleichbares Wachstum zum Wildtyp und für die Überexpression der Rad25d-Helikase verbessertes Wachstum beobachtet werden konnte. Es konnte darüber hinaus gezeigt werden, dass sowohl die Deletion als auch die Überexpression der Helikasen keinen Einfluss auf das Ploidielevel hat; die Deletion von oapC führt jedoch zu einer Reduktion der Genomkopienzahl in exponentieller und stationärer Phase, was ein erster Hinweis darauf ist, dass das oap-Operon eine Rolle bei der Regulation des Ploidielevels spielen könnte.
Im dritten Teil der Arbeit wurde eine Methode entwickelt, um Genkonversion farblich sichtbar zu machen. Hierbei wurde sich H. volcaniis Carotinoidbiosynthese zu Nutze gemacht. Es wurden zwei verschiedene, auxotrophe Elternstämme mittels Protoplastenfusion verschmolzen, um eine heterozygote Tochterzelle zu erzeugen. Ein Genkonversionsereignis wurde durch einen roten Keil angezeigt, der aus einer weißen Kolonie wuchs und durch die erfolgreiche Reparatur des Carotinoidbiosynthesegens entstand. Es wurden insgesamt 8525 Klone ausgestrichen und 0,14 % der Kolonien zeigten eine entsprechende rote Färbung. Das Proof-of-Principle dieser Methode ist in damit in dieser Arbeit gelungen. Um die Genkonversion in den weißen Kolonien auf genetischer Ebene genauer zu untersuchen, wurde PCR verwendet. Es konnte gezeigt werden, dass in den Zellen aller 135 untersuchten Kolonien Genkonversion stattgefunden hatte und zwar so effizient, dass nur in seltenen Fällen Heterozygotie vorlag. Unter Selektionsdruck stehende Loci hatten in beiden untersuchten Fällen eine starke Präferenz in Richtung Homozygotie und Erhalt der Prototrophie. Für nicht unter Selektionsdruck stehende Loci konnte gezeigt werden, dass die Hälfte der untersuchten Kolonien dem Elternstamm 1 glich, während die andere Hälfte dem Elternstamm 2 glich. Auch hier waren die Zellen nur in seltenen Fällen homozygot.
Application of a developed tool to visualize newly synthesized AMPA receptor components in situ
(2018)
The information flow between neurons happens at contact points, the synapses. One underlying mechanism of learning and memory is the change in the strength of information flow in selected synapses. In order to match the huge demand in membranes and proteins to build and maintain the neurites' complex architecture, neurons use decentralized protein synthesis. Many candidate proteins for local synthesis are known, and the need of de novo synthesis for memory formation is well established. The underlying mechanisms of how somatic versus dendritic synthesis is regulated are yet to be elucidated. Which proteins are newly synthesized in order to allow learning?
In this thesis protein synthesis is studied in hippocampal neurons. The fractional distribution of somatic and dendritic synthesis for candidate proteins and their subsequent transport to their destination are investigated using a newly developed technique. In the first part of this study we describe the development of this technique and use it in the second part to answer biological questions.
We focus here on AMPA receptor subunits, the key players in fast excitatory transmission. AMPA receptors contain multiple subunits with diverse functions. It remains to be understood, when and where in a neuron these subunits come together to form a protein complex and how the choice of subunits is regulated.
The investigation of the subunits' site of synthesis and redistribution kinetics in this study will help us to understand how neurons are able to change their synaptic strength in an input specific manner which eventually allows learning and memory.
Key questions which are addressed in this study:
How can specific newly synthesized endogenous proteins be visualized in situ? What are the neuron's abilities to locally synthesize and fully assemble AMPA receptor complexes?
How fast do different AMPA receptor subunits redistribute within neurons after synthesis?
The fungal interaction with plants is a 400 million years old phenomenon, which presumably assisted in the plants’ establishment on land. In a natural ecosystem, all plant-ranging from large trees to sea-grasses-are colonized by fungal endophytes, which can be detected inter- and intracellularly within the tissues of apparently healthy plants, without causing obvious negative effects on their host. These ubiquitous and diverse microorganisms are likely playing important roles in plant fitness and development. However, the knowledge on the ecological functions of fungal root endophytes is scarce. Among possible functions of endophytes, they are implicated in mutualisms with plants, which may increase plant resistance to biotic stressors like herbivores and pathogens, and/or to abiotic factors like soil salinity and drought. Also, endophytes are fascinating microorganisms in regard to their high potential to produce a great spectrum of secondary metabolites with expected ecological functions. However, evidences suggest that the interactions between host plants and endophytes are not static and endophytes express different symbiotic lifestyles ranging from mutualism to parasitism, which makes difficult to predict the ecological roles of these cryptic microorganisms. To reveal the ecological function of fungal root endophytes, this doctoral thesis aims at assessing fungal root endophytes interactions with different plants and their effects on plant fitness, based on their phylogeny, traits, and competition potential in settings encompassing different abiotic contexts. To understand the cryptic implication of nonmycorrhizal endophytes in ecosystem processes, we isolated a diverse spectrum of fungal endophytes from roots of several plant species growing in different natural contexts and tested their effects on different model plants under axenic laboratory conditions. Additionally,we aimed at investigating the effect of abiotic and biotic variables on the outcome of interactions between fungal root endophytes and plants.
In summary, the morphological and physiological traits of 128 fungal endophyte strains within ten fungal orders were studied and artificial experimental systems were used to reproduce their interactions with three plant species under laboratory conditions. Under defined axenic conditions, most endophytes behaved as weak parasites, but their performance varied across plant species and fungal taxa. The variation in the interactions was partly explained by convergent fungal traits that separate groups of endophytes with potentially different niche preferences. According to my findings, I predict that the functional complementarity of strains is essential in structuring natural root endophytic communities. Additionally, the responses of plant-endophyte interactions to different abiotic factors, namely nutrient availability, light intensity, and substrate’s pH, indicate that the outcome of plant-fungus relationships may be robust to changes in the abiotic environment. The assessment of the responses of plant endophyte interactions to biotic context, as combinations of selected dominant root fungal endophytes with different degrees of trait similarity and shared evolutionary history, indicates that frequently coexisting root-colonizing fungi may avoid competition in inter-specific interactions by occupying specific niches, and that their interactions likely define the structure of root-associated fungal communities and influence the microbiome impacts on plant fitness.
In conclusion, my findings suggest that dominant fungal lineages display different ecological preferences and complementary sets of functional traits, with different niche preferences within root tissues to avoid competition. Also, their diverse effects on plant fitness is likely host-isolate dependent and robust to changes in the abiotic environment when these encompass the tolerance range of either symbiont.
The human brain is one of the most complex biological systems. More than 100 billion neurons build networks that control basic body functions and highly coordinated movements, enable us to express emotions, feelings and thoughts and to store memories over years and even throughout life time. Ultimately, “We are who we are because of what we learn and what we remember” (Kandel 2006). Under pathological conditions, the brain function is challenged. Most if not all neurological diseases have in common that they are either triggered and/or accompanied by inflammatory processes of brain tissue, referred to as neuroinflammation. Such inflammatory processes directly affect an elementary neural mechanism relevant for learning and memory: synaptic plasticity. Indeed, neurons are highly dynamic structures and able to respond to specific stimuli with morphological, functional and molecular adaptations that modify the strength and number of neuronal contact sides (synapses). Hence, the main motivation of this thesis was to identify the neural targets through which inflammation affects brain function and synaptic plasticity in particular. The principles of synaptic plasticity have been studied intensively in the hippocampus, an anatomical structure localized within the temporal lobes that is essential for the consolidation of memories and spatial navigation. Synaptic plasticity is coordinated by complex interactions of thousands of molecules and proteins. Among those proteins, synaptopodin (SP) is localized at a strategic position within excitatory synapses and has been shown to be fundamentally involved in the regulation of synaptic plasticity.
To induce neuroinflammation and to study its effects on SP as well as synaptic plasticity, the classic model of lipopolysaccharide (LPS) was applied. This thesis discloses that inflammatory processes impair the ability of neurons to express hippocampal synaptic plasticity in vivo, which is accompanied by a downregulation of SP-mRNA and protein level in the mouse hippocampus, indicating that SP is one of the cellular targets through which inflammatory signaling pathways affect synaptic plasticity and hence neural function. To learn more about the cellular and molecular mechanisms, an in vitro LPS model was established using entorhino-hippocampal organotypic slice cultures (OTCs).
While confirming the major effect of LPS on SP, this thesis furthermore shows that neuroinflammation crucially involves the cytokine TNFα to transduce its effects on SP, and that microglial cells are the main source of TNFα production under inflammatory conditions. In an attempt to learn more about the mechanisms that are affected under conditions of neuroinflammation effects of retinoic acid (RA), a vitamin A derivate were tested. This is mainly because SP as well as RA have been shown to modulate synaptic plasticity through the accumulation of glutamate receptors at the postsynaptic site: SP via the association with the actincytoskeleton as well as intracellular calcium stores, and RA directly via the modulation of local protein synthesis within dendrites. Indeed, in slice cultures exposed to RA, hippocampal SP cluster size is upregulated, both in vitro and in vivo. Intriguingly, a lack of SP prevents RA-induced synaptic strengthening of hippocampal dentate granule cells in OTCs. This suggests a direct contribution of SP in RA-dependent synaptic plasticity. Interestingly, co-immunoprecipitation of SP-mRNA together with the RA-receptor alpha (RARα) further implies that RA directly controls synaptic plasticity via regulation of SP-protein expression. It is therefore interesting to speculate that RA may increase SP expression or prevent its reduction and thus alterations in synaptic plasticity under conditions of neuroinflammation. Taken together, this thesis identifies SP as an important neuronal target of TNFα-mediated alterations in synaptic plasticity. Moreover, the work on RA indicates that SP affects the ability of neurons to express synaptic plasticity by modulating/mediating local protein synthesis. Since neuroinflammatory processes are an elementary concomitant feature and/or cause of neurological diseases, I am confident that future work on the effects of inflammatory processes on brain function may provide the perspective in devising new therapeutic strategies for the treatment of neuropathologies such as Alzheimer’s disease, multiple sclerosis, epilepsy or stroke, by targeting SP expression and SP-mediated synaptic plasticity.
Bei Autismus-Spektrum-Störungen (ASS) handelt es sich um genetisch komplexe Störungen mit hoher Erblichkeit. Als zugrundeliegender Pathomechanismus von ASS werden unter anderem Veränderungen der neuronalen Entwicklung diskutiert. Der Phänotyp von ASS ist definiert durch Einschränkungen in der sozialen Interaktion und Kommunikation sowie repetitives und stereotypes Verhalten. Genkopiepolymorphismen (englisch „copy number variations“/CNVs), also Deletionen oder Duplikationen einer chromosomalen Region, wurden wiederholt in Probanden mit ASS identifiziert. Hierbei ist in ASS die Region 16p11.2 mit am häufigsten von CNVs betroffen. Einige Gene aus diesem chromosomalen Abschnitt wurden bereits funktionell charakterisiert. Dennoch können die Befunde der bisherigen Einzelgenstudien nicht alle Aspekte erklären, die durch 16p11.2 CNVs hervorgerufen werden. Ziel dieser Studie war es daher, ein weiteres neuronal assoziiertes Kandidatengen dieser Region zu identifizieren und im Anschluss funktionell im Kontext der neuronalen Differenzierung zu charakterisieren.
Das SH-SY5Y Neuroblastom-Zellmodell wurde auf Transkriptom- und morphologischer Ebene auf seine Eignung als Modell für neuronale Differenzierung untersucht und bestätigt. Eine Analyse der Expressionen aller Gene der 16p11.2-Region zeigte, dass das Gen Quinolinat-Phosphoribosyltransferase (QPRT) eine vergleichsweise hohe Expression mit der stärksten und robustesten Regulierung über die Zeit aufwies. Eine de novo Deletion der 16p11.2-Region wurde in einem Patienten im Vergleich zu seinen Eltern validiert. In Patienten-spezifischen lymphoblastoiden Zelllinien derselben Familie konnten wir eine Gendosis-abhängige Expression von QPRT auf RNA-Ebene bestätigen. In SH-SY5Y-Zellen korrelierte die Expression von QPRT signifikant mit der Entwicklung von Neuriten während der Differenzierung. Um QPRT funktionell zu charakterisieren, benutzten wir drei verschiedene Methoden zur Reduktion der QPRT-Gendosis: (i) knock down (KD) durch siRNA, (ii) chemische Inhibition durch Phthalsäure und (iii) knock out (KO) über CRISPR/Cas9-Geneditierung. Eine Reduktion von QPRT durch siRNA führte zu einer schwachen Veränderung der neuronalen Morphologie differenzierter SH-SY5Y-Zellen. Die chemische Inhibition sowie der genetische KO von QPRT waren letal für differenzierende aber nicht für proliferierende Zellen. Eine Metabolitenanalyse zeigte keine Veränderungen des QPRT-assoziierten Tryptophanstoffwechsels. Gene, welche auf Transkriptomebene im Vergleich zwischen KO- und Kontrollzellen differenziell reguliert vorlagen, waren häufig an Prozessen der neuronalen Entwicklung sowie an der Bildung, Stabilität und Funktion synaptischer Strukturen beteiligt. Die Liste differenziell regulierter Gene enthielt außerdem überdurchschnittlich viele ASS-Risikogene und ko-regulierte Gengruppen waren assoziiert mit der Entwicklung des dorsolateralen präfrontalen Cortex, des Hippocampus sowie der Amygdala.
In dieser Studie zeigten wir einen kausalen Zusammenhang zwischen QPRT und der neuronalen Differenzierung in vitro sowie einen Einfluss von QPRT auf die Regulation von ASS-assoziierten Genen und Gen-Netzwerken. Funktionell standen diese Gene im Kontext mit synaptischen Vorgängen, welche durch Veränderungen zu einem Exzitations-Inhibitions-Ungleichgewicht und letztendlich zum Zelltod von Neuronen führen können. Unsere Ergebnisse heben in Summe die wichtige Rolle von QPRT in der Krankheitsentstehung von ASS, insbesondere in Trägern einer 16p11.2 Deletion, hervor.
This dissertation aimed to shed light on changes of the epigenetic landscape in heart and skeletal muscle tissue of the turquoise Killifish N. furzeri, a novel, short-lived animal model for aging research. The following results could be obtained:
1. A global trend towards closed chromatin conformation could be observed; histone markers for H3K27me3, H3K9me3 and H4K20me3 accumulated in skeletal muscle tissue from old N. furzeri. Markers for open chromatin conformation such as H3K4me3, H3K9ac and H4K16ac decreased in old skeletal muscle tissue. In old hearts from N. furzeri an accumulation of H3K27me3 could be detected while H3K9ac was found to increase with age as well. mRNA expression levels of methylating enzymes were higher in skeletal muscle tissue from old N. furzeri when compared to expression levels in skeletal muscle tissue from young N. furzeri.
2. The shift of epigenetic pattern was accompanied by a change of gene expression. Via mRNA sequencing in collaboration with the MPI, Bad Nauheim it could be shown that genes associated with cell cycle and DNA repair were lower expressed in skeletal muscle tissue from old N. furzeri than in tissue from young N. furzeri. Genes, associated with inflammatory signaling and glycolysis, displayed increased mRNA levels in skeletal muscle tissue from old N. furzeri. These results could be confirmed by Western blot and qRT-PCR analyses.
3. Markers for DNA damage and senescence increased in skeletal muscle tissue from old N. furzeri.
4. Cells derived from young and old N. furzeri skeletal muscle could be isolated and cultured for many passages. These cells were a mix of different cell types with properties and features of the native tissue. They could be used for treatment with drugs and/small compounds modulating the epigenetic landscape via specific interference with methylating enzymes.
5. DNA methylation and hydroxy-methylation were found to go in different directions in skeletal muscle and heart tissue from N. furzeri: while increasing in skeletal muscle tissue, a both DNA modifications declined in heart tissue with age.
6. In the heart of N. furzeri microRNA expression changes with age were assed with sequencing in collaboration with the FLI, Jena. It could be demonstrated that miRNA expression is age-dependent. Particular focus was on miR-29 and its target genes: miR-29 was highly upregulated in heart and skeletal muscle tissue, while target genes such as collagens and dnmts were reduced with age in the heart of N. furzeri.
7. Cardiac function remained stable with age and no accumulation of collagens could be found when comparing hearts of young and old N. furzeri despite the increase of markers for oxidative stress.
8. Cell culture experiments with human cardiac fibroblasts revealed that miR-29 is upregulated with increasing age of the donor. In addition to that, it could be shown that miR-29 is positively regulated by oxidative stress.
9. A zebrafish mutant with modified expression of miR-29 that was created in collaboration with the SNS, Pisa, presented a severe hypoxic phenotype and an altered mRNA expression profile compared to wild type control zebrafish. Cardiac dysfunction and hypertrophy were observed as well as an increase in DNA methylation and collagens.
Taken together, it could be shown that the aging process in skeletal muscle and heart tissue from N. furzeri leads to a series of changes on epigenetic levels. It remains to be elucidated whether these changes are result or cause for further changes of mRNA expression, protein levels and pathophysiology, yet the N. furzeri represents a promising research model for further aging studies.
Lizards of Paraguay: an integrative approach to solve taxonomic problems in central South America
(2018)
Paraguay is located in the center of South America with drier and warmer climatic conditions in the western part of the country, and more temperate and humid in the eastern region. Biogeographically, Paraguay is a key spot in South America, where several ecoregions converge. In my study, I sampled most of the ecoregions of Paraguay. The main objective of my work is to solve taxonomic problems, identified through genetic barcoding analyses, in the central region of South America. To achieve this objective, I used selected taxa of the Paraguayan Squamata as models taking into consideration the crucial geographic position of the country, plus the scarce available genetic data of Paraguayan reptiles.
The collecting activities were performed in the framework of a barcoding inventory project of the Paraguayan herpetofauna and carried out mostly in rural areas searching for animals in different types of habitats using active search as the sampling technique.
For genetics, the extraction of DNA was performed with DNeasy® Blood & Tissue Kit of Qiagen® for sets of few samples, and the fiber glass plate protocol for sets of 96 samples. I assessed the quality of sequences after amplification in agarose gel electrophoresis. The first marker sequenced was 16S mtDNA, used for barcoding analysis. A DNA barcode is a genetic identifier for a species. Once a taxonomic problem was detected, I generate more gene sequences to target the issue.
All the analyses to test phylogenetic hypotheses (based on single genes or concatenated datasets) were performed under Maximum Likelihood and Bayesian approaches. To root the phylogenetic trees, I chose the available taxon (or taxa) most closely related to the respective studied group as outgroups. For the general tree of Paraguayan Squamata, based on barcodes of 16S, I chose Sphenodon punctatus.
I generated a total of 142 sequences of 64 species of Squamata from Paraguay (Appendix I). The final alignment of 615 bp comprised 249 samples. The best substitution model for the Barcoding dataset based on the gene 16S was GTR+G, according to the BIC.
To complement molecular evidence generated with the ML grouping of 16S barcodes, I took a morphological approach based on voucher specimens collected during fieldwork (usually the same specimens that I used for genetic analysis), supplemented by the revision of museum collections.
Summarizing my results, samples of Colobosaura exhibit large genetic distances, and accordingly I revalidated Colobosaura kraepelini (Appendix II). Tropidurus of the spinulosus group show two clades and among them there is little genetic and morphological variation, I synonymized T. tarara and T. teyumirim with T. lagunablanca, and T. guarani with T. spinulosus (Appendix III). I detected the presence of candidate species of Homonota, and I restricted the name H. horrida for Argentina, and described two new species of Homonota (Appendices IV and V), and a new species of Phyllopezus also in the Family Phyllodactylidae (Appendix VI).
In this work I present the most comprehensive analysis of genetic samples of Squamata from Paraguay. The results obtained here will be useful to help to clarify further taxonomic issues regarding the squamate fauna from the central region of South America. Moreover, the data generated for this study will have a positive impact in a larger geographic context, beyond Paraguayan borders.
Regarding the conservation of the Paraguayan reptiles, and considering the taxonomic changes accomplished here, it is important to note that many species lack legal protection. In Paraguay, the major problem for conservation is habitat loss due to extensive crop farming. Thus, currently, the protected areas are the best strategy for conservation of biodiversity in the country. However, many such areas face legal problems (e.g., lack of official measurements, management plans, forest guards, infrastructure, etc.) so that the maintenance of their biodiversity over time is not guaranteed.
In conclusion, in this study I present contributions on the taxonomy of mostly lizards from Paraguay. Due to lack of samples, I was not able to deal with a deep taxonomic revision of the country's snakes. Based on my results, I can argue that analyses of Xenodontini and Pseudoboini are currently a pressing research issue. This barcoding project may continue since some colleagues in Paraguay are interested in collaboration. Given that the sequenced specimens are yet a small portion of the actual diversity of Paraguay, it will be of utmost importance to continue and expand these studies that will further improve our taxonomic knowledge. Furthermore, it is desirable to have Paraguayan scientists not only involved, but to see them taking the lead of high quality taxonomic research.
Hämophilie A ist eine X-chromosomal rezessiv vererbte Krankheit, die aufgrund von Mutationen innerhalb des Gens von Gerinnungsfaktor VIII (FVIII) zum funktionellen Defekt oder zum Fehlen des körpereigenen FVIII führt. FVIII zirkuliert als Heterodimer und besteht aus einer schweren Kette mit der Domänenstruktur A1-A2-B und einer leichten Kette mit der Domänenstruktur A3-C1-C2. Bei Patienten unter Prophylaxe wird durch regelmäßige Substitution mit rekombinanten oder aus Plasma gewonnenen FVIII-Präparaten die Hämostase wiederhergestellt. Allerdings entwickeln hierbei etwa 30% der Patienten mit einer schweren Hämophilie eine FVIII-spezifische Immunantwort in Form von neutralisierenden Antikörpern (Inhibitoren). Die sogenannte Immuntoleranz-Therapie (engl. immune tolerance induction therapy, ITI) ist bisher die einzige etablierte Therapie, die zu einer dauerhaften Eradikation der FVIII-Inhibitoren und Induktion von Toleranz gegenüber FVIII führen kann. Die Therapie beruht auf einer meist täglichen Gabe hoher FVIII-Dosen, welche sich, je nach Behandlungsdauer, über Wochen bis hin zu Jahren erstrecken kann. Bei etwa 30% der Patienten ist diese Therapie nicht erfolgreich. Für solche Patienten besteht die Gefahr lebensbedrohlicher, unkontrollierbarer Blutungen und erheblicher Gelenkschäden.
Die spezifische Ansteuerung des Membran-gebundenen Immunglobulin G (mIg) des B-Zellrezeptors (BZR) mithilfe von Immuntoxinen ist eine mögliche Option zur selektiven Eliminierung FVIII-spezifischer B-Zellen und somit zur Eradikation von FVIII-Inhibitoren. Solche Immuntoxine bestehen aus einer zellbindenden und einer zytotoxischen Domäne, welche nach Internalisierung zur Apoptose der Zielzelle führen soll. Da FVIII aufgrund der Größe als zellbindende Domäne ungeeignet ist, beschäftigt sich die vorliegende Arbeit mit der Entwicklung und Evaluierung alternativer Immuntoxine zur selektiven Eliminierung FVIII-spezifischer B-Zellen. Die FVIII-spezifische Immunantwort ist zwar polyklonal, jedoch vor allem gegen A2- und die C2-Domäne gerichtet. Aus diesem Grund wurden die humane A2- und C2-Domäne (hA2, hC2) als zellbindende Domäne verwendet und jeweils genetisch an eine verkürzte Version des Exotoxin A (ETA) aus Pseudomonas aeruginosa fusioniert, bei welcher die natürliche zellbindende Domäne entfernt wurde. Die rekombinanten Proteine wurden bakteriell produziert und im Anschluss an die Aufreinigung biochemisch charakterisiert. Während das bakterielle Expressionssystem für hA2-ETA nicht geeignet war, konnte hC2-ETA neben weiteren Kontrollproteinen mit korrekter Konformation der hC2-Domäne hergestellt und aufgereinigt werden.
Die Fähigkeit zur selektiven Eliminierung hC2-spezifischer B-Zellen wurde im weiteren Verlauf sowohl in vitro mithilfe einer hC2-spezifischen Hybridomazelllinie als auch ex vivo und in vivo mithilfe von Splenozyten aus FVIII-immunisierten FVIII-knockout Mäusen untersucht.
Durch Inkubation der hC2-spezifischen Hybridomazelllinie mit hC2-ETA konnten ca. 38 % der Zellen eliminiert werden. Weitere Untersuchungen der Zelllinie ergaben, dass diese keinen vollständigen funktionalen B-Zellrezeptor auf der Oberfläche exprimierte, welcher für die Bindung und die korrekte Internalisierung des Immuntoxins notwendig ist. Aufgrund dessen eignet sich diese Zelllinie nicht als Modell für eine genauere Analyse der in vitro Eliminierungseffizienz von hC2-ETA.
Weitere Analysen mithilfe von Splenozyten aus FVIII-immunisierten FVIII-knockout Mäusen haben jedoch gezeigt, dass durch ex vivo Inkubation der Splenozyten mit hC2-ETA, alle hC2-spezifischen B-Zellen vollständig, selektiv und konzentrations-abhängig eliminiert werden konnten. Auch die mehrfache Applikation von hC2-ETA in FVIII-immunisierten FVIII-knockout Mäusen führte bei der Hälfte der Tiere zur vollständigen Eliminierung aller hC2-spezifischen B-Zellen. Eine Reduktion des hC2-spezifischen Antikörpersignals konnte nach Gabe von hC2-ETA in allen behandelten Tieren beobachtet werden. Die unvollständige Eliminierung in der Hälfte der Tiere ist vermutlich auf die Präsenz hC2-spezifischer Antikörper zurückzuführen, die einen Teil des applizierten Immuntoxins neutralisiert haben, sodass nicht alle hC2-spezifischen Gedächtnis-B-Zellen erreicht und eliminiert werden konnten. Um die Eliminierungseffizienz von hC2-ETA weiter zu erhöhen, müsste das Behandlungsprotokoll geändert werden. Sowohl eine Verlängerung des Behandlungszeitraums als auch eine kombinierte Therapie aus FVIII und hC2-ETA sollte zu einer erhöhten Bioverfügbarkeit des Toxins und dadurch zu einer gesteigerten Eliminierungseffizienz führen.
Die Ausweitung des hier vorgestellten Ansatzes auf weitere FVIII-Domänen ist generell möglich, jedoch muss hierzu ein alternatives Expressionssystem aufgrund des eukaryotischen Ursprungs von FVIII in Betracht gezogen werden. Die hier vorgestellten Ergebnisse zeigen dennoch, dass FVIII-Domänen-Immuntoxine ein wirkungsvolles Mittel sind, um FVIII-spezifische B-Zellen selektiv zu eliminieren. Die Anpassung der Gabe von FVIII-Domänen-Immuntoxinen an die individuelle Immunantwort des Patienten könnte das Auftreten von Nebenwirkungen minimieren. Außerdem könnte eine kombinierte Therapie aus ITI und FVIII-Domänen-Immuntoxinen die Zeit bis zur Induktion von Toleranz verkürzen und die Chancen für den generellen Therapieerfolg erhöhen.
In den letzten Jahren findet die Wirkung von Polyphenolen auf den Alterungsprozess oder zur Behandlung von Krankheiten immer mehr Beachtung. Das Ziel dieser Arbeit war die Aufklärung der Wirkmechanismen der Polyphenole Gossypol, Curcumin und Quercetin, um Hinweise für neue oder verbesserte Therapieansätze zu erhalten. Die dazu durchgeführten Untersuchungen lieferten folgende Ergebnisse:
1. Der Ascomycet "P. anserina" eignet sich als Modellorganismus zur Untersuchung der Wirkmechanismen verschiedener Polyphenole, da die bereits aus der Literatur bekannten Effekte auf das Überleben höherer Organismen auch in "P. anserina" beobachtet wurden.
2. Die Mitochondrienfunktion spielt auf unterschiedliche Art eine Rolle in der Kompensation von Dysfunktionen oder Stressbedingungen in der Zelle und wirkt somit positiv auf die Regulation der Lebensspanne von "P. anserina". In der "PaSod3"-Deletionsmutante wurde eine Verschiebung der mitochondrialen Atmung von einer Komplex I-abhängigen hin zu einer vermehrt Komplex II-abhängigen Atmung festgestellt. Die damit verbundene Abnahme des mitochondrialen Membranpotentials dient neben der bereits bekannten hohen Superoxid-Menge als Signal zur Mitophagie-Induktion. Auch die Anpassung der Mitochondrienfunktion durch die erhöhte Bildung von mtRSCs, wie im Falle von Gossypol oder Quercetin, kann zur Kompensation von Dysfunktionen beitragen bzw. sie abschwächen.
3. Es gibt keinen grundlegenden gemeinsamen Wirkmechanimus der drei untersuchten Polyphenole. Zwar spielt Wasserstoffperoxid bei verschiedenen Stoffen eine Rolle, aber nicht bei allen. Zusätzlich wurde gezeigt, dass Wasserstoffperoxid abhängig von der vorherrschenden Konzentration wirkt und daher auch keine Allgemeingültigkeit des Effektes vorherzusagen ist. In niedrigen Konzentrationen sorgt Wasserstoffperoxid z. B. für eine Induktion der Autophagie und damit einhergehende eine Lebensverlängerung. Im Gegensatz dazu wirken hohe Wasserstoffperoxid-Konzentrationen lebensverkürzend und lösen verschiedene Formen von Zelltod aus.
4. Die Curcumin-vermittelte Langlebigkeit wurde das erste Mal in Verbindung mit einer funktionellen Autophagie gebracht. Im Detail führt die Behandlung mit Curcumin durch eine PaSOD1-abhängige leichte Erhöhung der Wasserstoffperoxid-Menge zu einer Induktion von nicht-selektiver Autophagie. Die induzierte Autophagie ist Ursache der Lebensverlängerung durch Curcumin.
5. Gossypol wirkt in Abhängigkeit der mitochondrialen Permeabilitäts-Transitionspore bzw. von ihrem Regulator Cyclophilin D. Hierbei verstärkt die deutlich erhöhte Wasserstoffperoxid-Menge wahrscheinlich die Induktion von programmiertem Zelltod. Gleichzeitig wird eine cytoprotektive Form von Autophagie und ein scheinbar ATG-unabhängiger Abbau von Mitochondrien induziert.
6. Quercetin wirkt in "P. anserina" abhängig vom Methylierungs-Status. Untersuchungen mit Mutanten der "O"-Methyltransferase PaMTH1 ergaben die Notwendigkeit der Anwesenheit von PaMTH1 für den lebensverlängernden Effekt von Quercetin. Analysen mit dem methylierten Derivat Isorhamnetin verdeutlichten diese Abhängigkeit und zeigten zudem, dass Quercetin sowohl in der methylierten als auch unmethylierten Form Effekte hervorruft. Jedoch sind nur die Effekte des unmethylierten Quercetin unabhängig von der Lebensverlängerung und eher schädlich für die Zelle.
Die forensische Entomologie nutzt nekrophage Insekten, hauptsächlich Dipteren und ihre juvenilen Stadien, zur Schätzung der minimalen Leichenliegezeit. Dem liegt zugrunde, dass nekrophage Dipteren binnen Minuten nach dem Todeseintritt potentiell in der Lage sind, einen Leichnam zu detektieren und zu besiedeln. Das anschließende Wachstum und die Entwicklung der juvenilen Stadien erfolgt als Funktion von der Art und der Umgebungstemperatur.
Mit Hilfe von Laborstudien konnten bislang für einige forensisch relevante Fliegenarten Entwicklungsdaten erhoben werden, die eine Altersbestimmung der sich an einem Leichnam entwickelnden Larven und Puppen erlauben und so eine Schätzung der minimalen Leichenliegezeit ermöglichen. Als Nährsubstrat für Laborstudien werden tierische Gewebe verwendet. Eine Übertragbarkeit der Daten auf humanes Gewebe wurde aber bislang nicht verifiziert. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurde das larvale Wachstum und die juvenile Entwicklungsgeschwindigkeit der forensisch relevanten Schmeißfliege Calliphora vicina (Diptera: Calliphoridae) auf humanem Muskelgewebe untersucht und mit dem Wachstum auf Schweineleber, magerem Schweinemuskelfleisch und Schweinehackfleisch verglichen. Die auf humanem Gewebe heranwachsenden Individuen waren mit bis zu 3,5 mm signifikant länger als die Individuen, die sich auf Leber und dem mageren Schweinemuskelfleisch entwickelten. Bei der Verwendung von Hackfleisch vom Schwein zeigte sich kein Unterschied. Darauf basierend wird die Empfehlung ausgesprochen, für zukünftige Entwicklungsstudien Schweinehackfleisch als Ersatz für humanes Gewebe zu verwenden.
Zahlreiche Anleitungen zur Asservierung forensisch-entomologischer Spuren empfehlen das Sammeln getrennt nach Körperregionen eines Leichnams. Dies soll eine mögliche gewebespezifische Entwicklungsrate berücksichtigen. Das für die vorliegende Arbeit durchgeführte systematische Absammeln von Fliegenlarven von 51 Leichnamen getrennt nach Körperregionen zeigte keine artspezifischen Präferenzen für bestimmte Gewebe oder Körperregionen. Das Artenspektrum entsprach größtenteils dem aufgrund von Studien an Schweinekadavern zu erwartendem Artenspektrum für Deutschland und Mitteleuropa. Insgesamt konnten 15 Schmeißfliegenarten nachgewiesen werden, von denen in der Regel mehrere gleichzeitig an einem Leichnam zu finden waren. Dies zeigt, dass ein Faktor wie interspezifische Konkurrenz in Zukunft mehr Beachtung in der Forschung erhalten sollte.
Bislang wurde in der forensischen Entomologie die minimale Leichenliegezeit durch die Untersuchung juveniler Stadien von Fliegen eingegrenzt. Eine eventuell mögliche Ausweitung dieses Zeitfensters könnte durch eine Altersbestimmung der adulten Fliegen oder der leeren Puparien gelingen. Der Nachweis, dass die dafür untersuchten Fliegen bzw. Puparien tatsächlich von dem fraglichen Leichnam stammen, war bislang nicht möglich. Die forensische relevante Schmeißfliege Lucilia sericata wurde in der vorliegenden Arbeit auf humanem Gewebe und Gewebe von elf weiteren Tierarten großgezogen. Durch die Analyse stabiler Kohlen- und Stickstoffisotope konnte ein von diesen elf Tierarten abgrenzbares humanes Isotopenprofil sowohl für die adulten Fliegen von L. sericata, als auch für ihre leeren Puparien detektiert werden. Dieses Profil spiegelte die Nahrungszusammensetzung der Wirte wider.
Die vorliegende Arbeit erhebt Daten zur Entwicklung einer forensisch relevanten Schmeißfliegenart auf humanem Gewebe, belegt das bislang lediglich am tierischen Modell erhobene Schmeißfliegeninventar als für menschliche Leichen relevant und hinterfragt die gewebespezifische Asservierungsempfehlung als ein akademisches Artefakt. Auf dieser Basis konnten Empfehlungen für die Weiterzucht fallrelevanter entomologischer Spuren ausgesprochen werden, die gerichtsverwertbar sind und die Verwendung von tierischem Gewebe oder Tierkadaver in der forensisch-entomologischen Forschung legitimieren. Die Analyse stabiler Isotope legt darüber hinaus einen neuen, innovativen Grundstein für die routinemäßige Spurenzuordnung älterer Entwicklungsstadien und ist damit Vorreiter auf dem Gebiet der forensischen Entomologie.
Heat stress transcription factors (Hsfs) are required for transcriptional changes during heat stress (HS) thereby playing a crucial role in the heat stress response (HSR). The target genes of Hsfs include heat shock proteins (Hsps), other Hsfs and genes involved in protection of the cell from irreversible damages due to exposure to elevated temperatures. Among 27 Hsfs in Solanum lycopersicum, HsfA1a, HsfA2 and HsfB1 constitute a functional triad which regulates important aspects of the HSR. HsfA1a is constitutively expressed and described as the master regulator of stress response and thermotolerance. Activation of HsfA1a under elevated temperatures leads to the induction of HsfA2 and HsfB1 which further stimulate the transcription of HS-responsive genes by forming highly active complexes with HsfA1a. Despite the well-established role of these three Hsfs in tomato HSR, information about functional relevance of other Hsfs is currently missing.
The heat stress inducible HsfA7 belongs alongside with HsfA2 to a phylogenetically distinct clade. Thereby the two proteins share high homology and a functional redundancy has been assumed. However, HsfA7 function and contribution to stress responses have not been investigated into detail in any plant species.
Tomato HsfA7 protein accumulates already at moderately elevated temperatures (~35°C) while HsfA2 becomes dominant at higher temperatures (>40°C). HsfA7 pre-mRNA undergoes complex and temperature-dependent alternative splicing resulting in several transcripts that encode for three protein isoforms. HsfA7-I contains a functional nuclear export signal (NES) and shows nucleocytoplasmic shuttling while HsfA7-II and HsfA7-III have a truncated NES which leads to the strong nuclear retention of the protein. Differences in the nucleocytoplasmic equilibrium have a major impact on the stability of protein isoforms, as nuclear retention is associated with increased protein turnover. Consequently, HsfA7-I shows a higher stability and can be detected even after 24 hours of stress attenuation, while HsfA7-II is rapidly degraded. The degradation of these factors is mediated by the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway.
HsfA7 can physically interact with HsfA1a and HsfA3 and form co-activator (“superactivator”) complexes with a very high transcriptional activity as shown on different HS-inducible promoters. In order for the complex to be successfully transferred to the nucleus and confer its activity it needs a functional nuclear localization signal (NLS) of HsfA7. In contrast, the activator (AHA) motif of HsfA7 is not essential for its co-activator function. Interestingly, while interaction of HsfA7 with either HsfA3 or HsfA1a stabilizes HsfA7 isoforms, concomitantly this leads to an increased turnover of HsfA1a and HsfA3. In contrast, HsfA2 has a stabilizing effect on the master regulator HsfA1a.
Thus, HsfA7 knockout mutants generated by CRISPR/Cas9 gene editing, show increased HsfA1a levels and a stronger induction of HS-related genes at 35°C compared to wild-type plants and HsfA2 knockout mutants. Consequently, HsfA7 knockout seedlings exhibit increased thermotolerance as shown by the enhanced hypocotyl elongation under a prolonged mild stress treatment at 35°C. In summary, these results highlight the importance of HsfA7 in regulation of cellular responses at elevated temperatures. Under moderately elevated temperatures, the accumulation of HsfA7 and its subsequent interaction with HsfA1a, leads to increased turnover of the latter, thereby ensuring a milder transcriptional activation of temperature-responsive genes like Hsps. In turn, in response to further elevated temperatures, HsfA2 becomes the dominant stress-induced Hsf. HsfA2 forms co-activator complexes with HsfA1a which in contrast to HsfA7, allows the stabilization of the master regulator, leading to the stronger expression of HS-responsive genes required for survival. Thereby, this study uncovers a new regulatory mechanism, where the temperature-dependent competitive interaction of HsfA2 and HsfA7 with HsfA1a control the fate of the master regulator and consequently the activity of temperature-responsive networks.
Modellierung der klimatischen Habitateignung verschiedener krankheitsübertragender Vektorarten
(2018)
Der Klimawandel hat einen starken Einfluss auf die Verbreitungsgebiete von Arten. Infolgedessen kann sich das Verbreitungsgebiet von Arten verschieben, einschränken oder ausweiten. Bei thermophilen Arten wird vermutet, dass sie von den klimatischen Änderungen profitieren und sie sich wahrscheinlich ausbreiten werden. Eine solche Ausbreitung, wozu auch die Einwanderung von gebietsfremden Arten zählt, hätte nicht nur zahlreiche Konsequenzen für diese Ökosysteme, sondern könnte sich auch zu einem ernsten Gesundheitsrisiko entwickeln, wenn es sich bei den einwandernden Neobiota um Vektorarten handelt.
Stechmücken und Sandmücken, als blutsaugende Insekten, zählen zu den bekanntesten Vektorarten. Sie sind in der Lage, eine Vielzahl von Infektionskrankheiten wie das Denguefieber oder das Gelbfieber, aber auch protozoische Parasiten wie "Leishmania"-Arten zu übertragen. Als thermophile Arten sind viele dieser Vektoren aktuell in ihrer Verbreitung weitgehend auf tropische und subtropische Gebiete beschränkt. Eine Einwanderung in gemäßigtere Gebiete kann zu einer Einschleppung der durch sie übertragenden Erreger führen und damit zum Ausbruch von Infektionskrankheiten. Aufgrund der medizinischen Relevanz dieser Arten ist es essentiell, die räumliche Verbreitung, sowie die abiotischen Ansprüche der Vektorarten zu kennen, um deren mögliche Ausbreitung nachzuvollziehen.
Vor diesem Hintergrund beschäftigte sich die vorliegende kumulative Dissertation mit den klimawandelinduzierten Änderungen der Habitateignung verschiedener medizinisch relevanter Vektorarten. Dabei wurden die zwei invasiven Stechmückenarten "Aedes albopictus" (I-III) und "Aedes japonicus" (III), sowie zehn in Europa bereits vorkommende Sandmückenarten der Gattung "Phlebotomus" (IV), untersucht. Die Arbeit basiert auf vier (ISI-) Publikationen. Unter Verwendung ökologischer Nischenmodellierung wurden geeignete Gebiete unter aktuellen und zukünftigen Klimabedingungen bestimmt. Um dabei sowohl räumliche als auch zeitliche Aspekte zu berücksichtigen, wurden mehrere räumliche Skalen (Deutschland und Europa), sowie Zeitperioden (2030, 2050 und 2070) betrachtet. Des Weiteren wurden verschiedene Ansätze (einzelne Algorithmen und Ensemble-Modelle) zur Modellierung der Habitateignung verwendet.
Die Ergebnisse dieser Dissertation zeigen eine zukünftige klimawandelbedingte Ausweitung der geeigneten Gebiete für viele der betrachteten Vektorarten. So konnte gezeigt werden, dass die Habitateignung für "Aedes albopictus" in Deutschland (I) und in Europa (III) zukünftig deutlich zunimmt. Auch für die Sandmückenarten "Phlebotomus alexandri", "Phlebotomus neglectus", "Phlebotomus papatasi", "Phlebotomus perfiliewi" und "Phlebotomus tobbi" konnte eine deutliche Zunahme der klimatisch geeigneten Gebieten projiziert werden (IV).
Lediglich Arten, wie die Asiatische Buschmücke "Aedes japonicus" (III) und auch kältetolerantere Sandmücken, wie "Phlebotomus ariasi" und "Phlebotomus mascittii" (IV) scheinen weniger von diesen klimatischen Veränderungen zu profitieren und könnten in Zukunft sogar aktuell geeignete Gebiete verlieren (klimawandelinduzierte Arealverkleinerung). Bei "Aedes japonicus" konnte dies auf eine engeren Nische mit einem Optimum bei vergleichsweise niedrigen Temperaturen zurückgeführt werden (III).
Am Beispiel von "Aedes albopictus" wurden ferner Umweltfaktoren identifiziert, die die Verbreitung der Art limitieren (II). Als wärmeliebende Art spielen bei "Aedes albopictus" in Mitteleuropa insbesondere die niedrigen Temperaturen eine Rolle, während in Zukunft die Sommertrockenheit in Südeuropa zunehmend eine Rolle spielen könnte.
Nischenmodellierung stellt trotz ihrer vereinfachenden Annahmen und Unsicherheiten, eine hilfreiche Methode zur Untersuchung klimawandelinduzierter Arealverschiebungen dar. Mit Hilfe der Modellierungsergebnisse konnten Gebiete mit einem hohen Etablierungsrisiko für die Vektorarten identifiziert werden, welche daher im Fokus künftiger Überwachungsprogramme stehen sollten. In Zukunft könnten mehr Vektorarten geeignete Bedingungen in Mitteleuropa finden, wodurch die Vektordiversität zunehmen wird. Dadurch könnte auch das Risiko für einen Ausbruch der durch die Vektoren übertragenen Krankheiten steigen.
Auch wenn das Vorhandensein eines kompetenten Vektors eine unerlässliche Voraussetzung für den Ausbruch einer Infektionskrankheit darstellt, gibt es noch weitere Faktoren, wie das Vorhandensein des Erregers. In Bezug auf die Risikoabschätzung vektorassoziierter Krankheiten sollten neben der Verbreitung des Vektors und des Erregers auch die abiotischen Bedingungen für die Entwicklung des Erregers berücksichtigt werden. Neben neu eingewanderten Arten sollten zudem auch die heimischen Arten in Bezug auf ihre Vektorkompetenz untersucht werden, da diese ebenfalls als potentielle Vektoren dienen und somit das Gesundheitsrisiko weiter erhöhen könnten.
Echolocation allows bats to orientate in darkness without using visual information. Bats emit spatially directed high frequency calls and infer spatial information from echoes coming from call reflections in objects (Simmons 2012; Moss and Surlykke 2001, 2010). The echoes provide momentary snapshots, which have to be integrated to create an acoustic image of the surroundings. The spatial resolution of the computed image increases with the quantity of received echoes. Thus, a high call rate is required for a detailed representation of the surroundings.
One important parameter that the bats extract from the echoes is an object’s distance. The distance is inferred from the echo delay, which represents the duration between call emission and echo arrival (Kössl et al. 2014). The echo delay decreases with decreasing distance and delay-tuned neurons have been characterized in the ascending auditory pathway, which runs from the inferior colliculus (Wenstrup et al. 2012; Macías et al. 2016; Wenstrup and Portfors 2011; Dear and Suga 1995) to the auditory cortex (Hagemann et al. 2010; Suga and O'Neill 1979; O'Neill and Suga 1982).
Electrophysiological studies usually characterize neuronal processing by using artificial and simplified versions of the echolocation signals as stimuli (Hagemann et al. 2010; Hagemann et al. 2011; Hechavarría and Kössl 2014; Hechavarría et al. 2013). The high controllability of artificial stimuli simplifies the inference of the neuronal mechanisms underlying distance processing. But, it remains largely unexplored how the neurons process delay information from echolocation sequences. The main purpose of the thesis is to investigate how natural echolocation sequences are processed in the brain of the bat Carollia perspicillata. Bats actively control the sensory information that it gathers during echolocation. This allows experimenters to easily identify and record the acoustic stimuli that are behaviorally relevant for orientation. For recording echolocation sequences, a bat was placed in the mass of a swinging pendulum (Kobler et al. 1985; Beetz et al. 2016b). During the swing the bat emitted echolocation calls that were reflected in surrounding objects. An ultrasound sensitive microphone traveling with the bat and positioned above the bat’s head recorded the echolocation sequence. The echolocation sequence carried delay information of an approach flight and was used as stimulus for neuronal recordings from the auditory cortex and inferior colliculus of the bats.
Presentation of high stimulus rates to other species, such as rats, guinea pigs, suppresses cortical neuron activity (Wehr and Zador 2005; Creutzfeldt et al. 1980). Therefore, I tested if neurons of bats are suppressed when they are stimulated with high acoustic rates represented in echolocation sequences (sequence situation). Additionally, the bats were stimulated with randomized call echo elements of the sequence and an interstimulus time interval of 400 ms (element situation). To quantify neuronal suppression induced by the sequence, I compared the response pattern to the sequence situation with the concatenated response patterns to the element situation. Surprisingly, although the bats should be adapted for processing high acoustic rates, their cortical neurons are vastly suppressed in the sequence situation (Beetz et al. 2016b). However, instead of being completely suppressed during the sequence situation, the neurons partially recover from suppression at a unit specific call echo element. Multi-electrode recordings from the cortex allow assessment of the representation of echo delays along the cortical surface. At the cortical level, delay-tuned neurons are topographically organized. Cortical suppression improves sharpness of neuronal tuning and decreases the blurriness of the topographic map. With neuronal recordings from the inferior colliculus, I tested whether the echolocation sequence also induced neuronal suppression at subcortical level. The sequence induced suppression was weaker in the inferior colliculus than in the cortex. The collicular response makes the neurons able to track the acoustic events in the echolocation sequence. Collicular suppression mainly improves the signal-to-noise ratio. In conclusion, the results demonstrate that cortical suppression is not necessarily a shortcoming for temporal processing of rapidly occurring stimuli as it has previously been interpreted.
Natural environments are usually composed of multiple objects. Thus, each echolocation call reflects off multiple objects resulting in multiple echoes following the calls. At present, it is largely unexplored how neurons process echolocation sequences containing echo information from more than one object (multi-object sequences). Therefore, I stimulated bats with a multi-object sequence which contained echo information from three objects. The objects were different distances away from each other. I tested the influence of each object on the neuronal tuning by stimulating the bats with different sequences created from filtering object specific echoes from the multi-object sequence. The cortex most reliably processes echo information from the nearest object whereas echo information from distant objects is not processed due to neuronal suppression. Collicular neurons process less selectively echo information from certain objects and respond to each echo.
For proper echolocation, bats have to distinguish between own biosonar signals and the signals coming from conspecifics. This can be quite challenging when many bats echolocate adjacent to each other. In behavioral experiments, the echolocation performance of C. perspicillata was tested in the presence of potentially interfering sounds. In the presence of acoustic noise, the bats increase the sensory acquisition rate which may increase the update rate of sensory processing. Neuronal recordings from the auditory cortex and inferior colliculus could strengthen the hypothesis. Although there were signs of acoustic interference or jamming at neuronal level, the neurons were not completely suppressed and responded to the rest of the echolocation sequence.
Im Rahmen dieser Arbeit wurden sRNAs des halophilen Archaeons Haloferax volcanii hinsichtlich ihrer biologischen und ihrer regulatorischen Funktion charakterisiert.
Um einen Überblick über die biologischen Funktionen archaealer sRNAs zu erhalten, wurde eine umfassende phänotypische Charakterisierung von 27 sRNA-Deletionsmutanten im Vergleich zum Wildtyp ausgewertet. Im Zuge dieser phänotypischen Charakterisierungen wurden zehn verschiedene Wachstumsbedingungen, morphologische Unterschiede und Veränderungen in der Zellmotilität untersucht. Hierbei zeigten nahezu alle Deletionsmutanten unter mindestens einer der getesteten Bedingungen phänotypische Unterschiede. Durch den Verlust von sRNAs wurden sowohl sogenannte Gain-of-function als auch Loss-of-function Phänotypen beobachtet. Haloarchaeale sRNAs spielen eine wichtige Rolle beim Wachstum mit verschiedenen Salzkonzentrationen, mit verschiedenen Kohlenstoffquellen und beim Schwärmverhalten, sind jedoch weniger in die Adaptation an diverse Stressbedingungen involviert.
Zur näheren Charakterisierung der regulatorischen Funktion archaealer sRNAs wurden sRNA362, sRNAhtsf468 und sRNA479 mittels molekulargenetischer Methoden wie Northern Blot-Analyse und DNA-Mikroarray sowie bioinformatischer in silico-Analyse untersucht. Das Expressionslevel von sRNA362 konnte bestimmt und potentielle Zielgene für sRNAhtsf468 und sRNA479 identifiziert werden.
Eine vorangegangene Studie zeigte den Einfluss von sRNA30 unter Hitzestress und führte zur Identifikation differentiell produzierter Proteine in Abwesenheit der sRNA. In dieser Arbeit wurde mittels Northern Blot-Analysen die Expression der sRNA30 charakterisiert. Das Wachstum in An- und Abwesenheit von sRNA30 wurde bei 42°C und 51°C phänotypisch charakterisiert und der regulatorische Einfluss der sRNA auf die mRNA differentiell regulierter Proteine durch Northern Blot-Analyse überprüft. Eine Transkriptomanalyse mittels DNA-Mikroarray nach Hitzeschock-Induktion führte zur Identifikation differentiell regulierter Gene involviert in Transportprozesse, Metabolismus, Transkriptionsregulation und die Expression anderer sRNAs. Die differentielle Regulation des Proteoms nach Hitzeschockinduktion in An- und Abwesenheit von sRNA30 konnte bestätigt werden.
Desweiteren wurde in dieser Arbeit sRNA132 und deren phosphatabhängige Regulation der Ziel-mRNA HVO_A0477-80 näher charakterisiert. Eine Induktionskinetik nach Phosphatentzug bestätigte die Bedeutung von sRNA132 für die verstärkte Expression des Operons HVO_A0477-80 unter Phosphatmangel-Bedingungen und verwies auf die Existenz weiterer Regulationsmechanismen. Während vor und nach Phosphatentzug kein Unterschied bezüglich der Zellmorphologie von Wildtyp und Deletionsmutante zu erkennen war, führte das Wachstum mit einem starken Phosphatüberschuss von 5 mM zu einer Zellverlängerung der Deletionsmutante. Die Kompetition der nativen 3‘-UTR des Operons HVO_A0477-80 mit einer Vektor-kodierten artifiziellen 3‘-UTR legt eine Regulation über die Bindung von sRNA132 an die 3‘-UTR nahe. Der Transkriptomvergleich nach Phosphatentzug in An- und Abwesenheit von sRNA132 führte zur Identifikation des Phosphoregulons der sRNA. Zu diesem Phosphoregulon gehören unter anderem zwei Glycerinphosphat-Dehydrogenasen, Transkriptionsregulatoren, eine Polyphosphatkinase und eine Glycerolphosphodiesterase. Zudem waren die Transkriptlevel der beiden ABC-Transporter HVO_A0477-80 und HVO_2375-8 für anorganisches Phosphat und des Transporters HVO_B0292-5 für Glycerinaldehyd-3-Phosphat in Abwesenheit der sRNA verringert. Die beiden ABC-Transportsysteme für anorganisches Phosphat wurden im Rahmen dieser Arbeit deletiert und weiter charakterisiert. Es konnte gezeigt werden, dass das ABC-Transportsystem HVO_2375-8 bei geringen Phosphatkonzentrationen leicht induziert wird und das Transkriptlevel in Anwesenheit von sRNA132 erhöht ist. Wachstumsversuche der jeweiligen Deletionsmutante in direkter Konkurrenz mit dem Wildtyp zeigten, dass keiner der beiden ABC-Transporter den anderen vollständig ersetzen kann und der Wildtyp mit beiden intakten ABC-Transportern unter phosphatlimitierenden Bedingungen einen Wachstumsvorteil besitzt. In silico-Analysen der Promotorbereiche von sRNA und ABC-Transporter legen zudem die Existenz von P-Boxen nahe.
The fruit fly Drosophila melanogaster is one of the most important biological model organisms, but only the comparative approach with closely related species provides insights into the evolutionary diversification of insects. Of particular interest is the live imaging of fluorophores in developing embryos. It provides data for the analysis and comparison of the threedimensional morphogenesis as a function of time. However, for all species apart from Drosophila, for example the red flour beetle Tribolium castaneum, essentially no established standard operation procedures are available and the pool of data and resources is sparse. The goal of my PhD project was to address these limitations. I was able to accomplish the following milestones:
- Development of the hemisphere and cobweb mounting methods for the non-invasive imaging of Tribolium embryos in light sheet-based fluorescence microscopes and characterization of most crucial embryogenetic events.
- Comprehensive documentation of methods as protocols that describe (i) beetle rearing in the laboratory, (ii) preparation of embryos, (ii) calibration of light sheet-based fluorescence microscopes, (iv) recording over several days, (v) embryo retrieval as a quality control as well as (vi) data processing.
- Adaption of the methods to record and analyze embryonic morphogenesis of the Mediterranean fruit fly Ceratitis capitata and the two-spotted cricket Gryllus bimaculatus as well as integration of the data into an evolutionary context.
- Further development of the hemisphere method to allow the bead-based / landmark-based registration and fusion of three-dimensional images acquired along multiple directions to compensate the shadowing effect.
- Development of the BugCube, a web-based computer program that allows to share image data, which was recorded by using light sheet-based fluorescence microscopy, with colleagues.
- Invention and experimental proof-of-principle of the (i) AGameOfClones vector concept that creates homozygous transgenic insect lines systematically. Additionally, partial proof-of-principle of the (ii) AClashOfStrings vector concept that creates double homozygous transgenic insect lines systematically, as well as preliminary evaluation of the (iii) AStormOfRecords vector concept that creates triple homozygous transgenic insect lines systematically.
- Creation and performance screening of more than fifty transgenic Tribolium lines for the long-term imaging of embryogenesis in fluorescence microscopes, including the first Lifeact and histone subunit-based lines.
My primary results contribute significantly to the advanced fluorescence imaging approaches of insect species beyond Drosophila. The image data can be used to compare different strategies of embryonic morphogenesis and thus to interpret the respective phylogenetic context. My technological developments extend the methodological arsenal for insect model organisms considerably.
Within my perspective, I emphasize the importance of non-invasive long-term fluorescence live imaging to establish speciesspecific morphogenetic standards, discuss the feasibly of a morphologic ontology on the cellular level, suggest the ‘nested linearly decreasing phylogenetic relationship’ approach for evolutionary developmental biology, propose the live imaging of species hybrids to investigate speciation and finally outline how light sheet-based fluorescence microscopy contributes to the transition from on-demand to systematic data acquisition in developmental biology.
During my PhD project, I wrote a total of ten manuscripts, six of which were already published in peer-reviewed scientific journals. Additionally, I supervised four Master and two Bachelor projects whose scientific questions were inspired by the topic of my PhD work.
Inhibition of midbrain dopamine (DA) neurons codes for negative reward prediction errors, and causally affects conditioning learning. DA neurons located in the ventral tegmental area (VTA) display two-fold longer rebound delays from hyperpolarizing inhibition in comparison to those in the substantia nigra (SN). This difference has been linked to the slow inactivation of Kv4.3-mediated A-type currents (IA). One known suppressor of Kv4.3 inactivation is a splice variant of potassium channel interacting protein 4 (KChIP4), KChIP4a, which has a unique potassium channel inactivation suppressor domain (KISD) that is coded within exon 3 of the KChIP4 gene. Previous ex vivo experiments from our lab showed that the constitutive knockout of KChIP4 (KChIP4 KO) removes the slow inactivation of IA in VTA DA neurons, with marginal effects on SN DA neurons. KChIP4 KO also increased firing pauses in response to phasic hyperpolarization in these neurons. Here I show, using extracellular recordings combined with juxtacellular labeling in anesthetized mice, that KChIP4 KO also selectively changes the number and duration spontaneous firing pauses by VTA DA neurons in vivo. Pauses were quantified with two different statistical methods, including one developed in house. No other firing parameter was affected, including mean frequency and bursting, and the activity of SN DA neurons was untouched, suggesting that KChIP4 gene products have a highly specific effect on VTA DA neuron responses to inhibitory input.
Following up on this result, I developed a new mouse line (KChIP4 Ex3d) where the KISD-coding exon 3 of KChIP4 is selectively excised by cre-recombinase expressed under the dopamine transporter (DAT) promoter, therefore disrupting the expression of KChIP4a only in midbrain DA neurons. I show that these mice have a highly selective behavioral phenotype, displaying a drastic acceleration in extinction learning, but no changes in acquisition learning, in comparison to control littermates. Computational fitting of the behavioral data with a modified Rescorla-Wagner model confirmed that this phenotype is congruent with a selective increase in learning from negative prediction errors. KChIP4 Ex3d also had normal open field exploration, novel object preference, hole board exploration and spontaneous alternation in a plus maze, indicating that exploratory drive, responses to novelty, anxiety, locomotion and working memory were not affected by the genetic manipulation. Furthermore semi-quantitative IHC revealed that KChIP4 Ex3d mice have increased Kv4.3 expression in TH+ neurons, suggesting that the absence of KChIP4a increases the binding of other KChIP variants, which known to increase surface expression of Kv4 channels.
Furthermore, in the course of my experimental study I identified that the most used mouse line where cre-recombinase is expressed under the DAT promoter (DAT-cre KI) has a different behavioral phenotype during conditioning in relation to WT littermate controls. These animals displayed increased responding during the initial trials of acquisition and delayed response latency extinction, consistent with an increase in motivation, which is in line with a decrease in DAT function.
I propose a working model where the disruption of KChIP4a expression in DA neurons leads to an increase in binding of other KChIP variants to Kv4.3 subunits, promoting their increased surface expression and increasing IA current density; this then increases firing pauses in response to synaptic inhibition, which in behaving animals translates to an increase in negative prediction error-based learning.
The continuous conversion of natural wildlife habitats into agricultural areas, as well as the fragmentation of the last wildlife refuges, is increasing the interface between people and wildlife. When wildlife negatively impacts on people and vice versa, we speak about human-wildlife conflicts (HWCs). This definition includes losses on both sides and takes into consideration the rooting of most of these conflicts between different groups of interest, such as advocates for nature conservation and economic groups. The centres of highest biodiversity are located in developing countries, which are also characterized by poverty. In African and Asian countries, people living in the vicinity of national parks and other conservation areas mostly receive only little support through the government or conservation organisations. Especially for those people who are dependent on agriculture, damage to fields and harvests can have catastrophic consequences. If the species causing damage is protected by national or even international law, the farmer is not allowed to use lethal methods, but has to approach the authority in charge. If this agency, however, cannot offer appropriate support, resentment, anger or even hate develops, and the support for wildlife conservation activities declines. For this reason, HWCs were declared as one of the most important conservation topics today, being particularly relevant for large and threatened species such as the African and Asian elephant, hippopotamus and the greater one-horned rhino, as well as for large predators. Up to today, no general assessment scheme has been recommended for damage caused by protected wildlife species.
In my study, HWCs in Asia and Africa are compared, focussing on all herbivorous species identified which damaged crops. For the French NGO Awely, des animaux et des hommes, I developed a detailed assessment scheme suitable for all terrestrial ecosystems, and any type of HWCs and any species (Chapter 2). This HWC assessment scheme was used in four different study areas located in two African countries (South Luangwa/Zambia (SL), Tarangire/Tanzania (TA)) and two Asian countries (Bardia/Nepal (BA) and Manas/India (MA)). This scheme ran for six consecutive years (2009 to 2014) for Zambia, Nepal and India and two years (2010 to 2011) for Tanzania. To carry out the assessments, I trained local HWC officers (Awely Red Caps) to assess HWCs by field observations (measurement of damage, identification of species through signs of presence, landscape attributes etc.) and interviews with aggrieved parties (socio economic data). Results of this assessment are presented in Chapters 2-4.
To determine whether elephants prefer or avoid specific crop species, two field experiments were carried out, one in SL and one in BA (Chapter 5 and 6). For this, two test plots were set up and damage by elephants (and other herbivores) were quantified.
Within this doctoral thesis, 3306 damage events of 7408 aggrieved parties were analysed. In three out of the four study areas (SL, BA, MA), elephants caused the highest number of damage events compared to all other wildlife species, however, in TA, most fields were damaged by zebra. Furthermore, the greater one-horned rhino, hippopotamus, wild boar, bushpig, deer and antelope, as well as primates, caused damage to fields and harvests. Damage to houses and other property were nearly exclusively caused by elephants.
With this doctoral thesis I was able to show that season, crop availability, type and the phenological stage of the crop played an important role for crop damaging behavior of herbivores (Chapter 2). Elephants especially damaged rice, maize and wheat and preferred all crop types in a mature stage of growth. In contrast, rhinos preferred wheat to rice and similar to antelope and deer, they preferred crops at earlier stages of growth, before ripening. Crop damage by wildlife species varied strongly in size; most damages fell below 40% of the total harvest per farmer, but in several cases (3 to 8% depending on the study area), harvests were completely destroyed. Interestingly, during times of low nutritional availability in the natural habitat (dry season), crop damages in all four study areas were significantly less than during other seasons.
In all four study areas, crop protection strategies, such as active guarding in the fields, chasing wildlife with noise or fire torches or erecting barriers, were used. In some cases protection strategies were combined. Analysis of data revealed that traditional protection strategies did not reduce the costs of damage (Chapter 3). In some cases, costs of damage, on protected fields were even higher than for unprotected fields. Only in MA did strategic and cohesive guarding significantly reduce crop damage by wildlife species.
Besides damage in the fields, elephants also caused damage to properties in the villages. In search for stored staple crops, they damaged houses, grain stores and kitchens. Such damage was analysed in three study areas (SL, BA, MA) (Chapter 4). Although property damage occurred less frequently compared to crop damage in the fields, the mean cost of this damage was found to be double in BA/MA and four times higher in SL, compared to the costs of crop damage in the fields. It is further remarkable that property damage significantly increased towards the dry season, when the harvest was brought into the villages.
The findings of this study underpin the assumption that wildlife herbivores, especially elephants, are lured to fields and crops because the highly nutritional food (crop) being readily available. Traditional crop protection is cost and labour intensive and does not reduce the costs of damage. For this reason, crop types, which are thought to be not consumed by elephants were systematically tested on their attractiveness in field experiments in SL and BA (Chapter 5 and 6). In SL, lemon grass, ginger and garlic were proven to be less attractive to African elephants than maize and in BA, basil, turmeric, chamomile, coriander, mint, citronella and lemon grass were found to be less attractive to Asian elephants than rice.
The results of this doctoral thesis are relevant for the management of wildlife conservation as they can lead to new approaches to the mitigation of HWCs in African and Asian countries. Finally, specific needs for more scientific research in this field have been identified.
Cells within a tissue form highly complex, cellular interactions. This architecture is lost in two-dimensional (2D) cell cultures. To close the gap between 2D cell cultures and in vivo tissues, three-dimensional (3D) cell cultures such as spheroids or embryoid bodies were developed. To fully take advantage of the third dimension, imaging techniques are essential. The emerging field of "image-based systems biology" exploits the information in images and builds a connection between experimental and theoretical investigation of biological processes. Such interdisciplinary approaches strongly depend on the development of protocols to establish 3D cell cultures, innovations in sample preparation, well-suited imaging techniques and quantitative segmentation methods.
Although 3D cell cultures and image-based systems biology provide a great potential, 2D methods are still not completely replaced by 3D methods. This is mainly due to methodical and technical hurdles. Therefore, this thesis provides a significant contribution to overcome these hurdles and to further develop 3D cell cultures. I established computational and experimental methods related to 3D aggregates and investigated fundamental, cellular processes such as adhesion, growth and differentiation.
The automatic segmentation method "PAS" and "LoS" were developed in the context of this thesis. They extract essential biological properties such as the projected area or features of cell nuclei from 2D or 3D images of 3D aggregates. Both algorithms show their accuracy robustly over image data from different samples and different microscopes. In addition, the superior performance of PAS and LoS was proven in a comparison with state-of-the-art methods.
The PAS approach served as an essential basis for investigating cellular processes such as adhesion and growth which are tightly regulated to contribute to tissue integrity. These processes are involved in the formation of spheroids. The temporally resolved data of spheroid formation of three mammary epithelial cell lines revealed differences in their formation dynamics as well as in the onset of spheroid formation phases (aggregation, compaction and growth). Despite these differences, adhesion- and growth-associated proteins such as E-cadherin, actin, microtubules, and the focal adhesion kinase show similar importance in a particular phase. Notably, certain proteins (e.g. E-Cadherin) contribute differently to spheroid formation of cells from different cell types in terms of cell adhesion and growth. Overall, analyses of the individual phases of spheroid formation revealed the temporal coordination of fundamental tissue-specific processes. The results contribute to a better understanding of the maintenance and disruption of tissue integrity.
An important but yet unknown process is how cells accomplish to arrange themselves against the gravitational force to form a spheroid. Live imaging with light sheet-based microscopy provides the best solution for a temporally and in particular spatially resolved investigation of spheroid formation. Although the imaging possibilities increase with this particular microscopy technique, available sample preparation methods are rare. Therefore, I have significantly optimized "agarose beaker" as preparation method for 3D long-term imaging of spheroid formation. The data show that upward movement of the cells takes place early. This movement is initiated in the centre of the initially flat cell layer. Subsequently, the cells move from the periphery of the cell layer toward the centre. Cells rearrange within the spheroid which is followed by growth. It is very likely that 3D aggregates form by adopting an energetically favoured, spherical shape by increasing cell-cell or cell-matrix contacts.
Besides the knowledge gained from the examination of the self-assembly process in different contexts, fully formed cellular aggregates can serve as basis to investigate differentiation processes. Differentiation guide cell fate specification during early embryonic development (i.e. preimplantation) and is not fully understood yet. Due to the lack of an in vitro system for preimplantation, I have developed "blastoids". These are 3D multicellular aggregates of mouse embryonic stem cells which represent important phases of preimplantation and beyond. In qualitative and quantitative analyses, a strong similarity was proven between blastoids and the inner cell mass of in vivo mouse embryos. Further results strongly suggest that both, the cell number and the trophectoderm play a subordinate role for cell fate decision during preimplantation. Furthermore, 3D neighbourhood analyses have shown that both, blastoids and mouse embryos, do not show a random "salt-and-pepper" pattern during differentiation. Instead, they show a yet unknown local clustering of cells with identical fates, suggesting local cell interactions that influence cell fate decision. Furthermore, the data indicate that the maturation of the epiblast in the later stages of preimplantation is initiated by an interaction between cells of the epiblast and the primitive endoderm.
Using image-based systems biology, I have investigated fundamental cellular processes such as adhesion, growth and differentiation in the context of tissue integrity and early embryonic development using 3D cellular aggregates. This highly interdisciplinary work is a major contribution to 3D cell biology and demonstrates how cells bind and interact within a complex system. The main methods developed in this thesis as well as the biological findings can be used not only in further biological but also in medical and pharmacological studies. They have the potential to advance our understanding of complex biological systems and to provide new opportunities for practical applications.
In der vorliegenden dreiteiligen Studie werden Mongolische Wüstenrennmäuse untersucht, deren Hörspektren im tieffrequenten Bereich und deren Unterscheidungsfähigkeiten von Kommunikationsrufen denen des Menschen ähneln. Die extrazelluläre Aktivität im primären auditorischen Kortex (AI) der narkotisierten Versuchstiere, evoziert durch Reintöne und arteigene Kommunikationsrufe, wird in der linken (LH) und rechten Gehirnhemisphäre (RH) aufgenommen. Es werden Multikanalelektroden (16 Eingangskanäle) verwendet, welche eine simultane Aufnahme der neuronalen Aktivitäten aller kortikalen Schichten ermöglichen. Zur Analyse der neuronalen Mechanismen werden Wellenformen einzelner Elektrodenkanäle und Aktivitätsprofile, bestehend aus den Wellenformen aller Elektrodenkanäle in einem Zeitfenster von 600 ms, auf Ebene von Aktionspotentialen (MUA), lokalen Feldpotentialen (LFP) und Current-source-density (CSD) Analysen, untersucht. Während MUAs die neuronalen Aktionspotentiale im Nahfeld der Elektrode reflektieren, umfassen die LFPs die summierten Potentiale (inhibitorisch und exzitatorisch) von Neuronen eines größeren Areals. Die CSDs hingegen werden durch die Integration von LFP-Wellenformen benachbarter, linear angeordneter Elektrodenkanäle berechnet und ermöglichen so eine Lokalisation der Ursprünge geräuschspezifischer Aktivitätsflüsse.
Im ersten Teilprojekt werden CSD-Profile in Antwort auf unterschiedliche Reintöne untersucht, um die Aktivitätskomponenten, die so genannten Sinks, für weiterführende Analysen zu quantifizieren. Es können zwei primäre (s1 und s2), drei mittlere (s3-s5) und vier späte (s6-s9) Sinks in einem Zeitfenster von 600 ms definiert werden. Eine Veränderung der Stimulusfrequenz eine Oktave über und unter der charakteristischen Frequenz (CF), beziehungsweise des Lautstärkepegels = 24 dB über der minimalen Schwelle, führt zu qualitativen Veränderungen in der CSD-Profilstruktur. Die Sink s7 wird durch Stimuli mit niedrigem Lautstärkepegel weniger verlässlich evoziert, wohingegen die Sink s9 bei Stimuli eine Oktave über der CF verlässlicher evoziert wird. Die Ergebnisse weisen darauf hin, dass im AI die spektralen Informationen eine Oktave über und unter der CF asymmetrisch integriert werden.
Auf Einzelschichtebene konnte bereits gezeigt werden, dass spektrotemporale Eigenschaften von Stimuli durch MUAs schlechter reflektiert wurden als durch LFPs, was vermutlich eine direkte Konsequenz der unterschiedlichen Ursprünge der Signaltypen ist. Daher werden im zweiten Teilprojekt die spezifischen Unterschiede der MUA-, LFP- und CSD-Antworten auf Ebene kortikaler Schichten und kompletter laminarer Profile untersucht, um die Unterschiede und den Informationsgehalt der drei Signaltypen zu charakterisieren. Signifikante Unterschiede, welche durch zwei Reintöne und sieben Kommunikationssignale evoziert werden, können verstärkt im mittleren und späten Latenzbereich und in granulären und infragranulären Schichten vorgefunden werden. Der Grad der Rufspezifizität ist in LFP und CSD-Antworten im Vergleich zu demjenigen in MUA-Antworten größer. Die Segregationsleistung ist im Vergleich zu einzelnen kortikalen Schichten in den von kortikalen Kolumnen abgeleiteten laminaren Profilen um den Faktor 1,8-2,6 erhöht. Die Neuronenpopulationen einzelner kortikaler Kolumnen sind vermutlich wichtig für die Kodierung von Geräuschen, welche sich in ihren spektrotemporalen Eigenschaften unterscheiden.
Viele vorangegangene Studien konnten zeigen, dass die Gehirnhemisphären akustische Signale asymmetrisch verarbeiten. Daher werden im dritten Hauptteil die laminaren Profile der LH und RH quantitativ und statistisch verglichen. Die MUA-, CSD-Profile und im geringeren Maße auch die LFP-Profile zeigen systematische Unterschiede auf signifikantem Niveau in der Dauer, Onset Latenz und vertikalen Ausdehnung bestimmter Aktivitäten. Kommunikationsrufe evozieren in der LH, welche beim Menschen auf Sprachstimuli spezialisiert ist, im Vergleich zur RH komplexere CSD-Profile. Die neuronale MUA-, LFP- und CSD-Aktivitätsstärke ist in der RH für weniger komplexe Stimuli teilweise signifikant erhöht. Die Asymmetrie in der Auftrittsverlässlichkeit der Sink s6 lässt vermuten, dass sich die intrakolumnäre Vernetzung in Schicht VIa zwischen der LH und RH unterscheidet. Die wenigen, signifikanten und nicht systematischen Unterschiede zwischen den Sink-Parametern der LH und RH nach kortikaler Ausschaltung mit dem GABAA-Rezeptor Agonist Muscimol weisen darauf hin, dass die Hemisphärenasymmetrie durch Prozesse des ipsilateralen Kortex maßgeblich beeinflusst wird.
The adult mammalian heart is unable to regenerate lost myocardial tissue after injury. In contrast, some lower vertebrates including zebrafish are able to undergo complete epimorphic regeneration following multiple types of cardiac injury. During the process of regeneration, spared zebrafish cardiomyocytes in the vicinity of the injured area undergo dedifferentiation and proliferation, thereby giving rise to new cardiomyocytes which replace the injured muscle. Insights into the molecular networks controlling these regenerative processes might help to develop novel therapeutic strategies to restore cardiac performance in humans.
While TGF-β signaling has been implicated in zebrafish cardiac regeneration, the role of individual TGF-β ligands remains to be determined. Here, I report the opposing expression response of two TGF-β ligand genes, mstnb and inhbaa, during zebrafish heart regeneration. Using gain- and loss-of-function approaches, I show that these ligands exert opposite effects on cardiac regeneration and specifically on cardiomyocyte proliferation. Notably, I show that overexpression of mstnb and loss of inhbaa negatively regulate cardiomyocyte proliferation and therefore disturb cardiac regeneration. In contrast, loss of mstnb and activation of inhbaa not only promote physiological cardiomyocyte proliferation but also enhance cardiac regeneration. I also identify Inhbaa as a mitogen which promotes cardiomyocyte proliferation independent of the well-established Nrg-ErbB signaling. Mechanistically, I unraveled that Mstnb and Inhbaa function through alternate Activin type 2 receptor complexes to control the activities of the signal transducers, Smad2 and Smad3, thereby regulating cardiomyocyte proliferation.
Altogether, I reveal novel and unidentified opposite functions of two TGF-β ligands during cardiac development and regeneration, resulting in a pro-mitogenic as well as an anti-mitogenic effect on cardiomyocytes. This study should therefore stimulate further research on targeting specific TGF-β family members to generate novel regenerative therapeutic strategies.
Characterizing the hologenome of Lasallia pustulata and tracing genomic footprints of lichenization
(2017)
The lichen symbiosis – consisting of fungal mycobionts and photoautotroph photobionts (green algae or cyanobacteria) – is globally successful. It covers an estimated 6% of the global surface with habitats ranging from deserts to the arctic. This success is reflected in the diversity of the mycobionts, with around 21% of all fungal species participating in lichen symbioses that can be facultative or obligate. Lichenization is furthermore evolutionary old, with fossil evidence for lichens reaching back 415 million years. For an individual fungal lineage, the Lecanoromycetes, the lichenization happened around 300 million years ago. This longstanding symbiotic relationship and the diversity of observed symbiotic dependency make them promising models to study the genomic consequences that follow the establishment of symbioses. Despite this, only little is known about the genomic effects of lichenization and extreme symbiotic dependency. To fill this gap we sequenced the hologenome of the lichen Lasallia pustulata, where the mycobiont could so far not been cultivated, suggesting that it might be more dependent on its symbionts.
As the poor culturability of lichen symbionts renders their genomes inaccessible to standard sequencing practices, we evaluated the extent to which different metagenome sequencing- and de novo assembly-strategies can be used to sequence and reconstruct the genomes of the individual symbionts. We find that the abundances of individual genomes present in the L. pustulata hologenome vary substantially, with the mycobiont being most abundant. Using in silico generated data sets and real Illumina sequencing data for L. pustulata we observe that the skewed abundances prevent a contiguous assembly of the underrepresented genomes when using only short-read sequencing. We conclude that short-read sequencing can offer first insights into lichen hologenomes. The fragmentation of the reconstructions hinders downstream analyses into the genomic consequences of lichenization though, as these are focused on identifying the gain and loss of genes.
We thus demonstrate a hybrid genome assembly strategy that is based on both short- and long-read sequencing. We show that this strategy is capable of creating highly contiguous genome reconstructions, not only for the L. pustulata mycobiont but also its photobiont Trebouxia sp., along with substantial amounts of the bacterial microbiome. A subsequent analysis of the microbiome of L. pustulata – performed over nine different samples collected in Germany and Italy – showed a stable taxonomic composition across the geographic range. We find that Acidobacteriaceae, which are known to thrive in nutrient poor habitats, are the dominant taxa. These would make them well adapted for the co-habitation with L. pustulata, which largely grows on rocks. Whether the Acidobacteriaceae are functionally involved in the lichen symbiosis is unclear so far.
As further comparative genomic studies rely on comprehensive genome annotations, we evaluate the completeness and fidelity of the gene annotations for the mycobiont L. pustulata as well as four further Lecanoromycetes. This reveals that un- and mis-annotated genes impact all evaluated genomes, with artificially joined genes and unannotated genes having the largest impact. In addition to these factors we find that the sequence composition – especially G/C-rich inverted repeats – lead to sequencing errors that interfere with the gene prediction. We minimize the effects of these artifacts through a rigorous curation.
Given the extremely sparse taxon sampling of available green alga genomes, we focus our search for the genomic footprints of lichenization on the mycobionts. We compare the genomes of the Lecanoromycetes to their closest relatives, the Eurotiomycetes and Dothideomycetes. This reveals that the last common ancestor of the Lecanoromycetes has lost around 10% of its genes after they split from the non-lichenized ancestor they share with the Eurotiomycetes. These losses are furthermore enriched, showing an excessive loss of genes involved with the degradation of polysaccharides. The loss of these genes fits a change from an ancestral saprotrophic lifestyle that depends on degrading complex plant matter, to the symbiotic lifestyle that relies on simpler nutrients provided by the photobionts. While the last common ancestor of the Lecanoromycetes additionally gained around 400 genes these could so far not be further characterized due to a lack of functionally annotated reference data.
As the mycobiont L. pustulata could so far not been grown in axenic culture, we initially expected to find an extensive genomic remodeling compared to the other mycobionts that easily grow in culture. We do not find evidence for this. Analyzing both the contraction of gene families and the loss of genes, we observe that L. pustulata and Umbilicaria muehlenbergii – its close relative that is easily grown in culture – share most of these. Furthermore, L. pustulata does not show an excessive loss of evolutionary old and well-conserved genes. These effects are mirrored on the functional level, as neither gene family contractions nor gene losses show a functional enrichment. This is partially due to the lack of functional reference data, analogous to the genes gained in the Lecanoromycetes, rendering their characterization hard. Thus, further studies on the genomic consequences of lichenization and differences in symbiotic dependence will have to be conducted, including larger taxon sets. This will be even more important for the photobionts, as the Chlorophyta are even more sparsely sampled today, hindering an effective functional and evolutionary study.
Tissue size regulation is critical for the normal functioning of the organ as well as to prevent unwanted pathogenesis such as cancer. The Hippo signaling pathway is well known for its robust regulation of tissue growth by the negative regulation of its nuclear effectors YAP1 and WWTR1. In this study, I have described the role of Yap1/Wwtr1 in zebrafish development, with a primary emphasis on the cardiovascular system.
I have generated zebrafish yap1 and wwtr1 mutants by CRISPR/CAS9. The mutant alleles are likely to be nonfunctional due to a premature stop codon and they show evidence of nonsense-mediated decay. Given that Yap1 and Wwtr1 are closely related proteins and have overlapping functions, I am given the opportunity to perform combinatorial analysis of the mutations on zebrafish development. Together with molecular probing tools, high-throughput sequencing and high-resolution imaging, I showed that
1. Double yap1;wwtr1 mutants exhibit severe posterior elongation phenotype, but somitogenesis appears to proceed as usual.
2. Yap1 and Wwtr1 may play an important role in PCV development and secondary angiogenic sprouting. However, key experiments will be needed to elucidate the direct role of Yap1 and Wwtr1 on these processes.
3. wwtr1-/- larvae hearts have a reduction in trabeculation, but in mosaic WT hearts, mutant cardiomyocytes prefer to populate the trabecular layer. My studies revealed that the mutant compact wall could not support trabeculation, which explains the hypotrabeculation phenotype of wwtr1-/- hearts. Additionally, Wwtr1 is required for myocardial Notch activity and can inhibit compact wall cardiomyocytes from entering the trabecular layer.
In summary, the Hippo signaling pathway, through Yap1/Wwtr1 has important regulatory functions in growth control. My work has revealed a surprising role for Yap1/Wwtr1 in tissue morphogenesis such as posterior tail morphogenesis and specific developmental processes of the cardiovascular system. It will be of interest to elucidate the regulation of Yap1/Wwtr1 in individual cells that translates into the complex cellular behaviors that drives morphogenesis.
Cardiovascular disease is the leading cause of death worldwide. Aging is among the greatest risk factors for cardiovascular disease. Cardiovascular disease comprises several diseases, for example myocardial infarction, elevated blood pressure and stroke. Many processes are known to promote or worsen cardiovascular disease and in the present study, cellular senescence and inflammatory activation were of special interest, as they have a strong association to aging and can be seen as hallmarks of cellular aging.
Long noncoding RNAs (lncRNAs) are noncoding RNAs with a length of more than 200 nucleotides. In recent years, numerous regulatory functions were shown for these transcripts and lncRNAs were shown to directly interact with DNA, RNA and proteins. The long noncoding RNA H19 was among the first described noncoding RNAs and was initially shown to act as a tumor suppressor. More recently, several studies showed oncogenic roles for H19. In regards to the cardiovascular system, H19 was not analyzed before.
We show that H19 is the most profoundly downregulated lncRNA in endothelial cells of aged mice compared to young littermates. Microarray analysis of human primary endothelial cells upon pharmacological H19 depletion revealed an involvement of H19 in cell cycle regulation. Loss of H19 in human endothelial cells in vitro led to reduced proliferation and to increased senescence. H19 depletion was shown to counteract proliferation before, but none of the described mechanisms applied to endothelial cells. We show that the reduction in proliferative capacity and the pro-senescent function of H19 is most probably mediated by an upregulation of p16ink4A and p21 upon H19 depletion.
When we compared the angiogenic capacity of aortic endothelial cells from young and aged mice in an aortic ring assay, rings from aged mice showed a reduced cumulative sprout length. Interestingly, pharmacological inhibition of H19 in aortic rings of young animals, where H19 is highly expressed, was sufficient to reduce the cumulative sprout length to levels we observed from aged animals. Furthermore, overexpression of human H19 in aortic rings of aged mice, where H19 is poorly expressed, rescued the impaired angiogenic capacity of aged endothelial cells.
We generated inducible endothelial-specific H19 knockout mice (H19iEC-KO) and subjected these animals to hind limb ischemia surgery followed by perfusion analysis in the hind limbs by laser-doppler velocimetry and histological analysis. Perfusion in the operated hind limb was increased in H19iEC-KO compared to Ctrl littermates, which was in contrast to a reduction in capillary density in the operated hind limbs of H19iEC-KO animals compared to Ctrl littermates and to our previous results. Analysis of arteriogenesis revealed an increase in collateral growth upon EC-specific H19 depletion in the ischemic hind limbs, which explains the increase in perfusion despite the reduction in capillary density. Further characterization of the animals revealed an increase in leukocyte infiltration into the tissue in the ischemic hind limbs upon endothelial-specific H19 depletion, indicating a potential role of H19 in inflammatory tissue activation.
Reanalysis of the microarray data from human primary endothelial cells upon H19 depletion revealed an association of H19 with inflammatory signaling and more specifically with IL-6/JAK2/STAT3 signaling. Analysis of cell surface adhesion molecule expression revealed an upregulation of ICAM-1 and VCAM-1 on mRNA level and an increase of the abundance of the two proteins on the cell surface of human primary endothelial cells. Consequently, adhesion of isolated human monocytes to human primary endothelial cells was increased upon H19 depletion in vitro. Interestingly, TNF-α mediated inflammatory activation of primary human endothelial cells repressed H19 expression. H19 did not function via previously described mechanisms. We excluded a competitive endogenous RNA (ceRNA) function for H19 in endothelial cells and showed that miR-675, which is processed from H19, does not play a role in the endothelium. Furthermore, H19 did not regulate previously described genes or pathways.
Analysis of transcription factor activity upon H19 depletion and overexpression revealed a differential activity of STAT3. STAT3 phosphorylation at TYR705 and thus activation was increased upon H19 depletion. Inhibition of STAT3 activation using a small compound inhibitor abolished the effects of H19 depletion on mRNA expression of p21, ICAM-1 and VCAM-1 and on proliferation, indicating that the effects of H19 are at least partially mediated via STAT3. STAT3 was shown to have positive effects on the cardiovascular system before, most likely due to upregulation of VEGF in a STAT3-dependent manner. We were not able to confirm previously described mechanisms for STAT3 in the present study and propose a new mechanism of action for the H19-dependent regulation of STAT3. Taken together, these results identify the long noncoding RNA H19 as a pivotal regulator of endothelial cell function. Figure 38 summarizes the described functions of H19 in endothelial cells.
The cardiovascular system (CVS) consists of heart and blood vessels, forming a close circulatory loop. All tissues depend on the nutrients and molecular oxygen (O2) delivered by the blood. Therefore, it is not surprising that the CVS is one of the first working systems and the heart is the first functional organ in the forming embryo (Baldwin 1996). The building blocks of blood vessels are endothelial cells (ECs), which form the endothelium, a specialized epithelium that defines the luminal surface of the vessels (Pugsley and Tabrizchi 2000). The process of blood vessel development comprises several steps. The first events occurring are the formation of new vessels de novo to constitute the primary vascular loop known as vasculogenesis. During vasculogenesis the vascular precursors, known as angioblasts, migrate and coalesce to form the axial vessels. Subsequently, the main vessels undergo a specification step where they acquire either arterial or venous identity. As the embryo increases in size, the main vascular loop needs to increase in complexity. In order to reach all the different parts of the developing organs, new blood vessels are formed from pre-existing ones, a phenomenon known as angiogenesis (Gore et al. 2012).
Mature blood cells have a short lifespan. Therefore, hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) are required throughout lifetime to constantly form new blood cells in a process called hematopoiesis. Interestingly, endothelial and immune cells development have been shown to converge at different points during their development, one of which is developmental hematopoiesis. During embryogenesis, definitive hematopoiesis occurs in a tissue called hemogenic endothelium (HE), a specialized subset of ECs at the ventral wall of the dorsal aorta (DA). HE acquires hematopoietic potentials and gives rise to HSCs, through a process known as endothelial-to-hematopoietic transition (EHT). During EHT, these specialized ECs extrude from DA and colonize the so-called aorta-gonadmesonephros (AGM) region, forming the native HSCs (Paik and Zon 2010).
As vascular development requires different steps, the molecular pathways involved are many. The Notch signaling pathway has been demonstrated to be one of the main players in vascular development. Among other functions, Notch signaling has been shown to be important during EHT. In the murine model, Runx1, a master regulator of HSC formation, has been shown to be transcriptionally regulated by NOTCH1 through GATA2 activation. This observation was later corroborated by knockdown studies for notch1a and notch1b in zebrafish (Butko, Pouget, and Traver 2016). Another essential pathway for vascular development is the HIF pathway. Hif-1α, Hif-1β and Hif-2α mouse mutants show severe vascular defects that result in early embryonic lethality (Simon and Keith 2008), which hinders a deep analysis of the phenotypes incurring in the mutant embryos. In addition, deletion of Hif-1α specifically in myeloid cells showed abnormalities in the motility, invasiveness, and adhesion of macrophages (Cramer et al. 2003). Intriguingly, Hif-1α deletion in vascular endothelial cadherin-expressing cells led to a significant but partial reduction of HSC number, suggesting that other players may be involved in this pathway (Imanirad et al. 2014).
Zebrafish embryos have been shown to be tolerant to hypoxia at very early stages of development (Padilla and Roth 2001). Also, zebrafish embryos develop externally and this allows to finely manipulate the environment where they grow (Lieschke and Currie 2007). These features make zebrafish an ideal model to investigate how hypoxia and Hif transcription factors affect vertebrate vascular development. In this study, I will examine the impact of hypoxia on zebrafish vascular development. Specifically, I will dissect the role of hif-1α in macrophage-EC interactions during vascular development and repair. Moreover, I show redundant functions for hif-1α and hif-2α in HSC development upstream of Notch signaling.
Deciphering the ecological functions of fungal root endophytes based on their natural occurrence
(2017)
Plants are colonized by a large diversity of fungi, some residing on the surface and others penetrating the plant tissues, the latter referred to as fungal endophytes (endon Gr., within; phyton, plant; de Bary 1879). Despite the saprotrophic potential of fungal endophytes, they are not found to cause visible disease symptoms to the host. Plants are colonized simultaneously by various fungal species, which form rich and diverse endophytic assemblages. Although it is hypothesized that fungal endophytes contribute to the fitness of their hosts and to the functioning of ecosystems, the ecological function of fungal endophytic assemblages remains cryptic. The aims of this doctoral thesis are to gain insight to the ecological functions of root fungal endophytes, by deciphering their roles in ecosystems based on their natural occurrence and the structure of their assemblages. The thesis focuses on studying the diversity and structure of the endophytic mycobiome within roots of two annual and widespread plant hosts Microthlapsi perfoliatum and M. erraticum (Brassicaceae) in several locations across northern Mediterranean and central Europe. The thesis is composed by six Chapters, with a primary focus on Chapter 1, 2 and 3.
Chapter 1 (Glynou et al., 2016) aimed at characterizing the diversity of fungal endophytes in roots at a continental scale and at assessing the factors affecting the structure of endophytic assemblages with the use of cultivation-based methods. For that, root samples were collected from 52 plant populations, along with a collection of soil, bioclimatic, geographic and host data. Cultivation of surface-sterilized root samples on culture media and isolation of fungal colonies in pure culture generated 1,998 fungal colonies. Grouping of sequences into Operational Taxonomic Units (OTUs), based on the 97% similarity of the isolates’ rDNA Internal Transcribed Spacer (ITS) sequence, generated in total 296 OTUs, representing taxa mostly within the phylum Ascomycota with a minor representation of Basidiomycota. Endophytic assemblages were mostly correlated with variation in bioclimatic conditions. Interestingly, despite the large diversity revealed, the assemblages were dominated by only six OTUs related to the orders Hypocreales, Pleosporales and Helotiales, which had a widespread distribution across populations but with some following patterns of ecological preferences.
Chapter 2 aimed at characterizing the uncultivable fraction of the root fungal endophytic diversity, which was not possible to capture in Chapter 1. High-throughput sequencing via the
Illumina Miseq platform was implemented in 43 of the 52 original populations and mostly in the same root samples. In comparison with the cultivation-based approach, the HTS managed to cover the overall diversity within samples. It revealed a large non-cultivated endophytic diversity but the same cultivable fungi dominated assemblages. Moreover, the endophytic diversity was grouped mostly within fungal orders with demonstrated ability to grow in culture and taxonomically related groups were found to have divergent ecological preferences.
The genetic identity of the most abundant OTUs was further investigated in Chapter 3 (Glynou et al., 2017), aiming to unravel genotypic variability, which was possibly overlooked due to the use of lTS, as a universal genetic marker, and could explain their high abundance and widespread distribution. Multi-locus gene sequencing and AFLP profiling for the five most abundant OTUs suggested a low within-OTU genetic variability and show that these fungi have ubiquitous distribution and are not limited by environmental conditions within the ecological ranges of the study. A selection of endophytes frequently isolated in Chapter 1 was functionally characterized in Chapter 4 (Kia et al., 2017) based on the isolates’ traits and interactions with plants. In Chapter 5 (Cheikh-Ali et al., 2015) fungal cultures of Exophiala sp. with differential colony structure where investigated for their production of secondary metabolites. Moreover, Chapter 6 (Maciá-Vicente et al., 2016) comprises the description of the new species Exophiala radicis based on morphological and molecular characteristics.
Compilation of all results shows that the fungal endophytic diversity in roots of Microthlaspi spp. is high but few widespread OTUs dominate the assemblages, and have unlimited dispersal ability. These fungi seem also to have a wide niche breadth and are not affected by environmental filtering. The findings indicate that the local environment but also processes of competitive exclusion determine the structure of endophytic assemblages. In addition, the fungal endophytes associated with Microthlapsi spp. likely have saprotrophic activity however the interactions with plants are likely context-dependent. Further research is needed to assess the biotic interactions among endophytes and their effect on the structure of fungal endophytic assemblages. Ultimately, the findings of this thesis are useful to shed light on the processes underlying the structure of endophytic assemblages. They also upraise the need to describe diversity by combining genetic, metabolic and physiological data, in order to disentangle the elusive ecological roles of the endophytic mycobiome.
Tissue integrity is defined by the composition and connection of cells as a structural and functional unit. It is modulated by a magnitude of processes including differentiation, survival, controlled death and adhesion of cells. Besides, external factors such as physical forces are also involved. A suitable model system to study all modalities of tissue integrity is the mammary gland. Postnatally and within the reproductive phase, the mammary gland undergoes morphological and functional modifications that periodically loosen or strengthen tissue integrity. An important point in the development of the mammary gland is the regression during weaning, also termed involution. The transition from lactation to involution is important for a controlled loss of tissue integrity. In this transition, collective cell death is initiated but not yet prominent enabling the mammary gland to fully recover lactation.
In this thesis, modalities of tissue integrity were investigated using three-dimensional cell cultures (i.e. spheroids) and the mammary gland as model systems. In the context of this thesis, I established (1) an immunofluorescence staining protocol and its detailed evaluation. Furthermore, I studied (2) the role of cell survival during mammary gland development, (3) the effect of physical forces that modulate tissue integrity and (4) the contribution of proteins to cell adhesion and growth.
Since a homogeneous fluorescence stain of the specimen is necessary for quantitative analysis, an immunofluorescence staining protocol was established to stain large spheroids in toto. The evaluation contributes qualitative and quantitative criteria that judge the specificity, intensity and homogeneity of the stain. Based on this approach, it was possible to demonstrate the morphological and functional characteristics that spheroids share with the mammary gland in vivo. These characteristics included the synthesis of extracellular matrix, the development of polarized acinar structures and lactogenic differentiation.
The role of cell survival during mammary gland development was analyzed by means of the expression profile of the pro-survival protein BAG3. The expression of BAG3 differed in the progress of mammary gland development. While the expression was low during pregnancy, it rose in the lactation phase and peaked within the first days of involution, indicating that BAG3 is associated with early involution in the mammary gland. In vitro experiments related the expression of BAG3 to cell survival in mammary epithelial cells.
Physical forces naturally occur during developmental processes influence tissue integrity during the initiation of mammary gland involution. The influence of physical force applied as compression on mammary epithelial spheroids was investigated. A morphological analysis showed that following a lag, the cell nuclei volume changed upon compression. A short-term compression induced the activation of caspases. A prolonged compression reduced the activity of caspases. This suggests the induction of a process that allows cells the adaption to changing environmental conditions. BAG3 is known to be involved in mechanical stress-induced autophagy, also known as chaperone assisted selective autophagy (CASA). Compression of spheroids did not induce CASA. The experimentally applied strain was not comparable to the strain found in the alveolar cells during involution in vivo. Thus, whether or not CASA is activated during mammary gland involution remains elusive. Nevertheless, the methodical approach to apply compression on spheroids in vitro is a model to study the influence of physical forces on cell aggregates.
Apart from cell survival and physical forces, growth and adhesion of cells affect tissue integrity. A spheroid formation assay and subsequent data analysis and computational modeling enabled the investigation of these processes in a non-adhesive environment. The analysis suggested that spheroid formation follows a reaction-controlled process, in which cells do not necessarily form a connection when they collide. The loss of function of either E-cadherin or actin strongly inhibited the formation of a spheroid. The analysis further revealed that neither E-cadherin nor actin influence the chance of the cells to form a connection when they collide. Both molecules are more important in stabilizing established connections. Depolymerization of microtubules still allowed spheroids to form, but the formation was decelerated and growth of the final spheroids was inhibited. The results from computational modeling suggested that microtubules act on cell adhesion through different mechanisms, which also vary among different cell types. The inhibition of FAK phosphorylation at Y397, a downstream target of integrin signaling, and the analysis of FAK protein levels in spheroids showed that integrin-mediated signaling is not prominent in three-dimensional spheroids formed from non-invasive cells. A deletion of BAG3 gene expression increased the number of dead cells in forming spheroids suggesting that BAG3 predominantly affects cell survival.
The results of this thesis identified and characterized adhesion- and survival-associated proteins that are important for tissue integrity. This thesis suggests that a BAG3-dependent cell survival mechanism is prominent at the beginning of mammary gland involution. Future studies will have to identify the related factors and inducers of tissue integrity loss in the mammary gland. This will shed light on the physiology of the organ and could explain the disorders that destroy its integrity. In addition, this thesis contributes to a better understanding of spontaneous cell aggregation, the aggregate organization and implies a role of cell migration in these processes. Future studies that focus on three-dimensional cell migration could explain, how cell migration is promoted and to which extent it supports tissue integrity.
Savannas provide essential ecosystem services for human well-being in West Africa. Thus, ecosystem change not only directly affects biodiversity but also human livelihoods. Human land use considerably shaped these savanna ecosystems for millennia, particularly agriculture, livestock grazing, logging and the collection of non-timber forest products (NTFPs). NTFPs are wild plant products and comprise all organic matter from herbaceous plants, shrubs, and trees (excluding timber). Current increasing land use pressure through fast demographic changes is widely esteemed as a severe threat for savanna biodiversity and the socio-economy of rural communities. In consideration of the pivotal role of NTFP species for biodiversity and livelihoods, it is important to evaluate the effect of increasing land use change on savanna vegetation and on its provisioning service for human well-being. Thus, the major aim of this thesis is to investigate the impacts of land use intensification on vegetation composition, diversity and function and its consequences for provisioning ecosystem services (NTFPs) and human well-being in a West African savanna.
The research for this study was conducted in the North Sudanian vegetation zone of south-eastern Burkina Faso, where population growth exceeds the nationwide trend. Generally, Burkina Faso belongs to the worldwide poorest countries, where nearly one quarter of the population suffers from malnutrition (FAO 2014). The integration of NTFPs and particularly wild food species into rural household economies is, thus, an important measure in the national combat against poverty and food insecurity (FAO 2014). Against this background, I focus on vegetation changes, the economic importance of NTFPs as well as the decrease and substitution of wild food species in this study.
Vegetation resurveys of different vegetation types since the early 1990s showed that land use change led to more pronounced changes in the herbaceous than in the woody vegetation layer. Most woody vegetation types stayed stable in species composition and richness, even though some highly useful tree species (Vitellaria paradoxa, Parkia biglobosa) declined in some woody vegetation types. In contrast, in most herbaceous vegetation types species richness increased and species composition considerably changed. This change might be explained by a general ruderalisation process through a pronounced increase of wide-ranging herbaceous species. However, in spite of a general species increase in the herbaceous layer, a decrease of preferred herbaceous fodder species was found. Thus, the decline of useful species in both layers is alarming. Herbaceous vegetation types also showed more pronounced changes in plant functional trait characteristics in comparison to woody vegetation types. However, an increase of smaller plant species and species with a high diaspore terminal velocity (VTerm) was found in both vegetation layers. Since these two trait responses are generally related to grazing and browsing, the strong increase of livestock herds is likely to be responsible for the detected vegetation changes.
In addition to the vegetation study, interviews showed that all useful food species were widely considered to decline. The two economically most important tree species, the shea tree (Vitellaria paradoxa) and the locust bean tree (Parkia biglobosa) that contribute with 70% to wild food income, were considered among the most declining species of all cited wild food species. On this matter, local perceptions of species decline and results from field observations are in accordance. However, a wide range of cited substitutes indicated a great knowledge on alternative plant species in the area. Most wild food species are, however, substituted by other highly valued wild food species. Although our results suggest that rural communities are able to cope with the decrease or absence of wild food species, growing decline of one species would concurrently increase the pressure on other native food species. Therefore, the need to counteract the decrease of highly useful wild food species should be of high priority in management measures. In general, I showed that NTFPs are an essential component in rural households, since it contributed with 45 % to total household income. Significant differences in NTFP dependency between the two investigated villages and across the three main ethnic groups were detected, reflecting different traditional uses and harvesting practices. In general, it was shown that poorer households depend more on NTFP income than wealthier households. Against the background of this study, management strategies for agroforestry systems and poverty alleviation should consider local differences, and ethnicity-dependent NTFP-use patterns.
Overall, the combination of field studies on temporal and functional vegetation change with socio-economic and ethno-botanic interviews increases the knowledge on qualitative and quantitative vegetation changes and on the consequences for rural populations. This thesis gives a thorough insight into decreasing trends of economically valued plant species and thus gives evidence on the consequences of vegetation changes for ecosystem services of West African savanna ecosystems. Further, different NTFP-dependencies and use preferences according to socio-economic and cultural variables, such as ethnicity, present a valuable basis for specific decision-making and should be considered in management plans.
Surface water can contain a complex mixture of organic micropollutants (i.e. residues of pharmaceuticals or biocides). Conventional wastewater treatment plants (WWTPs) do not completely remove a broad range of anthropogenic chemicals and therefore represent a leading point source. To upgrade WWTPs, technical solutions based on oxidative and sorptive processes have been developed and successfully implemented. Acknowledging these substantial advances, this thesis focuses on another key topic and aims to investigate whether improved biological treatment processes likewise effectively remove anthropogenic micropollutants from wastewater. The work conducted on this topic was part of two European research projects (ATHENE, ENDETECH).
The ATHENE project aimed to go beyond the state-of-the-art by developing biological wastewater treatment processes that exploit the full potential of biodegradation. With the objective to explore the potential of complementary strictly anaerobic conditions within the biological wastewater treatment, combinations of aerobic and anaerobic treatments on site of a WWTP were implemented. Based on pre-experiments, two promising treatment combinations were selected for a more comprehensive evaluation. An aerobic treatment was paired with an anaerobic pre-treatment under iron-reducing conditions, and an activated sludge treatment was combined with an anaerobic post-treatment under substrate-limiting conditions. For the evaluation of these processes, an effect-based assessment was applied and combined with chemical data of 31 selected target organic micropollutants as well as ten metabolites. To assess the removal of endocrine disrupting chemicals (EDCs), yeast based reporter gene assays covering seven receptor-mediated mechanisms of action including (anti-)estrogenicity, (anti-) androgenicity, retinoid-like, and dioxin-like activity were conducted. Furthermore, the removal of unspecific toxicity (Microtox assay) and oxidative stress response as a marker for reactive toxicity (AREc32 assay) were analyzed to cover micropollutants acting via a non-specific mechanism of action. Moreover, to assess toxicity of the whole effluent in vivo, standardized in vivo bioassays with four aquatic model species (Desmodesmus subspicatus, Daphnia magna, Lumbriculus variegatus, Potamopyrgus antipodarum) were performed.
The combination of aerobic and anaerobic treatments resulted in a low additional removal of the selected target organic micropollutants (by 14-17%). In contrast, the removal of endocrine and dioxin-like activities (by 17-75%) and non-specific in vitro toxicities (by 27-60%) was significantly enhanced. Compared to technical solutions (i.e. ozonation), the combination with an anaerobic pre-treatment under iron-reducing conditions was likewise effective in removing the estrogenic activity as well as the unspecific toxicity, whereas anti-androgenic activity and dioxin-like activity were less effectively removed. Exposure to effluents of the conventional activated sludge treatment did not induce adverse in vivo effects in the investigated aquatic model species. Accordingly, no further improvement in water quality could be observed. In conclusion, the combination of aerobic and anaerobic treatment processes significantly enhanced the removal of specific and non-specific in vitro toxicities. Thus, an optimization of the biological wastewater treatment can lead to a substantially improved detoxification. These capacities of a treatment technology can only be uncovered by complementary effect-based measurements.
The global objective of the ENDETECH project was to develop a biotechnological solution to eliminate recalcitrant pharmaceuticals in wastewater direct from sites, where high loads are expected (i.e. hospitals). For this purpose, laccase, an enzyme mainly found in wood decaying fungi, was immobilized on ceramic membranes for application in bioreactors. In a proof of principle experiment, the performance of immobilized laccase in removing a mixture of 38 antibiotics without and in combination with a natural mediator (syringaldehyde; SYR) was investigated. For the evaluation of the enzymatic membrane bioreactors, chemical data on the elimination of the selected target antibiotics was combined with the outcomes of two in vitro bioassays. Growth inhibition tests with an antibiotic sensitive Bacillus subtilis strain were conducted to assess the residual antibiotic activity of the effluents, and Microtox assays were performed to detect a potential formation of toxic by-products.
The treatment by laccase without SYR did not reduce the load of antibiotics significantly. In contrast, in combination with a SYR concentration of 10 µmol L-1, 26 out of 38 antibiotics were removed by >50% after 24 h treatment. Moreover, increasing the SYR concentration to 1000 µmol L-1 resulted in a further improvement of the antibiotic removal. 32 out of 38 antibiotics were removed by over 50%, whereby 17 were almost completely eliminated (>90%). However, the treatment with laccase in combination with SYR resulted in a time-dependent increase of unspecific toxicity. While SYR alone did not affect B. subtilis, the combination of laccase with SYR led to a strong time-dependent growth inhibition up to 100%. Similar to that, a time-dependent increase of unspecific toxicity in the Microtox assay was observed. In conclusion, the laccase-mediator process successfully degrades a broad spectrum of antibiotics and thus represents a promising technology to treat wastewater from sites, where high loads are expected. However, further research is required to reduce the formation of unspecific toxicity before an implementation of this technology can be considered.
Research in cell and developmental biology requires the application of three-dimensional model systems that reproduce the natural environment of cells. Processes in developmental biology are therefore studied in entire systems like insects or plants. In cell biology, three-dimensional cell cultures (e.g. spheroids or organoids) model the physiology and pathology of cells, tissues or organs. In all systems, the cellular neighborhood and interactions, but also physicochemical influences, are realistically presented. The production and handling of these model systems is rather simple and allows for reproducible characterization.
Confocal and light sheet-based fluorescence microscopy (LSFM) enable the observation of these systems while maintaining their three-dimensional integrity. LSFM is applicable to imaging live samples at high spatio-temporal resolution over long periods of time. The quality of the acquired datasets enables the extraction of quantitative features about morphology, functionality and dynamics in the context of the complete system. This approach is referred to as image-based systems biology. Exploiting the potential of the generated datasets requires an image analysis pipeline for data management, visualization and the retrieval of biologically meaningful values.
The goal of this thesis was to identify, develop and optimize modules of the image analysis pipeline. The modules cover data management and reduction, visualization, reconstruction of multiview image datasets, the segmentation and tracking of cell nuclei and the extraction of quantitative features. The modules were developed in an application-driven manner to test and ensure their applicability to real datasets from three-dimensional fluorescence microscopy. The underlying datasets were taken from research projects in developmental biology in insects and plants, as well as from cell biology.
The datasets acquired in fluorescence microscopy are typically complex and require common image processing steps in order to manage, visualize, and analyze the datasets. The first module accomplishes automatic structuring of large image datasets, reduces the data amount by image cropping and compression and computes maximum projection images along different spatial directions. The second module corrects for intensity variations in the generated maximum projection images that occur as a function of time. The program was published as a part of an article in Nature Protocols. Another developed module named BugCube provides a web-based platform to visualize and share the processed image datasets.
In LSFM, samples can be rotated in-between two acquisitions enabling the generation of multiview image datasets. Prior to my work, Frederic Strobl and Alexander Ross acquired the complete embryogenesis of the red flour beetle, Tribolium castaneum, and the field cricket, Gryllus bimaculatus, with LSFM. I evaluated a plugin for the software FIJI as a module for the reconstruction of such datasets. The plugin was optimized for automation and efficiency. We obtained the first high quality three-dimensional reconstructions of Tribolium and Gryllus datasets.
Optical clearing increases the penetration depth into samples, thus providing endpoint images of entire three-dimensional objects with cellular detail. This work contributes a quantitative characterization module that was applied to endpoint images of optically cleared spheroids. A program for the generation of ground truth datasets was developed in order to evaluate the cell nuclei segmentation performance. The program was part of a paper that was published in BMC Bioinformatics. Using the program, I could show that the cell nuclei segmentation is robust and accurate. Approaches from computational topology and graph theory complete the segmentation of cell nuclei. Thus, the developed module provides a comprehensive quantitative characterization of spheroids on the level of the individual cell, the cell neighborhood and the whole cell aggregate. The module was employed in four applications to analyze the influence of different stress conditions on the morphology and cellular arrangement of cells in spheroids. The module was accepted for publication in Scientific Reports along with the results for one application. The cell nuclei segmentation further provided a data source for simulation models that used correlation functions to identify structural zones in spheroids. These results were published in Royal Society Interface.
The final part of this work presents a module for cell tracking and lineage reconstruction. In collaboration with Dr. Alexis Maizel, Dr. Jens Fangerau and Dr. Daniel von Wangenheim, I developed a module to track the positions of all cells involved in lateral root formation in Arabidopsis thaliana and used the extracted positions for extensive data analysis. We reconstructed the cell lineages and established the first atlas of all founder cells that contribute to the formation. The analysis of the retrieved data allowed us to study conserved and individual patterns in lateral root formation. The atlas and parts of the analysis presented in this thesis were published in Current Biology.
In this thesis, I developed modules for an image analysis pipeline in three-dimensional fluorescence microscopy and applied them in interdisciplinary research projects. The modules enabled the organization, processing, visualization and analysis of the datasets. The perspective of the image analysis pipeline is not restricted to image-based systems biology. With ongoing development of the image analysis pipeline, it can also be a valuable tool for medical diagnostics or industrial high-throughput approaches.
Taxonomy, phylogeny and zoogeography of the hexaploid Torini of the Middle East and North Africa
(2017)
Fishes of the tribe Torini Karaman, 1971 (Teleostei: Cyprinidae) are a diverse group of primary freshwater fishes, distributed in Africa, the Middle East, and Indomalaya. They are an important component of the native freshwater-fish fauna of the Middle East and North Africa, and occur in most large river systems of the Levant, Arabia, Mesopotamia, southern Iran, and Morocco. They belong to the subfamily Cyprininae, are characterised by being tetraploid or hexaploid, having large scales, and a smooth and ossified last unbranched ray in the dorsal fin. As primary freshwater fishes they are not able to tolerate marine conditions and depend on direct freshwater connections for their dispersal. This makes them an ideal model for zoogeographic studies.
Prior to this study, the diversity of the Torini species in the Middle East and North Africa was not well understood. The validity of several genera and species was unclear, and the generic assignment of several species changed frequently.
In this PhD project the taxonomy, phylogeny, and zoogeography of the Torini of the Middle East and North Africa were investigated with morphological, as well as molecular methods. More than 1550 fish specimens were examined morphologically. Some of the specimens, including the types of most nominal species, were already available from museum collections. The remaining specimens were collected during expeditions to Ethiopia, Iran, Jordan, Morocco and Syria. Tissue samples were collected for molecular genetic analyses. The mitochondrial genes for cytochrome b, NADH dehydrogenase subunit 4 and the tRNAs for serine and histidine were sequenced from more than 120 specimens, representing 20 species of Torini and two small, diploid African barbs (Cyprinidae, tribe Smiliogastrini). Molecular data were analysed with Bayesian inference and other methods.
The analyses confirmed that the hexaploid Torini of Africa and the Middle East form a monophyletic group. In the Middle East and North Africa the Torini are represented by the genera Arabibarbus, Carasobarbus, Mesopotamichthys, and Pterocapoeta. These genera are each morphologically diagnosable, monophyletic, and genetically distinct. The species 'Labeobarbus' reinii cannot be assigned to any of these genera, because it is morphologically dissimilar and genetically clearly separated from each of them. A generic name for this species is presently not available and until the description of a new genus it is preliminarily assigned to the genus 'Labeobarbus'.
Out of the 28 species-group taxa described from the Middle East and North Africa until now, 15 are valid: Arabibarbus arabicus, A. grypus, A. hadhrami, Carasobarbus apoensis, C. canis, C. chantrei, C. exulatus, C. fritschii, C. harterti, C. kosswigi, C. luteus, C. sublimus, Mesopotamichthys sharpeyi, Pterocapoeta maroccana, and 'Labeobarbus' reinii.
The phylogenetic relationships between the Middle Eastern and North African Torini are well resolved, based on the analysis of mitochondrial DNA sequences from nearly all relevant species.
The interspecific and intraspecific morphological and genetic diversity is shaped by the zoogeographic history. Conclusions can be drawn about the events that shaped the evolution of this group. The Torini originated in the Indomalayan biogeographical realm and colonised the Middle East and Africa during the Miocene via the Gomphotherium landbridge. The Indomalayan Torini are tetraploid, whereas those of the Middle East and Africa are hexaploid. Molecular phylogenetic analyses showed that the hexaploid Torini cluster within the tetraploid Torini. This makes the tetraploid Torini a paraphyletic group with respect to the hexaploid Torini. Morocco was colonised in two independent waves. The first came from sub-Saharan Africa and is represented by Pterocapoeta maroccana. The second originated in the Middle East and gave rise to C. fritschii, C. harterti, and probably 'L.' reinii. The Tigris-Euphrates system is the largest freshwater system in the Middle East. Its central position between the Orontes River and Jordan River in the West, the Iranian tributaries to the Persian Gulf in the East, and the Arabian Peninsula in the South made it an important crossroad for the colonisation of the Middle East by Torini and other freshwater biota. During the Miocene the predecessors of the Jordan and Orontes rivers were connected to the Tigris-Euphrates system. The Jordan River was separated from the Euphrates before the Orontes. Arabia was colonised in two waves. The first (A. arabicus, A. hadhrami, C. exulatus) dates to the Pliocene, whereas the second (C. apoensis) ended as recently as the late Pleistocene or early Holocene.
The process of urbanization is one of the major causes of the global loss of biodiversity; however, cities nowadays also have the potential to serve as new habitats for wildlife. The European rabbit (Oryctolagus cuniculus, L. 1758) is a typical example of a wildlife species that reaches stable population densities in cities. Due to intense plant and soil damages, German city authorities aim to control high rabbit densities through the application of a yearly hunting regime (e. g., in Munich, Berlin or Frankfurt am Main). In contrast, population densities of O. cuniculus are on decline in German rural areas, i. e., numbers of yearly hunting bags decreased. The aim of my doctoral thesis was to answer the following research questions: Do population densities of the European rabbit correlate with the intensity of urbanization in and around Frankfurt am Main and if so, which factors play a role in varying densities? How are burrow construction behaviors and group sizes, daytime activity patterns and anti-predator behaviors as well as communication behaviors of this mammal affected by urbanization?
In my first study, I focused on population dynamics across 17 different study sites in and around Frankfurt. As one of yet few studies, I invented an approach that quantified the intensity of urbanization (degree of urbanity) of each study site base on four variables: (1) intensity of anthropogenic disturbance per min and ha, (2) number of residents within a radius of 500 m, (3) proportion of artificial ground cover and (4) numbers of anthropogenic objects per ha. Spearman rank correlations confirmed that with increasing degree of urbanity also rabbit and burrow densities increased. The access to dense shrubs, bushes etc. as suitable sites for burrow construction is the most determining factor for rabbit abundances, and therefore I presumed different densities along the rural-to-urban gradient to be driven by shifts in the availability of thick vegetation.
In the second study, I calculated two indices that in both cases classified burrows to be either accumulated, evenly or randomly distributed within study sites. Additionally, in cooperation with local hunters the number of burrow entrances and animals that occupy the same burrow had been determined during the hunting season. With increasing degree of urbanity burrow distribution patterns shifted from accumulated in rural areas towards more evenly distributed within the city center of Frankfurt. This is a clear sign for an increasing access to sites suitable for burrow construction along the rural to-urban gradient. Additional Spearman rank correlations revealed that the external dimensions of burrows decreased (shorter distances between entrances) and that burrows became less complex (fewer entrances) along the rural-to-urban gradient. In accordance, the number of rabbits that commonly shared the same burrow system was highest within rural areas, whereas I found mainly pairs and single individuals within highly urbanized study sites.
In the last study I compared activity patterns, burrow use and percentages of anti-predator behaviors from one hour before sunrise until one hour after sunset of rural, suburban and urban rabbit groups. A linear mixed model (LMM) and Spearman rank correlations confirmed that rabbits located at urban and suburban sites spent more time outside their protective burrows compared to their rural conspecifics. At suburban sites, individuals invested the least amount of time in anti-predator behavior. Results of this third study gave evidence that suburban rabbit populations on one hand benefit from less predation pressure by natural predators in comparison to rural sites, whereas on the other hand are exposed to less intense disturbance by humans compared to urban study sites.
The last study focused on the effects that urbanization had on the latrine-based communication behavior of rabbits. As many other mammals, O. cuniculus exchange information via the deposition of excreta in latrines, and depending on the intended receiver(s), latrines are either formed in central areas for within-group communication or at territorial boundaries, e. g., for between-group communication. The relative importance of within- vs. between-group communication depends on, amongst other factors, population densities and group sizes which I proved both to shift along the considered rural-to-urban gradient. I determined latrine sizes, latrine densities and latrine utilization frequencies relative to their distance to the nearest burrow at 15 different study sites. Latrine densities and utilization frequencies increased with increasing distance from the burrow in suburban and urban populations whereas at rural sites, largest latrines and those containing the most fecal pellets were close to the burrow, suggesting that within-group communication prevailed.
To sum up, for the first time, I was able to relate shifts in the ecology and behavior of the European rabbit as adaptations to a gradual anthropogenic habitat alteration that are typical for “urban exploiters”. Especially the suburban habitat provides high landscape heterogeneity (“edge habitat“) which is essential for high and stable rabbit populations. Moreover, here, comparably low human disturbance and predation pressure are given in contrast to the agriculturally transformed, open landscapes which are nowadays typical for most rural areas in central Europe. I argue that this mainly leads to the observed behavioral changes along the rural-to-urban gradient. Future plans for rural land management actions should aim to increase refuge availability by generating networks of ecotones. This would also benefit species that depend on similar ecosystem structures as the European rabbit and are on decline in Germany.
Die Verarbeitung während des Hörprozesses von Säugetieren verläuft von der Kochlea mit den inneren und äußeren Haarsinneszellen (äHZ) über afferente Nervenbahnen bis zum auditorischen Kortex (AK). Die daran beteiligten Schaltstationen und deren Funktion sind überwiegend aufgeklärt. Die Hörbahn ist zudem in besonderer Weise durch efferente Rückkopplungen gekennzeichnet, die interne Modulationen sowie sekundäre Reaktionen auf den Reiz ermöglichen. Anatomisch betrachtet verlaufen efferente Projektionen vom AK zu sämtlichen am Hörprozess beteiligten Kerngebieten. Vom Olivenkomplex erfolgt über mediale und laterale Fasern eine Innervation der äHZ bzw. des Hörnervs. Trotz der gut beschriebenen Anatomie ist die funktionelle Beziehung zwischen dem AK und der Peripherie weitgehend ungeklärt. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurde der funktionelle Zusammenhang vom AK zu den äHZ in der mongolischen Wüstenrennmaus untersucht. Dafür wurde entweder eine pharmakologische Blockierung der Kortexaktivität durch den Natriumkanalblocker Lidocain erzeugt oder eine Aktivierung der Kortexaktivität durch die Anwendung elektrischer Reize ausgelöst. Der Einfluss der Manipulationen wurde in der Kochlea mittels Messungen von Distorsionsprodukt-otoakustischen Emissionen (DPOAE) erfasst. Diese entstehen durch die nichtlineare Verstärkung leiser Schallsignale durch die äHZ zur Erzielung hoher Sensitivität und Frequenzauflösung. Die DPOAE treten als kubische (z. B. 2f1-f2) und quadratische (z. B. f2-f1) Verzerrungen auf und geben Aufschluss über unterschiedliche Parameter der äHZ-Verstärkungsfunktion.
Die Lidocainversuche wurden entweder kontra- oder ipsilateral zur DPOAE-Messung durchgeführt. In beiden Konstellationen traten nach der Lidocaininjektion Erhöhungen und Verringerungen der DPOAE-Pegel im Vergleich zur Basismessung oder unveränderte DPOAE-Pegel auf. Im Mittel lagen die Pegeländerungen bei ca. 11 dB, in Einzelfällen betrugen sie bis zu 44,8 dB. In den Gesamtdaten waren die Effekte nach kontralateraler Injektion oft signifikant größer als nach ipsilateraler Injektion. Ebenso waren die Effekte in der 2f1-f2 Emission meist signifikant größer als in der f2-f1 Emission. Zudem wurde beobachtet, dass signifikant größere Effekte bei einer Stimulation mit Pegeln von 60/50 dB SPL im Vergleich zu 40/30 dB SPL erreicht wurden. Grundsätzlich trat in allen Datensätzen eine Reversibilität der DPOAE-Pegel mit zunehmender Versuchsdauer auf. Die Effekte waren direkt nach der Injektion am größten und erreichten je nach Stimuluspegel und Emissionstyp nach 28-100 min die Basispegel. In keinem der Datensätze lag eine Abhängigkeit der im Kortex gereizten charakteristischen Frequenz (CF) zum betroffenen Frequenzbereich in der Kochlea vor. Die Effekte waren über den gesamten gemessenen Frequenzbereich von 1-40 kHz nachweisbar. Allerdings waren die Frequenzbereiche von 1-10 kHz und 30,5-40 kHz besonders stark von der Lidocaininjektion betroffen.
Auch nach der elektrischen Reizung wurden die drei oben beschriebenen Effekttypen definiert. Mit 54,6 % war der Prozentsatz unveränderter DPOAE-Pegel allerdings sehr hoch. In den anderen beiden Kategorien konnten zusätzlich Differenzierungen im zeitlichen Verhalten der DPOAE-Pegel vorgenommen werden. In 21,6 % bzw. 16,5 % der Datensätze waren die Verringerungen bzw. Erhöhungen bis zum letzten gemessenen Zeitpunkt nach der elektrischen Reizung irreversibel und nur in jeweils 2,8 % der Datensätze war eine Reversibilität zu verzeichnen. In diesen Fällen war die Effektdauer mit im Mittel 31 bzw. 25 min kürzer als in den Lidocainversuchen. Auch die Effektstärken waren mit maximal 23,9 dB und je nach Effekttyp im Mittel 5,1-13,7 dB geringer als nach der Lidocaininjektion. Die größten Effekte traten in einem mittleren Stimuluspegelbereich von 45-55 dB SPL auf. Wiederum konnte keine Abhängigkeit des betroffenen Frequenzbereichs von der kortikal gereizten CF nachgewiesen werden. In Einzelfällen waren auf DPOAE-Ebene nur die Frequenzen ober- und unterhalb der kortikalen CF beeinflusst, wohingegen bei der CF selbst keine Effekte auftraten.
Durch Kontrollexperimente (Salineinjektion bzw. Einführen der Elektrode ohne elektrische Reizung) konnte nachgewiesen werden, dass die Effekte durch die Manipulation der Kortexaktivität hervorgerufen wurden. Somit liegt eine funktionelle Beziehung zwischen dem AK und der Peripherie vor, die langanhaltende massive Ausmaße annehmen kann. Die Effektrichtung ist vermutlich durch die exzitatorisch oder inhibitorisch wirkenden Neurone vom Colliculus inferior zum Olivenkomplex bedingt. Die größeren Effekte in der kontralateralen Konfiguration lassen sich durch die Diskrepanz in der Anzahl der gekreuzten (2/3) und ungekreuzten (1/3) medialen Efferenzen erklären. Die kubischen Komponenten der äHZ-Verstärkungsfunktion scheinen stärker beeinflusst zu sein als die quadratischen Komponenten, was in größeren Pegeländerungen in der 2f1-f2 Emission resultiert. Die teils großen Effektstärken sowie die nicht vorhandene Frequenzabhängigkeit zwischen AK und Kochlea sind vermutlich auf den großen Kortexbereich zurückzuführen, der von den gewählten Injektionsvolumina bzw. elektrischen Reizstärken betroffen war. Die großen Effekte im mittleren Stimuluspegelbereich lassen sich sowohl mit einer möglichen Schutzfunktion der Efferenzen vor zu lauten Schallereignissen als auch mit einer Verbesserung des Signal-Rausch-Verhältnisses zur erleichterten Detektion akustischer Signale in Einklang bringen. Insgesamt deuten die Ergebnisse darauf hin, dass die Aktivität des AK einen starken Einfluss auf periphere auditorische Mechanismen hat, wodurch die kochleäre Verarbeitung akustischer Signale je nach kortikalem Verarbeitungsstatus massiv modifiziert werden kann.
Fossile Rohstoffe dienen in unserer heutigen Gesellschaft als Energiequelle und als Rohstofflieferant für Grund-, Feinchemikalien und Pharmazeutika. Sie tragen jedoch zum Klimawandel und Umweltverschmutzung bei. Lignocellulosische Biomasse ist eine erneuerbare und nachhaltige Alternative, die durch biotechnologische Prozesse erschlossen werden kann. Die Bäckerhefe Saccharomyces cerevisiae ist ein sehr gut untersuchter Modellorganismus, für den es zahlreiche genetische Werkzeuge und Analysemethoden gibt. Zudem wird S. cerevisiae häufig in biotechnologischen Prozessen eingesetzt, da diese Hefe robust gegenüber industriellen Bedingungen wie niedrigen pH-Werten, toxischen Chemikalien, osmotischem und mechanischem Stress ist. Die Pentose D-Xylose ist ein wesentlicher Bestandteil von lignocellulosischer Biomasse, die aber nicht natürlicherweise von der Bäckerhefe verwerten werden kann. Für eine kommerzielle Herstellung von Produkten aus lignocellulosischer Biomasse muss S. cerevisiae D-Xylose effektiv verwerten. Für die Bäckerhefe konnten heterologe Stoffwechselwege etabliert werden, damit diese D-Xylose verwerten kann. Für eine effiziente Xyloseverwertung bleiben dennoch zahlreiche Herausforderungen bestehen. Unter anderem nehmen die Zellen D-Xylose über ihre endogenen Hexosetransporter nur langsam auf. Die heterologe Xylose-Isomerase (XI) besitzt in S. cerevisiae eine geringe Aktivität für die Isomerisierung von D-Xylose. Unspezifische Aldosereduktasen konkurrieren mit der Xylose-Isomerase um das gleiche Substrat und produzieren Xylitol, ein starker Inhibitor der Xylose-Isomerase. Eine Möglichkeit die Umsatzrate von Enzymen zu steigern und Substrate vor Nebenreaktionen zu schützen, ist die Anwendung von Substrate Channeling Strategien. Bei Substrate Channeling befinden sich die beteiligten Enzyme in einem Komplex, wodurch die Substrate lokal angereichert werden und von einem aktiven Zentrum zum nächsten weitergeleitet werden, ohne Diffusion in den restlichen Reaktionsraum. In dieser Arbeit wurde untersucht, ob ein Komplex zwischen einem membranständigen Transporter und einem löslichen Enzym konstruiert werden kann, um durch Substrate Channeling eine verbesserte Substrat-Verwertung zu erreichen. Die Xylose-Isomerase aus C. phytofermentans und die endogene Hexose-Permease Gal2 sollten in dieser Arbeit als Modellproteine in S. cerevisiae-Zellen mit Hilfe von Protein-Protein-Interaktionsmodulen (PPIM) in räumliche Nähe zueinander gebracht werden.
Die Expression verschiedener PPIM konnte in S. cerevisiae mittels Western Blot nachgewiesen werden. Auch Fusionsproteine aus unterschiedlichen PPIM wurden in dieser Hefe exprimiert. Die PPIM binden komplementäre PPIM oder kurze Peptidliganden, welche an die Xylose-Isomerase und an den Gal2-Transporter fusioniert wurden. Die Funktionalität beider Proteine wurde mittels in vivo und in vitro Tests untersucht. Die Xylose-Isomerase mit N-terminalen Liganden des WH1-Protein-Protein-Interaktionsmoduls (WH1L-XI) und der Gal2-Transporter mit N-terminalen SYNZIP2-Protein-Protein-Interaktionsmodul (SZ2-Gal2) erwiesen sich als geeignete Kandidaten für weitere Untersuchungen. Mittels indirekter Immunfluoreszenz konnte die Ko-Lokalisierung von SZ2-Gal2 und WH1L-XI, die einander über ein Scaffold-Protein binden, nachgewiesen werden.
Transformanten, in denen ein Komplex aus Transporter, Scaffold-Protein und Xylose-Isomerase gebildet wurde, zeigten bessere Fermentationseigenschaften gegenüber der Scaffold-freien Kontrolle und dem Wildtyp: Sie verwerteten Xylose schneller, bildeten weniger vom unerwünschten Nebenprodukt Xylitol, produzierten mehr Ethanol und wiesen eine höhere Ethanolausbeute auf. Der beobachtete Substrate Channeling Effekt kompensierte die geringere Enzymaktivität der WH1L-XI im Vergleich zum Wildtyp-Protein. Die Wirksamkeit des Substrate Channeling wurde verringert, wenn die Bildung des Komplexes aus Transporter, Scaffold-Protein und Xylose-Isomerase gestört wurde, indem ein getaggtes GFP mit dem Scaffold-Protein um die Bindungsstelle an Gal2 konkurrierte. Dies zeigt, dass die positive Wirkung auf die Komplex-Bildung zwischen XI und Gal2 zurück zu führen ist. Die Fermentationseigenschaften konnten gesteigert werden, indem der zuvor zwischen SZ2-Zipper und Gal2-Transporter verwendete Linker, der aus zehn Aminosäuren von Glycin, Arginin und Prolin (GRP10) bestand, durch einen aus Glycin und Alanin (GA10) ersetzt wurde. Die verbesserten Fermentationseigenschaften beruhten auf einem Substrate Channeling Effekt und einer gesteigerten Aufnahmerate des SZ2-GA10-Gal2-Transporters. Ein Vergleich der Strukturvorhersagen von SZ2-GRP10-Gal2 und SZ2-GA10-Gal2 zeigte, dass der GRP10-Linker einen unstrukturierten, flexiblen Linker ausbildet, während der GA10-Linker eine starre α-Helix ausbildet. Die Struktur und der Transportprozess von Gal2 sind nicht aufgeklärt. Bei verwandten Transportern geht man davon aus, dass Substrate durch Konformationsänderungen ins Innere der Zelle transportiert werden, indem die beiden Domänen gegeneinander klappen. Die α-Helix könnte die Geschwindigkeit der Konformationsänderungen begünstigen.
Durch Kontrollexperimente konnte ausgeschlossen werden, dass die gesteigerten Fermentationseigenschaften eine Folge der Stabilisierung der XI- und Gal2-Fusionsproteine durch das Anfügen des Liganden oder durch Komplexbildung mit dem Scaffold-Protein waren. Substrate Channeling zwischen Gal2 und XI entsteht durch die Komplexbildung mit dem Scaffold-Protein, wodurch sich Gal2 und XI in räumlicher Nähe zueinander befinden. Dieser Effekt beruht möglicherweise zusätzlich aufgrund einer hohen örtlichen Ansammlung dieser Proteine, da die tetramere XI weitere Scaffold-Proteine binden könnte, welche weitere Gal2-Transporter binden könnte. Darüber hinaus sammeln sich Transporter an bestimmten Orten der Membran an und Transporter mit ähnlicher oder gleicher Transmembransequenz tendieren dazu zu ko-lokalisieren. Hierdurch könnten Gal2-XI-Agglomerate entstehen und Xylose wird mit hoher Wahrscheinlichkeit von einer der vielen Xylose-Isomerasen umgesetzt.
In dieser Arbeit wurde der Hefepilz Xanthophyllomyces dendrorhous als vielseitige biotechnologische Plattform für die Produktion von Carotinoiden verwendet. Durch genetische Modifikationen der Carotinoidbiosynthese wurde ein Astaxanthin-Hochproduzent zur Akkumulation des farblosen Phytoens, das die menschliche Haut vor der schädlichen Wirkung der UV-Strahlung schützt und des gelben Zeaxanthins, das zur Förderung und Erhalt der Sehfähigkeit beiträgt, befähigt. Zur Generierung eines Phytoen-Hochproduzenten wurde das Gen crtI (Phytoen-Desaturase) inaktiviert und der Phytoengehalt durch Überexpression der Gene HMGR, crtE und crtYB gesteigert. Die Generierung eines Zeaxanthin-Hochproduzenten beinhaltete die Inaktivierung des Gens asy (Astaxanthin-Synthase) und die heterologe Expression einer bakteriellen ß-Carotin-Hydroxylase CrtZoXd.
Die Inaktivierung der Gene erfolgte mit spezifischen Knock-Out-Konstrukten, die mittels homologer Rekombination in crtI oder asy integrierten. Nachdem die Transgene auf Vektoren mit verschiedenen Antibiotikaresistenzen kloniert wurden, wurde die Überexpression durch genomische Integration in die ribosomale DNA erreicht. Anschließend wurde die Carotinoidzusammensetzung der Zellextrakte durch Hochleistungsflüssigkeitschromatographie an einer C18-Trennsäule oder durch Dünnschichtchromatographie bestimmt. Der Knock-Out-Nachweis erfolgte mittels Polymerase-Kettenreaktion und Amplifikation der Genloci, während die Anzahl integrierter Carotinoidgene durch quantitative Real-Time-PCR bestimmt wurde. Die Kultivierungen von X. dendrorhous wurden sowohl in Schikanekolben als auch in einem 2L-Bioreaktor durchgeführt.
Im Zuge der genetischen Modifikationen konnte der Ploidiegrad des Wildtyps bestimmt werden, der bis dahin unbekannt war. Durch das Auftreten von instabilen heterozygoten Stämmen und deren Überführung zu stabilen Homozygoten wurde die Existenz eines diploiden Genoms nachgewiesen. Um die für die biotechnologische Anwendung notwendige Stabilität der Carotinoidbiosyntheseleistung zu erreichen, wurden zwei Strategien entwickelt. Hierbei erfolgte die Stabilisierung der Stämme als Folge mitotischer Rekombination nach Subkultivierung und anschließender Farbselektion oder durch Induktion des sexuellen Zyklus und Sporulation.
Der crtI-Knock-Out führte zur Akkumulation von 3,6 mg/g dw Phytoen. Anschließend wurde die Limitierung der Phytoensynthese durch crtYB-Überexpression aufgehoben und die Versorgung der Carotinoidbiosynthese mit Vorläufermolekülen durch HMGR- und crtE-Überexpression erhöht. Im Bioreaktor wurde durch die Anwendung eines dreistufigen Fed-Batch-Prozesses, der eine effiziente Glucoseverwertung sicherstellte, mit 10,4 mg/g dw die höchste bis dato publizierte zelluläre Phytoenkonzentration im stabilisierten Hochproduzenten erreicht.
Der asy-Knock-Out führte zur Akkumulation von 4,5 mg/g dw ß-Carotin, das anschließend durch heterologe Expression der codon-optimierten ß-3,3-ß-Hydroxylase crtZoXd im Hochproduzenten zu 3,5 mg/g dw Zeaxanthin umgesetzt wurde. Zur Optimierung des Vorgehens wurden Knock-In-Konstrukte entwickelt, mit denen beide Schritte (Knock-Out und Integration von Carotinoidgenen) in nur einem molekular-biologischen Schritt durchgeführt und 94 % des in einem Wildtypstamm vorhanden ß-Carotins zu Zeaxanthin umgesetzt wurden. Die Optimierung der Wachstumsbedingungen bei der Bioreaktor-Kultivierung des stabilisierten Zeaxanthinproduzenten führte mit 10,8 mg/L zu einem 5-fach höheren Zeaxanthingehalt im Vergleich zur Schikane-Kultivierung.
Durch den Einsatz der Pentosen Arabinose und Xylose als alternative Kohlenstoffquellen wurde der Carotinoidgehalt der Phytoen- und Zeaxanthin-Hochproduzenten um 70 bzw. 92 % im Vergleich zur Glucose-Kultivierung gesteigert, wobei die Gründe für diesen Effekt in einer stärkeren Kohlenstoffverwertung und der Hemmwirkung von Glucose vermutet wurden. Aus verschiedenen pflanzlichen Abfallstoffen kann Xylose durch Hydrolyse freigesetzt werden, deren Nutzung zum Aufbau einer nachhaltigen und kostengünstigen biotechnologischen Carotinoidproduktion beitragen kann.
Darüber hinaus wurden multioxigenierte Zeaxanthinderivate, von denen eine positive Wirkung auf die menschliche Gesundheit vermutet wird, durch kombinatorische Biosynthese erhalten. Durch die schrittweise Integration der Gene crtZoXd, crtG (ß-2,2-Hydroxylase) und bkt (ß-4,4-Ketolase) in eine ß-Carotinmutante wurde die Biosynthese von Zeaxanthin, Nostoxanthin und schließlich von 4-Keto-Nostoxanthin und 4,4-Diketo-Nostoxanthin erreicht. Anschließend erfolgte die chemische Reduktion zu den neuartigen Carotinoiden 4-Hydroxy-Nostoxanthin und 4,4-Dihydroxy-Nostoxanthin und der zweifelsfreie Nachweis aller vier Carotinoide anhand der mittels Massenspektrometrie bestimmten Molekülmassen und Fragmentierungsmuster.
Introduction:
The evolutionary patterns of symbiotic organisms are inferred using cophylogenetic methods. Congruent phylogenies indicate cospeciation or host-switches to closely-related hosts, whereas incongruent topologies indicate independent speciation. Recent studies suggest that coordinated speciation is a rare event, and may not occur even in the highly specialized associations. The cospeciation hypothesis was mainly tested for free-living mutualistic associations, such as plant-pollinator interactions, and host-parasitic systems but was rarely tested on obligate, mutualistic associations involving intimate physiological interactions. Symbionts with lower partner selectivity may not experience coordinated speciation due to frequent switching of partners. On the other hand, symbionts with high partner selectivity may influence each other’s evolution owing to the highly interdependent lifestyles. Symbiont association patterns are also influenced by habitat and it has been proposed that symbiotic interactions are stronger in warm regions as compared to cooler regions (also referred as latitudinal gradient of biotic specialization). This hypothesis however, has recently been challenged and it has been suggested that a gradient of biotic specialization may not exist at all. Reliable species concepts are a prerequisite for understanding the association and evolutionary patterns of symbiotic organisms. The species concepts of many groups traditionally relied on the morphological species concept, which may not be adequate for distinguishing species due to the: i) homoplasious nature of morphological characters, an due to the inability to distinguish cryptic species. Thus phylogenetic species concept along with coalescent-based species delimitation approaches, which utilize molecular data for inferring species boundaries have been used widely for resolving taxonomic relationships. Lichens are obligatory symbiotic associations consisting of a fungal partner (mycobiont) and one or more photosynthetic partners, algae, and/or cyanobacteria (photobionts). I used the lichen forming fungal genus Protoparmelia as my study system, which consists of ~25-30 previously described species inhabiting different habitats, from the arctic to the tropics. This makes Protoparmelia an ideal system to explore the association and evolutionary patterns across different macrohabitats.
Objectives:
The objectives of this thesis were to 1. Elucidate the phylogenetic position of Protoparmelia within Lecanorales, and infer the monophyly of Protoparmelia; 2. Understand species diversity within Protoparmelia s.str. using coalescent-based species delimitation approaches; and 3. To identify the Trebouxia species associated with Protoparmelia using phylogenetic and species delimitation approaches and to infer the association and cophylogenetic patterns Protoparmelia and Trebouxia in different macrohabitats.
Results and discussion:
Chapter 1: Taxonomic position of Protoparmelia
In the first part of this study I explored the taxonomic position of Protoparmelia within the order Lecanorales. Overall this study included 54 taxa from four families, sequenced at five loci (178 sequences). I found Protoparmelia to be polyphyletic and sister to Parmeliaceae.
Chapter 2: Multilocus phylogeny and species delimitation of Protoparmelia spp.
In this part of the study, I identified and delimited the Protoparmelia species forming a monophyletic clade sister to Parmeliaceae i.e., Protoparmelia sensu stricto group, based on the multilocus phylogeny and coalescent-based species delimitation approaches. I included 18 previously described and three unidentified Protoparmelia species, which represents ~70% of the total described species, and 73 other taxa, sequenced at six loci. I found that the sensu stricto group comprised of 25 supported clades instead of 12 previously described Protoparmelia species. I tested the speciation probabilities of these 25 clades using species delimitation softwares BP&P and spedeSTEM. I found nine previously unrecognized lineages in Protoparmelia and I propose the presence of at least 23 species for Protoparmelia s.str., in contrast to the 12 described species included in the study.
Chapter 3: Association and cophylogenetic patterns of Protoparmelia and its symbiotic partner Trebouxia
...
Die mitochondriale Innenmembran (IM) besteht aus zwei Subkompartimenten. Der Cristae Membran (CM) und der inneren Grenzmembran (IBM), welche durch die runden und schlitzartige Strukturen der Christa Junctions (CJs) verbunden werden Der MICOS-Komplex ist an den CJs lokalisiert und besteht aus mindestens 6 Komponenten, Mic60, Mic27, Mic26, Mic19, Mic12 und Mic10. Es ist bekannt, dass der MICOS-Komplex essentiell für die Stabilität der CJs ist. Die in dieser Arbeit gezeigten Ergebnisse, geben Aufschluss darüber, wie sich einzelne MICOS-Komponenten auf die Stabilität von Cristae und CJs im Modellsystem Hefe (S cerevisiae) auswirken. Zu Beginn dieser Arbeit war zum einen bekannt, dass die MICOS-Komponente Mic60 essentiell für die Bildung von CJs ist. Zum Anderen wurden im Vorfeld dieser Arbeit Interaktionen von Mic60 mit Proteinen in der mitochondrialen Außenmembran, vor allem Proteinkomplexe mit β-barrel-Proteinen identifiziert. Diese Interaktionen werden über den evolutionär, konservierten C-Terminus von Mic60 vermittelt.
β-barrel Proteine besitzen eine charakteristische Peptidsequenz, die β-Sequenz. Diese dient nach dem Import der β-barrel Proteine in die Mitochondrien als Signalpeptid für den SAM-/TOB-Komplex, welcher daraufhin die Proteine in die Außenmembran insertiert. In dieser Arbeit wurde ebenfalls eine β-Sequenz im C-Terminus von Mic60 identifiziert, diese zeigte einen Einfluss auf die Cristae-Stabilität. Zellen die eine Mic60-Variante mit einer Deletion oder Punktmutation der β- Domäne exprimieren, zeigten eine reduzierte Anzahl an CJs. Auch das Verkürzen des C-Terminus von Mic60 hatte diesen Effekt auf die mitochondriale Ultrastruktur. So konnte gezeigt werden, dass die β-Domäne und die Integrität des C-Terminus essentiell für die Stabilität von CJs sind.
Der Fokus dieser Arbeit lag in der Charakterisierung der MICOS-Komponenten Mic26 und Mic27. Es konnte bewiesen werden, dass beide Proteine genetisch mit der MICOS-Kernkomponente Mic60 interagieren. Die Untersuchung der mitochondrialen Ultrastruktur von Δmic26- und Δmic27-Zellen zeigte, dass eine Deletion vom Mic26 keinen Einfluss auf die Organisation der mitochondrialen Innenmembran hat. Im Gegensatz dazu, ist im Vergleich zum Wildtyp die Anzahl an CJs in Δmic27-Zellen um zwei Drittel reduziert. Auch die Innenmembranoberfläche ist in diesen Zellen stark vergrößert. Die Untersuchung der Morphologie der mitochondrialen Innenmembran in Zellen ohne Mic27 durch Kryo-Elektronentomographie isolierter Mitochondrien, veranschaulichte die Struktur der CJs in diesen Zellen genauer. Es zeigten sich hier breitere CJs, und der Übergang von der Cristaemembran in den Bereich der inneren Grenzmembran ist sehr flach und undefiniert. In Wildtyp-Mitochondrien waren die CJs schmal und schlitzartig und haben einen scharfkantigen Übergang von der Cristaemembran zur inneren Grenzmembran. Des Weiteren wies die Cristaemembran in Δmic27-Zellen unregelmäßige zackige Strukturelemente auf, was auf eine Anhäufung an Dimeren der F1FO-ATP Synthase hinweist.
Diese Beobachtungen in den Kryo-Tomogrammen, wurde durch Analysen des Oligomerisierungszustands der F1FO-ATP Synthase in Δmic27-Zellen, bestätigt. Hier fanden sich deutlich weniger höhere Oligomere und vermehrt Dimere. So kann aus diesen Befunden geschlossen werden, dass Mic27 die Oligomere der F1FO-ATP Synthase stabilisiert.
Um zu untersuchen, wie der MICOS-Komplex mit der F1FO-ATP Synthase in Verbindung steht, wurde mittels 2D-BNE-Analysen und einem Complexome Profiling die Komplexierung der nativen Komplexe in Wildtyp- und Δmic27-Mitochondrien analysiert. Zum einen konnte durch diese Untersuchungen gezeigt werden, dass Mic27 neben der F1FO-ATP Synthase auch stabilisierend auf den MICOS-Komplex wirkt. Die Komplexe im hochmolekularen Bereich der MICOS-Komponenten zerfielen in Δmic27-Zellen, was darauf hinweist, dass die anderen MICOS-Komponenten hier nicht mehr assemblieren können. Mic10 war die einzige MICOS-Komponente die in Δmic27-Zellen noch stabile Komplexe im hohen Massenbereich ausbildete. Mic10 findet sich zudem nicht nur in Klustern mit anderen MICOS-Komponenten sondern auch mit der F1FO-ATP Synthase.
Die Interaktion von Mic10 und der F1FO-ATP Synthase wurde auch biochemisch, mittels chemischer Quervernetzern und Ko-Immunpräzipitationsexperimenten bestätigt. Dies legt nahe, dass Mic10 die CJs mit hoher Wahrscheinlichkeit, durch die Verbindung mit der F1FO-ATP Synthase, mit der Cristaemembran verbindet und so stabilisiert.
Aufgrund der Erkenntnisse dieser Arbeit konnte ein neuartiges Modell postuliert werden. Die MICOS-Komponente Mic60 stabilisiert die CJs durch eine Interaktion seines C-Terminus mit Proteinen in der Außenmembran. Mic27 vermittelt über Mic10 die Interaktion zur F1FO-ATP Synthase. Somit ist diese neu identifizierte Interaktion des MICOS-Komplex zur F1FO-ATP Synthase essentiell für die Stabilität von CJs ist, indem es den MICOS-Komplex mit den Oligomeren der F1FO-ATP Synthase verbindet.
Der Gyrus dentatus ist eine anatomische Region im Hippocampus und besitzt die einzigartige Fähigkeit auch im adulten Gehirn lebenslang neue Nervenzellen zu generieren. Dieser Prozess wird als adulte Neurogenese bezeichnet, stellt eine besondere Form struktureller Plastizität dar und es wurde gezeigt, dass adult neugebildete Körnerzellen im Gyrus dentatus essentiell am Prozess des hippocampalen Lernens und der Gedächtnisausbildung beteiligt sind. Es wird vermutet, dass neue Körnerzellen aufgrund ihrer charakteristischen Eigenschaften verstärkt auf neue Informationsmuster reagieren können und darauf spezialisiert sind Muster, die eine hohe Ähnlichkeit zueinander haben zu separieren und diese Unterschiede zu kodieren. Obwohl bereits eine Vielzahl von wissenschaftlichen Studien zum Verständnis der Entwicklung und Funktion adult neugebildeter Körnerzellen beitragen konnte, bestehen immer noch Unklarheiten darin, wie sich diese neuen Nervenzellen strukturell entwickeln, wann es zu einer funktionellen Integration kommt und wie diese beiden Prozesse miteinander zusammenhängen. In den vorliegenden Arbeiten wurde die strukturelle Entwicklung und synaptische Integration adult neugebildeter Körnerzellen in das bestehende hippocampale Netzwerk der Ratte und Maus unter in vivo Bedingungen untersucht. Zur Beantwortung dieser Fragen wurden Methoden aus der Anatomie, Histologie und in vivo Elektrophysiologie kombiniert. Der Nachweis neuer Körnerzellen erfolgte entweder durch immunhistologische Färbungen gegen spezifische Marker für unreife und reife Körnerzellen, Markierungen mit Bromdesoxyuridin oder retro- bzw. adenovirale intrazerebrale Injektionen und Expression von GFP. Es wurde eine in vivo Stimulation des Tractus perforans in der anästhesierten Ratte zur Langzeitpotenzierung der Körnerzellsynapsen und anschließend eine immunhistologische Analyse der Expression von synaptischen Aktivitäts- und Plastizitätsmarkern in neugebildeten und reifen Körnerzellen nach der Stimulation durchgeführt. Zusätzlich wurden detaillierte drei-dimensionale Rekonstruktion dendritischer Bäume erstellt und dendritische Dornenfortsätze an retroviral markierten Zellen analysiert.
Die vorliegenden Daten belegen den generellen Verlauf der Entwicklung neugeborener Körnerzellen in zwei unterschiedliche Phasen: eine frühe dendritische Reifung und eine späte funktionelle und synaptische Integration. Neugeborene Körnerzellen zeigten ein rasches dendritisches Auswachsen, dass innerhalb der ersten drei bis vier Wochen abgeschlossen war. Während dieses Wachstumsprozesses passieren Dendriten nacheinander die Körnerzellschicht und anschließend die innere, mittlere und äußere Molekularschicht. Dadurch sind sie innerhalb ihrer morphologischen Entwicklungsphasen anatomisch auf spezifische präsynaptische Partner limitiert. In der wissenschaftlichen Literatur wird eine transiente kritische Phase beschrieben, in der neugeborene Körnerzellen eine starke Plastizität und sensitivere synaptische Erregbarkeit aufweisen. Obwohl die vorliegenden Resultate keine direkten Hinweise auf eine stärkere bzw. sensitivere Plastizität neugeborener Körnerzellen liefern, konnte eine Phase zwischen vier und fünf Wochen identifiziert werden, in der neue Körnerzellen einen sprunghaften Anstieg in ihrer Fähigkeit zur Expression synaptischer Aktivitätsmarker (z.B. Arc und c-fos) und Ausbildung struktureller Plastizität (Dendriten und Dornenfortsätze) zeigten. Die präsentierten Resultate machen deutlich, dass Dornenfortsätze neuer Körnerzellen nach elf Wochen eine vergleichbare Dichte, Größenverteilung und Plastizität aufzeigen, die vergleichbar mit denen vorhandener Körnerzellen sind. Die Fähigkeit zur dendritischen Plastizität nach synaptischer Aktivierung zeigten jedoch nur neugeborene Körnerzellen zwischen der vierten und fünften Woche. Diese Ergebnisse implizieren, dass die Integration neugebildeter Körnerzellen kontinuierlich verläuft und obwohl die vorliegenden Daten die Existenz einer dendritischen Plastizität und einen sprunghaften Anstieg synaptischer Plastizität in der vierten und fünften Woche belegen, wurden keine weiteren Hinweise auf eine transiente kritische Phase gefunden. Des Weiteren zeigten dendritische Bäume von gereiften adult neugeborenen und reifen Körnerzellen Unterschiede, die daraufhin deuten, dass neue Körnerzellen eine eigene Subpopulation darstellen.
Multicellular organisms require that cells adhere to each other. This cell-cell adhesion is indispensable for the formation and the integrity of epithelial structures, tissues and organs. Mammals have developed four different cell-cell adhesion structures, the adhering junctions, which ensure the tight contact between cells but are also important platforms for communication and exchange in tissues. Two of these adhering junctions are cadherin based, the belt-like adherens junctions and the spot-like desmosomes. Both structures have in common that they are composed of single membrane spanning proteins, the cadherins, which accomplish adhesion in a calcium-dependent manner. The intracellular parts of classical as well as desmosomal cadherins bind to different adaptor proteins of the armadillo-protein family and others which build a protein plaque underneath the membrane and link the cadherins to the actin or intermediate filament cytoskeleton.
Desmosomes are of special importance for tissues that have to withstand mechanical stress. Although they are essential to stabilize tissues they have to be highly flexible and dynamic structures, as processes like wound healing or tissue remodeling require that adhesive interactions can be modulated. The molecular dynamics within desmosomes are not jet understood in detail, but it is assumed that two different membrane associated pools of desmosomal cadherins exist in cells. Cadherins that are incorporated in mature desmosomes are part of the junctional pool, whereas cadherins that are not associated with firm desmosomes and the intermediate filament cytoskeleton belong to the non-junctional pool. Lateral movements between the two pools results in a dynamic equilibrium and allows for example the exchange of old cadherins. Little is known about the breakdown of desmosomal cadherins. Several studies found that desmosome assembly or endocytosis are cholesterol dependent processes and claimed that membrane microdomains play a role in the regulation of desmosome dynamics. Moreover, membrane rafts may be involved in the pathomechanism of the desmosome associated disease pemphigus, were autoantibodies bind to the cadherin desmoglein-3 and trigger its internalization which results in a loss of adhesion in skin cells.
Membrane rafts are cholesterol dependent nanoscale structures of cellular membranes that are able to regulate the distribution of proteins within the plasma membrane and thus form platforms for cell signaling and membrane trafficking. Flotillins are proteins that are associated with membrane rafts and are reported to be involved in processes like endocytosis, endosomal sorting and a multitude of different signaling events. We could recently show that the membrane raft associated proteins flotillin-1 and flotillin-2 bind directly to the armadillo protein y-catenin which can be part of both, the adherens junction and the desmosome. The aim of this study was to eluciadate a possible role of flotillins in the regulation of desmosomes.
HaCaT keratinocytes were chosen as the main cell system for this study and at first the association of desmosomal components with flotillins was analyzed in detail. It was found that flotillins are clearly associated with desmosomal proteins. They colocalize with desmoglein-3 at cell borders and precipitate the other desmogleins. Further binding assays revealed that both flotillins bind to all desmogleins and the long isoforms of the second class of desmosomal cadherins, the desmocollins. The interaction is a direct one and was mapped to the ICS sequence within the cadherins. This close association rendered the question whether flotillins are functionally implicated in desmosome regulation. To address this issue, stable flotillin knockdown HaCaT cells were analyzed in detail. The molecular morphology of desmoglein-3, desmoglein-1 and two plaque proteins was clearly altered in the absence of flotillins. The membrane staining of all tested desmosomal proteins was derailed and disordered. Furthermoore, the loss of flotillins had an impact on the adhesive capacity of HaCaT keratinocytes. The cell-cell adhesion was weakened in the absence of flotillins, which was monitored by an increased fragmentation of knockdown cells in a cell dissociation assay.
In order to find out the mechanism by which flotillins influence the membrane morphology and the adhesiveness in keratinocytes, the association of desmosomal proteins with membrane microdomains was examined, at first. A predominant part of desmoglein-3 is associated with membrane rafts in HaCaT keratinocytes, whereas only a minor part of desmoglein-1 is found there. However, the raft-association of none of the examined proteins was altered in the absence of flotillins. Furthermore, flotillin depletion did not change the distribution of desmogleins with the two different cadherin pools. Less desmoglein-3 is found in the junctional pool of the flotillin depleted cells compared to the control cells, but this is due to an overall diminished desmoglein-3 protein level in these cells.
Flotillins are involved in endocytic processes but their exact role there is under debate. The endocytic uptake of desmosomal cadherins requires intact membrane rafts, but the precise mechanism is still unknown. A possible involvement of flotillins on the endocytosis of desmoglein-3 was addressed next. It is known that the internalization of desmoglein-2 is dependent on the GTPase dynamin, arguing for an involvement of dynamin in the endocytosis of desmoglein-3 as well. When dynamin and thus desmoglein-3 endocytosis was inhibited using chemical compounds, the mislocalization of desmoglein-3 that was observed in flotillin knockdown cells was restored. This suggest that inhibition of desmoglein-3 endocytosis enhances the amount and/or availability of desmoglein-3 at the plasma membrane, which then normalizes the morphological alterations caused by a knockdown of flotillins. Furthermore the morphological alterations in the flotillin knockdown HaCaT cells were found to be similar to the localization of desmoglein-3 that was observed upon treatment of keratinocytes with PV IgG These structures have been described before as linear arrays and are assumed to be sites of endocytic uptake. This strengthens the idea that enhanced desmoglein-3 internalization takes place in the absence of flotillins, which then results in a weakened adhesion.
Altogether this study revealed flotillins as novel players in desmosome mediated cell-cell adhesion processes. By binding to desmosomal cadherins and desmosomal plaque proteins, flotillins stabilize desmosomes at the plasma membrane and are required for a proper cell-cell adhesion.
In the dentate gyrus (DG) of the mammalian hippocampus, neurogenesis continues to take place throughout an organism’s life. Adult neurogenesis includes proliferation and differentiation of neural stem cells into dentate granule cells (GCs) that mature and integrate into the existing cellular network. This thesis work presents a novel approach that enables longitudinal examination of living postnatally generated GCs in their endogenous niche by using retroviral (RV) labeling in organotypic entorhino-hippocampal slice cultures (OTCs). Older GCs were fluorescence-labeled with an adeno-associated virus controlled by the synapsin 1 promoter (AAV-Syn). The combination of time-lapse imaging and 3-D reconstruction of newborn developing GCs and older, more mature GCs enabled comparative analyses of dendritic growth and cellular dynamics as well as investigations of spine formation and the establishment of synaptic contacts.
Postnatal neurogenesis was studied in the mouse and rat DG in vivo by analysis of the distribution of chemical neuronal maturation markers doublecortin (DCX) and calbindin in combination with the GC marker Prox1 between P7 and P42. The marker expression patterns at different time points indicated that the number of mature GCs increased gradually over time and that young, immature GCs were added to the inner layers of the granule cell layer (GCL), as is the case in the adult brain. The most substantial shift in GC maturation took place between P7 and P14, though GCs in the rat DG matured faster (i.e. by ~5 days) than GCs in the mouse. Immunocytochemical in vitro analysis in OTCs at DIV 7, 14, and 28 exhibited a distribution of marker expression over time that was comparable to in vivo, though the number of DCX-expressing GCs was low at DIV 28, indicating a considerable decrease in neurogenesis rate over time in the OTC. Nevertheless, RV-labeling of newborn GCs at DIV 0 yielded successful visualization and enabled time-lapse imaging of complete developing GCs up to 4 weeks after mitosis. During the second week of development, newborn GCs exhibited a high level of structural dynamics, including extension and retraction of dendritic segments. In the third week, newborn GCs displayed high dendritic complexity which was followed by pronounced dendritic pruning. Finally, a phase of structural stabilization and local refinement could be observed during the fourth week. Older AAV-Syn-labeled GCs did not exhibit such dynamic structural remodeling. Anterograde tracing of entorhinal projection fibers using the biotinylated dextran amine Mini Ruby showed innervation of the outer molecular layer (OML) by entorhinal axons at early time points, i.e. DIV 8 when newborn GCs started to extend dendrites into the ML, as well as at DIV 20 when RV-labeled GCs exhibited elaborate dendritic trees with processes in the OML intermingling with entorhinal fibers. This shows that newborn GCs in the OTC grow into an area of existing entorhinal axon terminals, which is highly similar to the situation in the adult brain. Hence, the results show that postnatal neurogenesis can be studied effectively in the OTC system as a model of adult neurogenesis. The first appearance of spine-like protrusions in newborn GCs was observed two weeks post RV injection. Ultrastructural electron-microscopic images revealed that spines established synaptic contacts with axonal boutons. These findings suggest that newborn GCs are successfully integrated into the existing cellular circuitry in the OTC system. The high level of structural flexibility found in this study might be a necessary requisite of new neurons for successful dendritic maturation and functional integration into a neuronal network. Thus, live imaging of postnatally born GCs in the OTC appears as a useful novel approach to elucidate the mechanisms that affect cellular dynamics of neurogenesis.
Heat stress transcription factors (Hsfs) play essential role in heat stress response and thermotolerance by controlling the transcriptional activation of heat stress response (HSR) genes including molecular chaperones. Plant Hsf families show a striking multiplicity, with more than 20 members in the many plant species. Among Hsfs, HsfA1s act as the master regulators of heat stress (HS) response and HsfA2 becomes one of the most abundant Hsfs during HS. Using transgenic plans with suppressed expression of HsfA2 we have shown that this Hsf is involved in acquired thermotolerance of S. lycopersicum cv Moneymaker as HsfA2 is required for high expression and maintenance of increased levels of Hsps during repeated cycles of HS treatment.
Interestingly, HsfA2 undergoes temperature-dependent alternative splicing (AS) which results in the generation of seven transcript variants. Three of these transcripts (HsfA2-Iα-γ), generated due to alternative splicing of a second, newly identified intron encode for the full length protein involved in acquired thermotolerance. Another 3 transcripts (HsfA2-IIIα-γ) are generated due to alternative splicing in intron 1, leading in all cases to a premature termination codon and targeting of these transcripts for degradation via the non-sense mRNA decay mechanism (NMD).
Interestingly, excision of intron 2, results into the generation of a second previously unreported protein isoform, annotated as HsfA2-II. HsfA2-II shows similar transcriptional activity to the full-length protein HsfA2-I in the presence of HsfA1a but lacks the nuclear export signal (NES) required for nucleocytoplasmic shuttling which allows efficient nuclear retention and stimulation of transcription of HS-induced genes. Furthermore, stability assays showed that HsfA2-II exhibits lower protein stability compared to HsfA2-I.
The presence of a second intron and the generation of a second protein isoform we identified in other Solanaceae species as well. Remarkably, we observed major differences in the splicing efficiency of HsfA2 intron 2 among different tomato species. Several wild tomato accessions exhibit higher splicing efficiency that favors the generation of HsfA2-II, while in these species the splice variant HsfA2-Iγ is absent. This natural variation in splicing efficiency specifically occurring at temperatures around 37.5oC is associated with the presence of 3 intronic polymorphisms. In the case of wild species these polymorphisms seemingly restrict the binding of RS2Z36, identified as a putative splicing silencer for HsfA2 intron 2.
Tomato accessions with the polymorphic “wild” HsfA2 show enhanced thermotolerance against a direct severe heat stress incident due to the stronger increase of Hsps and other stress induced genes. Introgression of the “wild” S. pennellii HsfA2 locus into the cultivar M82, resulted in enhanced seedling thermotolerance highlighting the potential use of the polymorphic HsfA2 for breeding.
We conclude that alterations in the splicing efficiency of HsfA2 have contributed to the adaption of tomato species to different environments and these differences might be directly related to natural variation in their thermotolerance.
The transition from the marine to the terrestrial realm is one of the most fascinating issues in evolutionary biology for it required the appearance, in different organisms, of several novel adaptations to deal with the demands of the new realm. Adaptations include, for instance, modifications in different metabolic pathways, development of body structures to facilitate movement and respiration, or tolerance to new conditions of stress. The transition to the land also gives an extraordinary opportunity to study whether evolution used similar changes at the genomic level to produce parallel adaptations in different taxa. Mollusks are among taxa that were successful in the conquest of the land. For instance, several lineages of the molluscan clade Panpulmonata (Gastropoda, Heterobranchia) invaded the intertidal, freshwater and land zones from the marine realm. In my dissertation, using tools from bioinformatics, phylogenetics, and molecular evolution, I used panpulmonates as a suitable model group to study the independent invasions into the terrestrial realm and the adaptive signatures in genes that may have favored the realm transitions. My work includes two peer-reviewed published papers and one manuscript under review. In Publication 1 (Romero et al., 2016a), I used mitochondrial and nuclear molecular markers to resolve the phylogeny of the Ellobiidae, a family that possesses intertidal and terrestrial species. The phylogeny provided an improved resolution of the relationships within inner clades and a framework to study the tempo and mode of the land transitions. I showed that the terrestrialization events occurred independently, in different lineages (Carychiinae, Pythiinae) and in different geological periods (Mesozoic, Cenozoic). In addition, the diversification in this group may not have been affected by past geological or climate changes as the Cretaceous-Paleogene (K-Pg) event or the sea-level decrease during the Oligocene. In Publication 2 (Romero et al., 2016b), I generated new mitochondrial genomes from terrestrial species and compared them with other panpulmonates. I used the branch-site test of positive selection and detected significant nonsynonymous changes in the terrestrial lineages from Ellobioidea and Stylommatophora. Two genes appeared under positive selection: cob (Cytochrome b) and nad5 (NADH dehydrogenase 5). Surprisingly, I found that the same amino acid positions in the proteins encoded by these genes were also under positive selection in several vertebrate lineages that transitioned between different habitats (whales, bats and subterranean rodents). This result suggested an adaptation pattern that required parallel genetic modifications to cope with novel metabolic demands in the new realms. In Manuscript 1 (Romero et al., under review), I de novo assembled transcriptomes from several panpulmonate specimens resulting in thousands of genes that were clustered in 702 orthologous groups. Again, I applied the branch-site test of positive selection in the terrestrial lineages from Ellobioidea and Stylommatophora and in the freshwater lineages from Hygrophila and Acochlidia. Different sets of genes appeared under positive selection in land and freshwater snails, supporting independent adaptation events. I identified adaptive signatures in genes involved in gas-exchange surface development and energy metabolism in land snails, and genes involved in the response to abiotic stress factors (radiation, desiccation, xenobiotics) in freshwater snails. My work provided evidence that supported multiple land invasions within Panpulmonata and provided new insights towards understanding the genomic basis of the adaptation during sea-to-land transitions. The results of my work are the first reports on the adaptive signatures at the codon level in genes that may have facilitated metabolic and developmental changes during the terrestrialization in the phylum Mollusca. Moreover, they contribute to the current debate on the conquest of land from the marine habitat, a discussion that has been only based in vertebrate taxa. Future comparative genome-wide analyses would increase the number of genes that may have played a key role during the realm transitions.